Home

Oracle FLEXCUBE Investor Servicing

1. Advanced Search Reset Records per page 15 v 1 of 1 Authorized Open Status Unit Holder Entity Type Product ID Policy Number Fund ID Payment Percentage Peal ane Retrieving Income Distribution Setup Options for Brokers You can retrieve a previously entered record in the INCOME DISTRIBUTION SETUP Summary screen as follows e Specify any or all of the following details in the Income Distribution Setup Summary screen e The status of the transaction in the Authorization Status field If you choose the Blank Space option then all the records that involve the specified unit holder are retrieved e The status of the records in the Transaction Status field If you choose the Blank Space option then all the records that involve the specified unit holder are retrieved e The Entity ID e The Entity Type e Product ID e Policy Number e The Fund ID e The Payment Percentage e The Reinvestment Percentage e Rule Effective Date Click Search button to view the records All records with the specified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen Note You can also retrieve the individual record detail from the detail screen by doing query in the following manner Press F7 Input the Entity ID ort ORACLE Press F8 You can perform Edit Delete Amend Authorize Reverse Confirm operation by selecting fr
2. ccececeeeeceeceeeeceeeeteeeeeeeaaeeaeeeeeeeees 4 1 4 2 1 Setting Up Income Distribution Options for INV StOIS 2 2 11cccceeeeeeeeees 4 1 4 2 2 Fields in the UH IDS Setup Detail Screen ccccccccccceeeeeeneentetteeteeteeeeess 4 3 4 2 3 Operations on Income Distribution Setup Records before Authorization 4 13 4 2 4 Retrieving Income Distribution Setup RECOIGO ccccccsseceenteteeeeenees 4 14 4 2 5 Editing Income Distribution Setup Record ccccccceeeeeeeeteenteeeeeteenneees 4 15 4 2 6 Viewing Income Distribution Setup Record ccceeseeeeettteteeteeeneeees 4 15 4 2 7 Deleting Income Distribution Setup RECOITO cccccecetteeetteeeeteeeneeeees 4 15 4 2 8 Authorizing Income Distribution Setup 0 cccceceeeneeee eee tnneeeeeetnteeeeeteas 4 16 4 2 9 Amending Income Distribution Setup cccccccceeeeteetteeeeeteeeeeeeteeeaeeees 4 16 4 2 10 Authorizing Amended Income Distribution Setup Details 00001000000012 4 17 4 3 Deals for MOSTO sairis Mhitece ie tabiicdie ce vtec radadedecte AE 4 17 4 3 1 Setting Up Deal for Investor eccceceeceeee eee tt tte ee eee tnnneeeeeetaeeeeeetnaeeeenteae 4 17 4 3 2 Fields in Unitholder Deal Maintenance Detail Screen cccccceeeeeees 4 18 4 3 3 Operations on Deal Maintenance Records before Authorization 4 22 4 3 4 Retrieving Deals for INVEStOIS eccccccceeeceeeteeenteeeeteeeeaeeeeteeanaeeeetenaaneees 4 23 4 3
3. Sla From To Charge percentage per transaction b Amount Amount 1 0 100000 5 2 100000 200000 4 3 200000 300000 3 4 300000 400000 2 5 400000 500000 1 Let us suppose that Mrs Smith fulfills her Letter of Intent investment in the pattern specified below after 5t May 2003 Transaction Reference Number Transaction Date Transaction Amount LOIREF1 05 05 2003 100000 LOIREF2 20 05 2003 100000 4 20 ORACLE 4 4 1 Transaction Reference Number Transaction Date Transaction Amount LOIREF3 05 06 2003 100000 LOIREF4 20 06 2003 100000 LOIREF5 05 07 2003 100000 For the transaction LOIREF 1 the charge percentage actually applied would be as follows Slab for LOIREF1 as a normal transaction Slab 1 Charge Percentage for normal investment transaction as per charge setup 5 LOI Amount 500000 USD Slab for LOI Amount Slab 5 Charge Percentage actually applied for LOIREF 1 1 of transaction amount 1 of 100000 USD Similarly the applicable charge percentages for each of the LOI fulfillment transactions are derived and they are displayed below Transaction Transaction Transaction Charge actually Reference Number Date Amount applied LOIREF1 05 05 2003 100000 1 LOIREF2 20 05 2003 100000 1 LOIREF3 05 06 2003 100000 1 LOIREF4 20 06 2003 100000 1 LOIREF5 05 07 2003 100000 1 Each investment made b
4. Fields 1of1 FieldName OldValue New Value When you have marked the required modifications for authorization click the OK button to effect the authorization The Maintenance Authorization Details screen is closed and you are returned to the Customers main screen 2 2 7 Amending CIF Profile for Customer After a Customer Maintenance is authorized it can be modified using the Unlock operation from Action list To make changes to a record after authorization e Invoke the Customer Maintenance Summary screen from the Browser e Select the status of the record that you wish to retrieve for amendment You can only amend only authorized records e Specify any or all of the details of the Customer Maintenance in the screen All records with the specified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen e Double click the record that you want to amend The Customer Maintenance Detail screen is displayed in Amendment mode Click the Unlock operation from the Action list to amend the record at ORACLE 2 2 8 2 2 9 e Amend the necessary information Click the Save button to save the changes Authorizing Amended CIF Profile for Customer An amended Customer Maintenance record must be authorized for the amendment to be made effective in the system The authorization of amended records can only be done from Fund Manager Module and Agency branch Module The proces
5. Broker Receivable Payable Net Receivable Currency Units Currency Units Currency Units Level 3 Broker 1000 500 500 Level 2 broker 500 250 250 Level 1 broker 250 150 100 Level O broker 150 0 150 ou ORACLE 5 3 4 2 Payment Frequency Mandatory From the list indicate the frequency according to which commission payments must be made to the broker If you have designated the broker to be identified under a selected broker type and also checked the Use Broker Type Payment Details check box in this screen the frequency of payment identified for the selected broker type is also applicable by default for the broker This frequency is displayed here Next Payment Date Date Mandatory Specify the earliest future date on which the next commission payment should be made to the broker Do not specify a designated system holiday in this field The commissions will be processed based on the new payment date and the frequency specified will be used to make periodic payments Last Payment Date Display Only The most recent date on which a commission payment was made to this broker is displayed here When you are creating a new record for a broker in this screen this field is empty VAT Details Section VAT Registered Mandatory Click this check box to indicate that the broker is a VAT Registered broker VAT Registration No 15 Characters Maximum Alphanumeric Mandatory if broker is VAT
6. Delivery Dtls Beneficiary Details JointHolderDtls Nominee Dtls MemberDtls Alternate Language Dtls Director Details Input by DateTime Mod No Authorized by DateTime Open Authorized The system will display the data in the descending order of date logged latest one first Log Date Display The system displays the date on which the customer record was logged for further checking Logging Reason Display The system displays the reason for logging the record Criteria Matched Display The system displays the US Indicia satisfying matching criteria for the customer From the list of several criteria defined for identifying the US indicia of a customer the system will record one of the matching criteria which establishes the presence of US Indicia for the customer US Indicia Updated Display The system displays the US Indicia updated status FATCA status Display The system displays the FATCA status Fag ORACLE 3 3 8 Retrieving Unitholder Account Invoke the Unit Holder Maintenance Summary screen by typing UTSUH in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Unit Holder Maintenance Summary Authorized CIF Number Reference Number Open Unit Holder ID IdentificationNumber fs fss S JI x First Name Inv
7. Unit Holder Maintenance Detail oe New 7 Enter Query CIF Number AIC Opening Date Investor Type Individual AMC ID Dealing Type AMC Description Dealing Type Category IPO Subseriation Fee Category Category Description Fee Category Desc Fee Sub Category Remarks Auth Rep ID Auth Rep ID Desc Unit Holder ID First Company Name Individual Dils Corporate Dtis Contact Dils Client Preferences ID Details Bank Dils Intermediary Dils KYC Details Document Dtls Add Info UH Sonate 1of1 a Entity Type Entity ID Relationship Reporting Level Preferred Mailing Mode Link Notes Entity Name Select v m r Delivery Dtls Beneficiary Details Joint Holder Dtls Nominee Dtls Member Dtis Alternate Language Dtls Input by DateTime Mod No Authorized by Open DateTime Authorized The following details are entered for maintaining related parties Entity Type Mandatory Select the entity type from the following e Related Parties e Agent e Agency Branch e Unit Holder e CIF e Broker Entity ID Mandatory Select the entity ID from the option list These entities are based on the Entity Type chosen Fal ORACLE 3 3 7 7 Entity Name Display The entity name gets displayed on selection of entity ID Reporting Level Mandatory Select the reporting level from the list The following are the reporting levels e A All Reports e C Contract notes and trad
8. Input by DateTime Authorized by DateTime Mod No Open Authorized In this screen you can maintain the following details Fund ID Mandatory Specify the fund of the unit holder You can also select the fund from the option list provided The list consists of valid and authorized funds maintained in the system Fund Name Display Based on the ID selected the name of the fund is displayed Transaction Type Mandatory Specify the type of the transaction You can also select the transaction type from the option list provided The following are the options available e Redemption e Switch e Transfer 38 ORACLE 4 8 1 Description Display The description of the transaction type is displayed Rule for SI Select any of the following option from the drop down list e First SI Transaction Date On selecting this option the system validates the minimum holding period by considering the SI first generation date i e the transaction date of the first transaction generated by the SI which has not been reversed e Default On selecting this option the minimum holding period will be validated considering last inflow date of transaction and current transaction date Details Section UH Category Mandatory Specify the category of the unit holder You can also select the UH category from the option list provided The list consists of valid and authorized UH Categories maintained in the system Description Displ
9. ae ORACLE Marital Status Optional Indicate the marital status of the individual investor by choosing either the Single or Married option as applicable The default option displayed in this field is Single and will be considered to be the marital status of the investor if you do not select an option Minor Check this box to indicate that the investor is a minor If so you must specify the following as mandatory information for such an investor e The date of birth for the same in the Date of Birth field e The name of the designated guardian in the Guardian field e The relationship of the designated guardian with the investor in the Relationship field Guardian Name 70 Character Maximum Alphanumeric Optional Mandatory for minor investors Specify the name of the designated guardian for the minor investor Occupation Alphanumeric Optional Indicate the occupation of the individual investor by selecting the applicable option from the list provided Sex 1 Character Maximum Boolean Mandatory Indicate the gender of the individual investor by choosing either the Male or Female option as applicable The default option displayed in this field is Male and will be considered to be the gender of the investor if you do not select an option Guardian PAN GIR No Enter PAN GIR number Alc Operation Type Alphanumeric Mandatory Indicate the manner in which the investor wishes to operate the account from the op
10. If you have selected the option Fund Level from the list select the fund for which the deal would apply for the selected unit holder Deal Based On Mandatory Select the deal based on from the following options maintained e Inclusion Percentage then the calculation of taxes are as follows Basis Annual Tax Gross Annualized Amount Load Return Value Annual Tax Apply the Product With Holding Tax slab basis load on Basis Annual Tax e Flat Rate Percentage then the annual tax is calculated as Annual Tax Policy Annuity Value Load Return Value e Flat Rate Amount then the annual tax is calculated as Basis Amount Load Return Value 12 and Effective Rate Basis Amount 100 Gross Annualized Amount Annual Tax Gross Annualized Amount Effective Rate 100 Note An option All is also available to map a load across all the Products for a Policy Holder If All is selected then the Funds cannot be selected Policy Number Specify the Policy for which the deal is to be applied 4 20 ORACLE Tax Type You will be able to select the tax type only if you have selected Apply At as Product Level The investor will be charged for tax and the tax rate will be calculated based on the method of tax calculation you specify The tax can be either calculated as Tax Directives or Tax Instructions Tax Directives Tax Directives is the tax rate provided by the SARS to the i
11. In this section you can indicate the manner in which the income earnings of the broker from all funds in the AMC must be distributed Fund ID Select the fund ID from the option list ISIN Code Enter the ISIN code Distribution Mode Alphanumeric Mandatory From the list indicate the manner in which the selected broker prefers to avail of income earned in the selected fund This could be any of the following e Full Payment Choose this option to indicate that the broker prefers to receive the entire income derived from an income distribution cycle in the selected fund as a payment Further the broker can choose to avail of payment either in the form of a check or an account transfer e Full Reinvestment Choose this option to indicate that the broker prefers to reinvest the entire income derived from an income distribution cycle in the AMC back into the funds of the AMC Further the broker can choose to have the income reinvested either in the broker s own default unit holder account or the account of another unit holder In the latter case the unit holder in whose account the reinvestment is proposed i e the Reinvestment Unit Holder must belong to the same AMC as the source broker e Both Choose this option to indicate that the broker prefers to have the income derived from an entire income distribution cycle in the selected fund divided into two portions receive one portion as payment and reinvest the remaining port
12. 2 3 4 2 3 5 2 3 6 2 3 7 Deleting CIF Address Record before Authorization You can delete only unauthorized records in the system To delete a record that you have previously entered e Invoke the CIF Address Summary screen from the Browser e Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for deletion e Specify any or all of the details and click Search button All records with the specified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen e Double click the record that you want to delete The CIF Address Detail screen is displayed e Select Delete operation from the Action list The system prompts you to confirm the deletion and the record is deleted physically from the system database Authorizing CIF Address Record for Customer An unauthorized CIF Address record must be authorized in the system for it to be processed To authorize a record e Invoke the CIF Address Summary screen from the Browser e Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for authorization Typically choose the Unauthorized option e Specify any or all of the details of the record in the corresponding fields on the screen Click Search button All records with the specified details that are pending authorization are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen e Double click the transaction that you wish to authorize The CIF Address Detail screen is displayed Se
13. Document Dils Add Info UH Signature Related Parties Mandatory Nationality Preferred Currency Nationality Base Currency Desc Country Of Domicile 5 AIC Statement Currency Country Of Domicile Acent Stmt Currency Preferred Language AIC Statement Frequency Preferred Language Desc Account Statement Resident Status Frequency Resident Status Alc Type Redemption Payment 7 Account Type Redemption Pymt Default Preferred Mailing Mode Dual Nationality Preferred Mailing Mode Dual Nationality NRI No Substantial Stayin US No Optional Registration Name Check Writing Facility Yes PaybyFEDWIRE ACH No Telephone Redemption Yes Apply Indexation on CGT Telephone Switch Yes Country Of Birth Delivery Dtls Beneficiary Details Joint Holder Dtls Nominee Dtls Member Dtls Alternate Language Dtls Director Details DateTime Mod No Open DateTime Authorized Mandatory Section Preferred Currency Alphanumeric Optional From the list select the currency in which the investor prefers to transact with the AMC The preferred currency is the currency in which the investor or unit holder prefers to make any payments involving transactions or receive any dividend income payments The currency you select here will be deemed as the default currency for all payments from or to the investor If the Payment Mode chosen is Transfer the system allows you to successfully save the unit holder
14. 4 6 2 4 6 3 Note You cannot amend the unit holder IRRF preferences once it is maintained in the system Operations on Unit Holder IRRF Preference Records before Authoriza tion After you setup Unit Holder IRRF Preference for an investor in the IRRF UnitHolder Preferences screen you can perform any of the following operations before the record is authorized e Edit the preferences e Delete the record To perform either of the operation use the Unit Holder IRRF Preference Summary screen You can invoke this screen by typing UTSUHIOF in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button SUMMARY Authorized Unit Holder ID ag Fund ID FE Open Load ID a3 Advanced Search Reset Records per page 15 v 1of1 Authorized Open Unit Holder ID Fund ID Load ID m 7 Retrieving IRRF Preferences for Investors You can retrieve a previously entered record in the Unit Holder IRRF Preference Summary screen as follows e Specify any or all of the following details in the Unit Holder IRRF Preference Summary screen e The status of the Unit Holder IRRF Preference in the Authorized field If you choose the Blank Space option then all the Unit Holder IRRF Preference that involves the specified unit holder are retrieved e The status of the Unit Holder IRRF Preference in the Open field If you choose the Blank
15. All records with the specified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen Note You can also retrieve the individual record detail from the detail screen by doing query in the following manner Press F7 Input the Record Status Press F8 You can perform Edit Delete Amend Authorize Reverse Confirm operation by selecting from the Action list You can also search the record by using combination of and alphanumeric value 5 9 4 Editing Minimum Commission Payment Amount You can modify the details of Minimum Commission Payment Amount Maintenance parameters that you have already entered into the system provided it has not been subsequently authorized You can perform this operation as follows e Invoke the Minimum Commission Payment Amount Maintenance Summary screen from the Browser e Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for modification in the Authorization Status field You can only modify records that are unauthorized Accordingly choose the Unauthorized option e Specify any or all of the details in the corresponding fields to retrieve the record that is to be modified All unauthorized records with the specified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen e Double click the record that you want to modify in the list of displayed records The Minimum Commission Payment Amount Maintenance screen is displayed e Select Unlock
16. Dealing Type Category IPO Subscrintion Fee Category Category Description Fee Category Desc Fee Sub Category Remarks Auth Rep ID Auth Rep ID Desc Unit Holder ID First Company Name Individual Dtis Corporate Dtls Contact Dtis Client Preferences ID Details Bank Dts MASE KYC Details Document Dtls Add Info UH Signature Related Parties Broker Details 1of1 ia Broker ID Split Percentage Default Yes Intermediary 1of1 E Entity Type Split Percentage Default m Yes Delivery Dtls Beneficiary Details Joint Holder Dtls Nominee Dtis Member Dtis Alternate Language Dtis Input by DateTime Mod No Authorized by Open DateTime Authorized Broker Details Section Broker ID Alphanumeric Optional Select the broker ID preferred by the investor from the list The corresponding information regarding the Broker Name and Parent Broker Name will automatically be populated in the adjoining fields on selection of the Intermediary Broker can be selected by specifying the broker code or the name or part of the name and click on the adjacent option list System will search for Brokers with Broker code or name having the given search string In addition system will have a search option based on the Legacy Code in the option list Split Percentage Percentage Format Mandatory if you select any broker in the Intermediary field Specify the percentage of the commission that the selected bro
17. Intermediary Info Enter more information about the Intermediary Save all the details to proceed or click cancel button to cancel the operation Operations on Income Distribution Setup Records before Authorization After you set up the IDS options for an investor in the UH IDS Setup Detail screen you can perform any of the operations before the record is authorized e Edit the specified options in the setup At this stage you can alter any of the details other than the fund and the unit holder ID e Delete the setup ats ORACLE 4 2 4 To perform either operation use the Income Distribution Setup Summary screen You can invoke this screen by typing UTSUHIDS in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Income Distribution Setup Summary Authorized Unit Holder Product ID Fund ID Open Entity Type Policy Number BIE a s a sue oos ove EZAN 8 Advanced Search Records per page 15 v 1 of 1 Authorized Open Status UnitHolder Entity Type ProductiD Policy Number FundID Payment Percentage m r Retrieving Income Distribution Setup Record You can retrieve a previously entered record in the Income Distribution Setup Summary screen as follows e Specify any or all of the following details in the Income Distribution Setup Summary screen e The status of the t
18. Like the reference number the unit holder ID can also be used to query the database regarding the account a2 ORACLE 3 3 3 3 1 Creating and Maintaining New Unit Holder Accounts To create a new unit holder account in the FC IS system for an investor use the Unit Holder Maintenance Detail screen You can invoke this screen by typing UTDUH in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Unit Holder Maintenance Detail D New 73 Enter Query CIF Number AIC Opening Date Investor Type Individual AMC ID Dealing Type AMC Description Dealing Type Category IPO Subscrintion Fee Category Category Description Fee Category Desc Fee Sub Category Remarks Auth Rep ID Auth Rep ID Desc Unit Holder ID First Company Name ERIE Corporate Dis Contact Dis Client Preferences ID Details Bank Dils Intermediary Diis KYC Details Document Dils Add Info UH Signature Related Parties Last Name Father Spouse Name Middle Name Date Of Birth Title Beneficiary Initials Marital Status Minor No Marital Status Guardian Name Occupation Relationship Occupation Sex AIC Operation Type Account Operation Type Guardian Form 60 61 Yes Available Delivery Dtls Beneficiary Details Joint Holder Dtls Nominee Dtls Member Dtls Alternate Language Dtls Input by DateTime Mod No Guardian PAN GIR No Guardian MFIN Autho
19. Middle Name Alphanumeric Optional Specify the middle name of the individual investor in the desired alternate language Last Name Alphanumeric Optional Specify the last name of the individual investor in the desired alternate language eel ORACLE 3 3 6 8 In case of a corporate customer you need to enter the following information instead of the investor name Authorized Signatories 60 Character Maximum Alphanumeric Optional Specify the names of any authorized signatories that must be deemed as valid for the company in the desired alternate language Correspondence Address Section Address Lines 1 2 Alphanumeric Specify the default postal address that is to be used for correspondence with the investor in the desired alternate language City Alphanumeric Optional Specify the name of the city of residence of the investor in the desired alternate language State Alphanumeric Optional Specify the state in which the city of residence of the investor is located in the desired alternate language Contact Person 60 Character Maximum Alphanumeric Optional Specify the name of the contact person for the company in the desired alternate language Alternate Address Section Address Lines 1 2 Alphanumeric Specify the alternate postal address that is to be used for correspondence with the investor in the desired alternate language City Alphanumeric Optional Specify the name of the city of residence
20. Nationality 15 Character Maximum Alphanumeric Optional From the list select the nationality of the investor for whom you are creating the account When you specify the country in which the investor is domiciled in the Country of Domicile field the nationality of the specified country is displayed in this field by default If you do not make any selection in this field then the displayed default nationality will be deemed as the nationality of the investor A C Statement Currency Alphanumeric Optional Select the currency for account statements for the investor from the drop down list The preferred currency for the unit holder that you selected in the Preferred Currency field is displayed here as the default account statement currency If you do not make any selection this will be deemed as the account statement currency for the unit holder Country of Domicile 3 Character Maximum Alphanumeric Optional From the list provided select the country where the investor is domiciled When you specify the address of the investor the country if any indicated in the address is displayed here by default as the country of domicile for the investor If you do not make a selection then this default country of domicile is reckoned for the investor account in the database AIC Statement Frequency Alphanumeric Optional From the list select the frequency at which the investor wishes to receive periodic statement of accounts from the A
21. applicable NRIC Number as the Identification Number Once authorized this field cannot be modified Identification Number 15 Character Maximum Alphanumeric Mandatory Specify the number or ID of the identification document or proof that is furnished by the unit holder Once authorized this field cannot be modified Category Alphanumeric Optional Mandatory if tax is specified to be deducted at source Select the tax category under which the investor will be placed in the system Tax Certificate Effective Date Date Format Optional Specify the date from when the tax certificate is effective Country Code Optional Specify the country code of the telephone number FATCA Classification Display If the ID selected is an existing entity in the system then system displays FATCA Classification type US Indicia Available Display The system defaults US Indicia Available as Yes or No depending on the following e The nationality is US e The Dual Nationality is US e The country of birth is US e The country of domicile is US e The country of incorporation is US e The substantial stay in US is true e The country of correspondence or alternate address is US e The country code of the telephone number is 01 e The country code of the bank branch address is US FATCA Status Display The system displays the FATCA Status based on the FATCA maintenance On authorization the system will validate all FATCA related validations and update the F
22. gt DIRECT AND TransactionDetails VATREGISTERED 0 Changing Commission Payment Status You can change the commission payment status using the Commission Payment Status Change screen This means that you can hold the commission payment for which the commission is raised You can invoke this screen by typing UTDCHPAY in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Commission Payment Status Change D New 9 Enter Query Fund ID Transaction Number From Entity ID Policy Number To Entity ID Current Payment Status New Payment Status Search Results Exchange Rate Source Exchange Rate Maintenance Detail 1of1 7 Load ID From Entity To Entity Transaction Amount LoadAmount LoadAmtinFeeCcy CommisionAmountinPayCCY VAT 4 E Fund ID Alphanumeric 12 characters Mandatory Specify the fund ID Transaction Number The system displays the transaction number ae ORACLE From Entity ID Alphanumeric 12 characters Mandatory Specify the entity from whom the commission is charged To Entity ID Alphanumeric 12 characters Mandatory Specifies the entity for whom the commission is charged This field is mandatory Policy Number Alphanumeric 10 characters Mandatory Specify the policy number The adjoining option list displays valid policy numbers maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one New
23. 2 Retrieving Status CHANGE cccccccccesseeeeeentteeeeeeennaeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeaas 4 66 4 10 3 Editing Status Change sercsiesie irinin an aR REE E Eiai Ah 4 67 4 10 4 Viewing Status Change s seeesesrrirresrrrrsrrrrrnnnrerrnssrrirrnnneerannarrrnnnnrernanne 4 68 4 10 5 Deleting Status Change sseeesrrrrersirnrrrerrrennrrrnnrneerrrnnnrrrnnnnrrrnnnnerenannne 4 68 4 10 6 Authorizing Status Chang ssseesssrreeerreeerrrrnrneeerrnnerrnnnnnenerrnnnrrnnnnnee 4 68 4 10 7 Amending Status Change ssssnesrrnesrrrrnnnnrernnnnrrrrinnnernnnnnrnnnnnneernnnnne 4 68 4 10 8 Authorizing Amended Status Change ccccccssseeeceettteeeeeeenteeeeeeenaas 4 69 4 11 Setting Up New Authorized Representative cececeeeeeeceeceeeeeeeeeeeeteeseesenaeees 4 69 4 11 1 Fields in Auth Rep Maintenance Screen 1 ccccccccceeeeeeenteneeeeeeeeeeettees 4 69 A12 NotePad OF EMtitles eer ai a E AEE aus 4 71 4 12 1 Fields in NotePad of Entities Screen seesesssseseeerrrerrrinrrnnerrrrenrernnnnneees 4 72 4 12 2 Operations on NotePad of Entities before Authorization c c000 4 73 4 12 3 Retrieving Entity NotePad Information cccccecees ete eeete eee teeeeeeeeteeenanees 4 73 4 12 4 Editing Entity NotePad INFOrMAtion nu ees ceentteeeeeeentteeeeeeenieeeeeeeenaees 4 74 4 12 5 Viewing Entity NotePad Information uo cce eect eettte eee ceentteteeteenaeeeeeeeenaes 4 74 4 12 6
24. 45 4 5 9 Authorizing Non Tax Limits for Investor c ccccecteeeeeeenteeeeteteneeeeteeeaaes 4 45 4 5 10 Amending Non Tax Limits for INV StOP ccccccceeeeeteeetteeeeteeeeeeeeteenaetees 4 45 4 5 11 Authorizing Amended Non Tax Limits for Investof cccccceeeeeeeeenteees 4 46 IRRF Preferences for a Unit HOlder 0 eee eececeeeeeeeneeeeeeeecneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeiaeeeeeeeeaaes 4 47 4 6 1 Fields in UH IRRF Preferences Screen 00 ccccccceceeeteenteeeeeteeneeteeteeaeeees 4 48 4 6 2 Operations on Unit Holder IRRF Preference Records before Authorization 4 50 4 6 3 Retrieving IRRF Preferences for Investors c ccccccceeteeeteeentteeeteeennees 4 50 4 6 4 Editing IRRF Preferences for Investors ccccceesceeeeetteeeeteentteteeteenteees 4 51 4 6 5 Viewing IRRF Preferences for INVEStOSS cccicceseeteestteeeeteeeeeeeeteeaeeees 4 51 4 6 6 Deleting IRRF Preferences for INV StOIS 00 ccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeteeenteees 4 52 4 6 7 Authorizing IRRF Preferences for Investors cccccecseteeeettteeeetenenneeees 4 52 4 6 8 Amending IRRF Preferences for INV StOIS c ccccceeeeteeteeetteeteteeenatees 4 52 4 6 9 Authorizing Amended IRRF Preferences for INV SUOSS cccceeeeeeees 4 53 NPI Preferences for Investor cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneaeeeceeeaeeeeseeenaeeeeeeeeateeeseeeaees 4 53 4 7 1 Fields in Unit Holder NPI Preference Screen o ceccceeeceeeeeeeetntteeeeetene 4 53 4 7 2 Operations on UH NPI
25. 5 Editing Deals for Investors osiretrierea nyera iEn ERE AEA EE 4 24 4 3 6 Viewing Deals for Investors seeeesrseereerirrrerrrrnerrennnnnrerrannrrnnnnneeerrenrrnnn 4 24 44 4 5 4 6 4 7 4 3 7 Deleting Deals for INv sStors sseesssssreeerrrrnnrerrrnreerrrnnerrrnnnnrernnnnrrernnneeena 4 24 4 3 8 Authorizing Deals for INV StOSS cccceeesceeetecenteeeeteeeeeeteeteneaeeeeteeananees 4 25 4 3 9 Amending Deals for INVEStOIS ccccccceeeeeeeeeteneeeeeteeeeeeeeetenaaeeeeetenaaeeees 4 25 4 3 10 Authorizing Amended Deals for Investors 1 ccccccceeeeeeettnteeeeettnnieeeeeees 4 25 Letters of Intentnnoiii e ie dey Hadad ada ad sted teehee 4 26 4 4 1 Means of Fulfillment of Letters of Intent 0 ccccceeeeceeeeenteeeeeeentteeeeeeenaaes 4 27 4 4 2 Non fulfillment of Letter of Intent cece settee ceentte eee eeenteeeeeeentaeeeeeeenaaes 4 28 4 4 3 LOI Adjustment Processing 0 cccccecsceeeseeeeeeeeteeeeeeteneaeeeeeteeeaaeeetneennaees 4 28 4 4 4 Letter of Intent Options for INV StOM 22 ccecceeeeeeeeeteteeentettsaeeeeeeeeeens 4 30 4 4 5 Setting up Letter of Intent Options for INVEStOT 2 12 csseeceeeeeeeeteeteeees 4 30 4 4 6 Fields in Unit Holder LOI Detail screen cccecicceteecentteeeeeeenttteeeeeenaaes 4 31 4 4 7 Operations on Letter of Intent Options Records before Authorization 4 33 4 4 8 Retrieving LOI Setup Options for INV StOM cccccccceceeettsteeeeeeeee
26. 56 3 3 13 Amending Authorized Account through Information Change 0008 3 57 3 3 14 Authorizing Amended Unitholder ACCOUNES ccccceiseeteettteeeeteeennetees 3 57 3 3 15 Choosing Template for Automatic Replication ccccccceeeeeeeeeeeenteees 3 58 3 3 16 Financial Intelligence Center Act FICA cccccccsceeesseeeeeteenteeeeteeaneees 3 58 3 3 17 Maintaining Stop Status on Unit Holder ACCOUNL ccccctteeeeeettteeeeees 3 62 3 3 18 Maintaining IRS Notifications on Unit Holder ACCOUN ccceeeeeeeeeeee 3 64 3 3 19 Escheatment Tracking is irrriisierrriniiians nei ei i ean EEn E Eii E PARERA 3 64 3 3 20 Specifying Release Date eessssrreerrrnererinrnenrrrnnrrrrrnnnenerrnnrrrnnanrenrrrnnrnna 3 65 3 4 Exporting Unit Holder Account Information 0 cccecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeenneeeeeeenaaes 3 65 3 5 Closing Inactive Investor Accounts Automatically 0 ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeenneees 3 70 3 5 1 Fields in UH Category Parameter Screen cccccceeeeeeeeteteeeeeeetnteeeeenes 3 71 3 6 UH Category Parameter Summary Screen 00 ce ceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeenaees 3 71 3 6 1 Retrieving UH Category Parameter cccccccccceceeeeteeneeeeeeteeseeeteeteeaeeees 3 72 Setting up Investor Preferences cccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 4 1 AT Mntreducton c tieht aviiiah aia oa lath nh hints 4 1 4 2 Income Distribution Options for Investor
27. Alphanumeric Mandatory Select the preferred currency from the option list FCIS Broker Currency Preference Summary Screen You can invoke the FCIS Broker Currency Preference Summary screen by typing UTSBCYPR in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button FCIS Broker Payment Currency preference Summary Authorized Open Broker Code a Effective Date Advanced Search Records per page 15 v 104 Authorized Open Broker Code Effective Date Retrieving Broker Currency Preference Summary You can retrieve a previously entered record in the Broker Currency Preference Summary screen as follows e Specify any or all of the following details in the Broker Currency Preference Summary screen oat ORACLE 5 3 20 e The status of the transaction in the Authorized field If you choose the Blank Space option then all the records that involve the specified broker currency are retrieved e The status of the record in the Open field If you choose the Blank Space option then all the records that involve the specified broker currency are retrieved e Broker Code e Effective Date Click Search button to view the records All records with the specified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen You can also retrieve the individual record detail from the detail screen by doing query in the following manner e Press F7 e
28. Authorizing Amended Minimum Commission Payment Amount 5 72 Gs F nction ID Glossary cicztesicscdie tees cscs cdacsdcee dae acids epecdencatiaceedeetiaeeeee dececes 6 1 1 1 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 About this Manual Introduction Welcome to Oracle FLEXCUBE Investor Servicing a comprehensive mutual funds automation software from Oracle Financial Servicing Software Ltd This Oracle FLEXCUBE Investor Servicing FC IS User Manual helps you use the system to achieve optimum automation of all your mutual fund investor Servicing processes It contains guidelines for specific tasks descriptions of various features and processes in the system and general information Related Documents The User Manual is organized in to various parts each discussing a component of the Oracle FLEXCUBE Investor Servicing system Audience This Agency Branch User Manual is intended for users that perform any of the business roles in the Asset Management Company AMC Organization This volume of the Agency Branch user manual is organized under the following chapter sequence Chapter 1 About this Manual explains the use structure audience and organization P of this manual for FC IS Entities Maintaining Customer Information explains the maintenance of Chapter 2 customer accounts for CIF customers Entities Managing Investor Accounts explains the setting up of investor Chapter 3
29. Broker Migration Screen Source Broker ID Alphanumeric Mandatory Source broker is the broker from whom migration is done Select the source Broker ID of the option list Source Broker Name Display The name of the source broker is displayed Destination Broker ID Alphanumeric Mandatory Destination broker is the new broker to whom the details are migrated Select the destination Broker ID of the option list Destination Broker Name Display The name of the destination broker is displayed Effective Date Date Format Mandatory Specify the date from which the broker migration is effective in the system Status Display The status of broker migration is displayed Processing Broker Merger Broker merger is a scenario where source broker code merges with target broker code to form a single entity Post RDR if the broke merger is not due to advise then the merger is considered as not advised and the new agent broker will inherit the terms of holdings Also is eligible to receive commission Once the broker is merged the commission due to source broker is paid to the target broker for the business mobilized by the source broker Also the system transfers the holdings of source broker to target broker Post merger if a transaction is received with source broker code then the transaction is linked to the target broker code Merger of brokers is scheduled as a EOD batch process triggered by Broker Merger activity o
30. Category Alphanumeric Optional From the list provided select the fee subcategory to be deemed applicable for the investor whose account you are creating Remarks 255 Characters Maximum Alphanumeric Optional Specify any narrative or descriptive text if any concerning the account Auth Rep ID Alphanumeric Mandatory only for unit holders dealing through authorized representative For investors dealing through authorized representative select the ID of the preferred representative using the list button alongside Unit Holder ID 12 Characters Numeric Mandatory This is a unique number assigned to each unit holder account which can either be input by you for investors who wish to choose their own IDs or be generated by the system In case you have input the unit holder ID the system checks if e The number of characters in the value input is less than 12 e The value specified is unique e The last 2 characters which are the check digits of the value input are valid using the check digit algorithm for generating unit holder ID If you input the last two characters as 04 the system displays an error message and you are required to input a new value for the unit holder ID In the case of system generated ID the automatic generation of unit holder ID takes place after you have specified all mandatory details for a new account and clicked the Save button at the bottom of the Client Information Section or at the bottom o
31. DISTRIBUTION SETUP Summary screen from the Browser Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for deletion Specify any or all of the details and click Search button All records with the specified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen Double click the record that you want to delete The INCOME DISTRIBUTION SETUP Detail screen is displayed Select Delete operation from the Action list The system prompts you to confirm the deletion and the record is deleted physically from the system database 5 5 8 Authorizing Income Distribution Setup Options for Brokers An unauthorized Income Distribution Setup record must be authorized in the system for it to be processed To authorize a record Invoke the INCOME DISTRIBUTION SETUP Summary screen from the Browser Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for authorization Typically choose the Unauthorized option Specify any or all of the details of the record in the corresponding fields on the screen Click Search button All records with the specified details that are pending authorization are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen Double click the transaction that you wish to authorize The INCOME DISTRIBUTION SETUP Detail screen is displayed Select Authorize operation from Action When the checker authorizes a transaction details of validations if any that were overridden by the maker o
32. Detail screen is displayed in View mode 4 10 5 Deleting Status Change You can delete only unauthorized records in the system To delete a record that you have previously entered e Invoke the Unit Holder Status Change Summary screen from the Browser e Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for deletion e Specify any or all of the details and click Search button All records with the specified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen e Double click the record that you want to delete The Unit Holder Status Change Detail screen is displayed e Select Delete operation from the Action list The system prompts you to confirm the deletion and the record is deleted physically from the system database 4 10 6 Authorizing Status Change An unauthorized Unit Holder Status Change record must be authorized in the system for it to be processed To authorize a record e Invoke the Unit Holder Status Change Summary screen from the Browser e Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for authorization Typically choose the Unauthorized option e Specify any or all of the details of the record in the corresponding fields on the screen Click Search button All transactions with the specified details that are pending authorization are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen e Double click the transaction that you wish to authorize The Unit Ho
33. EMI Search Advanced Search Records per page 15 v 1 of 1 Authorized Open Status Deal Transaction Number Unit Holder CIF Number First Name Apply At CIF Level a lt m r Retrieving Deals for Investors You can retrieve a previously entered record in the Unitholder Deal Summary screen as follows 1 Specify any or all of the following details in the Unitholder Deal Summary screen e The status of the record in the Authorized field If you choose the Blank Space option then all the records that involve the specified unit holder are retrieved e The status of the record in the Open field If you choose the Blank Space option then all the records that involve the specified unit holder are retrieved e The Unit Holder CIF Number e The Apply At CIF Level e The Apply Deal At e The Load ID Click Search button to view the records All records with the specified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen Note You can also retrieve the individual transaction detail from the detail screen by doing query in the following manner Press F7 Input the Load ID Press F8 You can perform Edit Delete Amend Authorize Reverse Confirm operation by selecting from the Action list i ORACLE You can also search the record by using combination of and alphanumeric value Example You can search the record for Load ID by using the comb
34. Fund ID Rule Effective Date Distribution Mode v ISIN Code Payment Percentage Policy Number Product ID Reinvestment Percentage Payment Currency Product Name Currency Name Payment Details Reinvestment Details jiMMIEIEEa Swift Format Bank Charged Beneficiary Details Beneficiary Beneficiary BIC Code Beneficiary Add1 Beneficiary Acct No Beneficiary Add2 Beneficiary Code Beneficiary Add3 Beneficiary Info Beneficiary IBAN Intermediary Details Intermediary Intermediary BIC Code Intermediary Add1 Intermediary Acct No Intermediary Add2 Intermediary Code Intermediary Add3 Intermediary Info Intermediary IBAN Further Credit Details Further Credit Name Further Credit Acct No Reference Reference1 Reference2 Input by DateTime Authorized by DateTime Mod No Open Authorized You need to maintain the following details Swift Format Optional At the time of transaction input the routing details specified here are picked up for the combination of fund transaction type and transaction currency Bank Charged Optional Indicate whether the bank charges must be levied upon the beneficiary the remitter or must be shared between the two Jap ORACLE 5 5 3 Beneficiary Details Beneficiary Specify the beneficiary name Beneficiary Add 1 Specify the beneficiary address There are three lines available for the same Beneficiary BIC Code Specify the BIC code of the beneficiary Beneficiary Acct No Specify the acc
35. Input the Broker Code e Press F8 You can perform Edit Delete Amend Authorize Reverse Confirm operation by selecting from the Action list You can also search the record by using combination of and alphanumeric value Example You can search the record for Broker Code by using the combination of and alphanumeric value as follows e Search by A System will fetch all the records whose Broker Code starts from Alphabet A For Example AGC17 AGVO6 AGC74 and so forth e Search by 7 System will fetch all the records whose Broker Code ends by numeric value 7 For Example AGC17 GSD267 AGC77 and so forth e Search by 17 System will fetch all the records whose Broker Code contains the numeric value 17 For Example GSD217 GSD172 AGC17 and so forth Editing Broker Currency Preference You can modify the details of Broker Currency Preference parameters that you have already entered into the system provided it has not been subsequently authorized You can perform this operation as follows e Invoke the Broker Currency Preference Summary screen from the Browser e Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for modification in the Authorization Status field You can only modify records that are unauthorized Accordingly choose the Unauthorized option e Specify any or all of the details in the corresponding fields to retrieve the record that is to be modified All unauthorized records with the s
36. Manager Module and Agency branch Module The process of authorization is subsequently the same as that for normal transactions Setting Up New Authorized Representative To set up a new authorized representative in the system and associate this representative with the unit holder you can use the Auth Rep Maintenance Detail screen You can invoke this screen by typing UTDATREP in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button The Auth Rep Maintenance Detail screen opens The following screen is invoked Auth Rep Maintenance Detail New 9 Enter Query Auth Rep ID x Expiry Date Category Individual E Title First Name Middle Name Last Name Address Line 1 Int Dialing Code Address Line 2 Telephone 1 City Int Dialing Code State Telephone 2 Country Int Dialing Code a Description Cellphone Number a Zip Code Remarks Nationality Description Country Of Domicile Description Country of Birth Description US Indicia Available No FATCA Status FATCA Classification Description Show Imaae Input by DateTime Authorized by DateTime Mod No Open Authorized Select New from the Actions menu in the Application tool bar or click new icon to enter the details of the Auth Rep Maintenance screen Fields in Auth Rep Maintenance Screen Auth Rep ID Alphanumeric Mandatory Indicate a unique ID for the
37. ORACLE 2 3 8 2 3 9 2 3 9 1 Mapping of CIF Address and Fund FCIS allows you to map the list of funds in which the unit holder has invested to the addresses that have been maintained for a given CIF Provided the unit holder specifies the valid combination of the CIF Number Media and Location as already maintained in the CIF Address Maintenance screen you will allowed to select all or a list of funds for which this combination would be applicable You can invoke the CIF Address Fund Maintenance Detail screen by typing UTDCFNMP in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button CIF Address Fund Maintenence Detail New 5 Enter Query CIF Address Details CIF Number MEDIA Location Customer Name Address Line 1 Address Line 2 City State Zip Code Country Contact Person Telephone 2 Telephone 1 Cellphone Number CIF Address Fund Mapping Fund ID Fund Name Fund Identification Number Input by DateTime Authorized by DateTime Mod No Open Authorized Select New from the Actions menu in the Application tool bar or click new icon to enter the details of the CIF Address Fund screen Fields in CIF Address Fund Maintenance Screen CIF Address Details CIF Number 12 Character Maximum Alphanumeric Mandatory Select the CIF number of the unit holder for the adjoining list All enabled addresses of customer will be
38. Payment Preferences Records before Authorization 4 54 4 7 3 Retrieving NPI Payment Preferences for Investors ccceesetteentees 4 55 4 7 4 Editing NPI Payment Preferences for Investors c ceccee eects 4 56 4 7 5 Viewing NPI Payment Preferences for Investors 4 56 4 7 6 Deleting NPI Payment Preferences for Investors 0 cccccecteenteeeteenetees 4 56 4 7 7 Authorizing NPI Payment Preferences for Investors c ceeeeeeeentees 4 57 4 7 8 Amending NPI Payment Preferences for Investors ccccccceeeeeeeees 4 57 4 7 9 Authorizing Amended Payment Preferences for INV StOIS ccceee 4 57 4 8 Capturing Fund UH Category Minimum Holding Period Details eee 4 58 4 8 1 Delal Sellon si enteri E E bteneedi eed tee oe 4 59 4 8 2 Fund UH Category Minimum Holding Period Summary Screen 4 61 4 9 Closing Unit Holder Account sseeeeseesessrreseerresttrrrsstttrrsstttrtnnsttnnnnstnnnnnsstennnnne 4 63 4 9 1 What Happens at Account Closure 22 ccccecceeeeeeeeeteteeeneaecaeeeeeeeteets 4 63 4 9 2 Before You Close Account ssseesrrrrrsrrrnrrenerrnrerrrnrnnrernnnnrrrnnnrnnennnn nea 4 64 4 9 3 Fields in UnitHolder Status Change Detail Screen eneeeieeeeeeennn 4 64 4 10 Re initiating Unit Holder ACCOUNT ceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeaaeeeseeeaaees 4 66 4 10 1 Operations on Unit Holder Account Closure Records before Authorization 4 66 4 10
39. Screen UH Category Alphanumeric Mandatory Select the unit hold category from the adjoining option list The option list displays all the valid UH categories maintained in the system Category Description The selected category description is displayed Inactive Period Specify the number of days an investor belongs to the specified UH category can remain inactive in the system Reminder Period Define the number of calendar days the system should log a warning message before actually closing the account The warning message is logged into the system based on the following Units balance zero Maximum Inactive period limit Reminder Period gt App Date Last transaction Date for the unit holder All the unit holder accounts that violating the criteria maintained in this screen will be closed automatically while executing the Automatic Account Closure of Inactive Unit holders batch UH Category Parameter Summary Screen You can perform following operations in this screen on ORACLE 3 6 1 Retrieving UH Category Parameter After entering the details in the UH Category Parameter screen another user must authorize it so that it would be effective in the system You can edit the transaction any number of times before authorization You can also delete the content maintained After authorization you can only make changes to the transaction The UH Category Parameter Summary scr
40. Select the code of the broker for whom the accounting entry is being recorded in the journal Broker Name The broker name will be displayed Product ID Select the product ID from the option list ISIN Code 12 Characters Maximum Alphanumeric Mandatory Select the ISIN Code of the selected fund If you specify the ISIN Code of a fund the fund is displayed in the Fund field Fund ID Alphanumeric Mandatory Select the fund ID in which the commission was earned by the broker resulting in this journal entry a ORACLE The list contains all funds in which the broker has transacted and received commission in the AMC When you specify the fund the ISIN Code of the fund is displayed in the ISIN Code field Transaction Number Numeric Optional Select the Transaction Number from the adjoining option list Note If the transaction number is given then system validates whether the transaction number belongs to the corresponding broker or not while saving Unit Holder ID Alphanumeric Optional The system populates the Unit Holder ID from the transaction number selected Unit Holder Name The system defaults the Unit Holder Name as per the Unit Holder ID Journal Currency Alphanumeric Mandatory Select the currency for the journal entry The base currency for the fund is displayed here but you can choose a different currency Adjustment Entry Mandatory Select the appropriate Adjustment Entry from the adjoining d
41. Space option then all the Unit Holder IRRF Preference that involves the specified unit holder are retrieved e The Unit Holder ID e The Fund ID e The Load ID aray ORACLE Click Search button to view the records All records with the specified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen Note You can also retrieve the individual Unit Holder IRRF Preference detail from the detail screen by doing query in the following manner Press F7 Input the Unit Holder ID Press F8 You can perform Edit Delete Amend Authorize Reverse Confirm operation by selecting from the Action list You can also search the record by using combination of and alphanumeric value Example You can search the record for Unit Holder ID by using the combination of and alphanumeric value as follows e Search by A System will fetch all the records whose Unit Holder ID starts from Alphabet A For Example AGC17 AGVO6 AGC74 and so forth e Search by 7 System will fetch all the records whose Unit Holder ID ends by numeric value 7 For Example AGC17 GSD267 AGC77 and so forth e Search by 17 System will fetch all the records whose Unit Holder ID contains the numeric value 17 For Example GSD217 GSD172 AGC17 and so forth 4 6 4 Editing IRRF Preferences for Investors You can modify the details of Unit Holder IRRF Preference parameters that you have already entered into th
42. Specify the number or ID of the identification document or proof that is furnished by the unit holder Date of Issue Date Format Optional Specify the date of issue of the identification document or proof that is furnished by the unit holder The date of issue that you specify here must not be later than the date of opening the account Date of Expiry Date Optional Specify the date of expiry of the identification document or proof It must be later than the date of issue and the application date Place of Issue Mandatory From the option list select the place of issue of the identification type Once authorized this field cannot be modified 216 ORACLE FATCA Classification Display The system displays the FATCA classification type FATCA Status Display The system displays the FATCA Status based on the FATCA maintenance US Indicia Available Display The system defaults US Indicia Available as Yes or No depending on the following e The nationality is US e The dual nationality is US e The substantial stay in US e The country of birth is US e The country of domicile is US e The country of incorporation is US e The country of correspondence or alternate address is US e The country code of the telephone number is 01 Description Display Displays the description in the field EIN Display The system displays the EIN details Tax Deducted at Source Optional Check this box to indicate that tax must be deducted at
43. Summary screen from the Browser e Select the status of the record that you wish to retrieve for amendment You can only amend only authorized records e Specify any or all of the details of the Unitholder Deal in the screen All records with the specified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen e Double click the record that you want to amend The Unitholder Deal Detail screen is displayed in Amendment mode Click the Unlock operation from the Action list to amend the record e Amend the necessary information Click the Save button to save the changes Authorizing Amended Deals for Investors An amended Unitholder Deal record must be authorized for the amendment to be made effective in the system The authorization of amended records can only be done from Fund Manager Module and Agency branch Module The process of authorization is subsequently the same as that for normal transactions When you retrieve a deal record for the purpose of amendment in this screen it is displayed in the UH Deal Setup Detail screen in Amend mode All the non editable field values are displayed as labels while the editable fields are enabled for data entry changes ae ORACLE 4 4 Note When you make changes to any authorized record in the system database through the amendment operation the record with the amended information is saved as an unauthor ized record in the system For your amendment changes to be e
44. Third Party option in this field then you must specify the bank account details of the third party account to which the transfer must be made in the bank account fields in this section If you select the Entity option specify the broker into whose bank account the transfer payment must be made in the Broker field os ORACLE 4 2 2 7 Specifying Reinvestment Details Click Reinvestment Details tab to enter the details income Distribution Setup New 453 Enter Query Client Information Unit Holder CIF Number CIF Name Unit Holder Name DETAILS Fund ID Rule Effective Date Distribution Mode X ISIN Code Payment Percentage Policy Number Product ID Reinvestment Percentage Payment Currency Product Name Currency Name Payment Details ERE Routing Details Reinvestment Details 1of1 l Reinvestment Unit Holder ID Reinvestment Unit Holder Name Reinvestment Fund ID Split Percentage s Input by DateTime Authorized by DateTime Mod No Open Authorized Reinvestment Unit Holder ID and Reinvestment Unitholder Name 12 Character Maximum Alphanumeric Mandatory Specify the ID of the unit holder in whose account the income is to be reinvested When you select the ID of the reinvestment unit holder the name of the unit holder is displayed in the Reinvestment Unit Holder Name field Reinvestment Unit Holder Name Display Reinvestment Fund ID 6 Character Maxi
45. With Holding Tax Input screen Replicate Parent Details Optional The system defaults the parent broker details if Replicate Parent Details option is selected Even if you input the broker details it will be overridden by the parent broker details only for the fields mentioned in the template During authorization of broker amendment the system replicates the fields specified in the template of the amended broker to all the sub brokers for whom the Replicate Parent Details option is selected If Template Id is given and the Replicate Parent Details is selected as Yes then click Enrich button to default the parent broker details based on Auto replication preference maintenance ORACLE Template Id Optional Select the template id from the given option All the templates maintained in auto replication preference screen are listed here Individual Details Nationality Alphanumeric Optional Select the nationality from the adjoining option list Country of Birth Alphanumeric Optional Select the country of birth from the adjoining option list Country of Domicile Alphanumeric Optional Select the country of domicile from the adjoining option list Corporate Details Country of Incorporation Alphanumeric Optional Select the Incorporation country from the adjoining option list Country Code for all Telephone Numbers Optional Specify the country code for the telephone number Payment Details Section In this
46. a Payment Frequency Last Working Day X Advanced Search Reset Records per page 15 v 1 of 1 Authorized Open Broker Type Payment Frequency Last Working Day You can retrieve a previously entered record in the Broker Type Summary screen as follows e Specify any or all of the following details in the Broker Type Summary screen e The status of the transaction in the Authorized field If you choose the Blank Space option then all the records that involve the specified unit holder are retrieved e The status of the record in the Open field If you choose the Blank Space option then all the records that involve the specified unit holder are retrieved e The Broker Type oF ORACLE e The Payment Frequency e The last working Day e Click Search button to view the records All records with the specified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen Note You can also retrieve the individual record detail from the detail screen by doing query in the following manner Press F7 Input the Broker Type Press F8 You can perform Edit Delete Amend Authorize Reverse Confirm operation by selecting from the Action list You can also search the record by using combination of and alphanumeric value Example You can search the record for Broker Type by using the combination of and alphanumeric value as follows e Search by A System will fetch all the rec
47. account maintained for a specific fund and transaction type as the default account the system displays the following message at the time of saving unit holder details Default accounts can be maintained only for fund All and transaction type All Example Consider the following table which shows the default account maintenance for various currency and payment type combinations Payment Fund Transaction Type Currenc Default Mode ID yP y Account Transfer ALL ALL HKD Yes 30 ORACLE Transfer ALL ALL MCY Yes Payment Mode Fund ID Transaction Type Currency Default Account Transfer Fund 1 02 HKD No Transfer Fund1 02 MCY No Here for the currencies HKD and MCY and payment mode transfer you can maintain different accounts as the default account for the All funds and AIr transaction type combination You cannot however maintain the account specified for Fund 1 and Transaction type 02 as the default account for the currencies MCY and HKD and Payment mode Transfer Delete In the desired row check the box When you have selected all the accounts to be deleted click delete icon The Add Button Click add icon to add a new row in this section Bank Details Section Account Type Alphanumeric Mandatory From the list select the nature of the account held by the investor The list provides all account types th
48. accounts and the management of these accounts Entities Setting up Investor Preferences explains about setting up of income distribution options specifying the applicability of the Letter of Chapter 4 ny ei Sy Intent facility setting up a negotiated deal specifying non tax limits for exemption eligible investors Chapter 5 Entities Managing Brokers explains all aspects of the maintenance of brokers in the system Function ID Glossary has alphabetical listing of Function Screen IDs used Chapter6 ao in the module with page references for quick navigation Conventions followed in this Manual Before you begin using this User Manual it is important to understand the typographical conventions used in it 1 1 ORACLE 1 5 1 1 5 2 1 6 1 7 General Conventions Convention Type of Information Italic type Functional foreign terms Validations for fields on a screen References to related Headings Users Manuals For emphasis Numbered Step by step procedures Bullet Keyboard Conventions Convention Type of Information Keys All keys of the keyboard are represented in capital letters For example lt CTRL gt Shortcut All short cut keys are contained in brackets For example keys lt ALT SHIFT gt Glossary of Icons This User Manual may refer to all or some of the following icons Icons Fun
49. any information in the record through amendment To perform any of these operations use the FCIS Broker Maintenance Summary screen You can invoke this screen by typing UTSBRKMN in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button After a broker record is authorized you can also e Setup the preferred currency and income distribution options applicable for the broker You can do this by accessing the Broker Payment Currency Preference screen and Broker IDS Setup Detail screen met ORACLE Set up a journal of commission payment details for the broker This journal can be used to track advance payments of commissions and adjustment of the same You can use the Broker Journal Detail screen from the Broker Journal menu in the Browser 5 3 6 Retrieving Broker Records in Broker Maintenance Summary Screen FCIS Broker Maintainance Summary Authorized Open Broker Code Broker Name AMC a Level Number Rule Effective Date Broker Type Broker Consultant Bi Broker Category SelectOne v Hold Back Payment Broker Disable Status ba Advanced Search Reset Records per page 15 v Authorized Open BrokerCode BrokerName AMC LevelNumber Rule Effective Date Broker Type Broke You can retrieve a previously entered record in the FCIS Broker Maintenance Summary screen as follows Specify any or all of the following details in the FCIS Broker Maintenance S
50. at which the Unitholder IDS options can be set up in order of preference are e Product Policy Fund level e Product Policy level e Product Fund level e Product level a ORACLE In case of LEP transactions if the UH IDS is not available the dividend earnings will be reinvested into the default reinvestment fund maintained for the product in the Product Maintenance Details screen However if the reinvestment fund is not defined then the dividend is reinvested into the source fund itself You can also indicate the manner in which the income must be distributed Fund ID 6 Character Maximum Alphanumeric Mandatory for UT transactions Select the ID of the fund from which the selected investor derives income which will be distributed according to the IDS options you are creating in this screen If the selected investor receives income from many funds then you must create the IDS options for the income from each fund in this screen as applicable if so requested by the investor When you specify the ID of the fund the ISIN Code of the fund is displayed in the ISIN Code field ISIN Code 12 Characters Maximum Alphanumeric Display ISIN Code will be displayed for the selected Fund ID Distribution Mode Alphanumeric Mandatory From the list indicate the manner in which the selected investor prefers to avail of income earned in the selected fund This could be any of the following e Full Payment Choose this opt
51. authorized representative abs ORACLE Address 255 characters maximum Alphanumeric Mandatory Specify the address of the authorized representative Expiry Date Date Format Specify an expiry date for the unit holder authorizing representative being defined An error message is displayed on saving the transaction if the expiry date is less than the transaction date Zip Code 6 Characters Maximum Alphanumeric Mandatory Specify the zip code of the specified city of residence of the authorized representative City 20 Character Maximum alphanumeric Optional Specify the name of the city of residence of the authorized representative First Name 100 Character Maximum Alphanumeric Mandatory Specify the first name of the authorized representative Middle Name 40 Character Maximum Alphanumeric Optional Specify the middle name of the authorized representative Last Name 40 Character Maximum Alphanumeric Optional Specify the last name of the authorized representative Title 15 Character Maximum Alphanumeric Mandatory Select the applicable title for the name of the authorized representative from the list provided If you do not find the option you are looking for in the list specify the same State 20 Character Maximum Alphanumeric Optional If the specified city of residence is located in a state outside of the United States of America specify the name of the state here Signature This displays the signature o
52. by numeric value 7 For Example AGC17 GSD267 AGC77 and so forth Search by 17 System will fetch all the records whose Identification Number contains the numeric value 17 For Example GSD217 GSD172 AGC17 and so forth Editing CIF Profile before Authorization You can modify the details of customer maintenance parameters that you have already entered into the system provided it has not been subsequently authorized You can perform this operation as follows Invoke the Customer Maintenance Summary screen from the Browser Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for modification in the Authorized field You can only modify records that are unauthorized Accordingly choose the Unauthorized option Specify any or all of the details in the corresponding fields to retrieve the record that is to be modified All unauthorized records with the specified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen Double click the record that you want to modify in the list of displayed records The Customer Maintenance Detail screen is displayed Select Unlock Operation from Action list to modify the record Modify the necessary information Click Save to save your changes Customer Maintenance Detail screen is closed and the changes made are reflected in the Customer Maintenance Summary screen ee ORACLE 2 2 4 Viewing CIF Profile before Authorization To view a record that you have previ
53. by DateTime Open Open Authorized Unauthorized Correspondence Address Section The following fields comprise the correspondence address information in the Correspondence Address section Address Lines 1 2 Each line is 80 Character Maximum Alphanumeric Address Line 1 is Mandatory Specify the default postal address that is to be used for correspondence with the investor City 20 Character Maximum Alphanumeric Optional Specify the name of the city of residence of the investor You can select the city from the drop down list provided The available options depend on the values defined at the params maintenance If the city is not available in the list you can specify the city in the field provided alongside The list of cities available in the system will be a one time upload into the system Use State Maintenance Optional You can select one of the two values from the dropdown list e Yes e No If you select Yes then only the system can accept US state code in State If you select No then system can accept any value for State By default the system displays No oat ORACLE State 20 Character Maximum Alphanumeric Optional Specify the state in which the city of residence of the investor is located You can select the state of residence from the drop down list provided The available options depend on the values defined at the params maintenance If the state is not available in the
54. can avail of checkbook facility in any fund in which the investor holds unit balances Any additional information under the heads defined for the AMC Click the Additional Information link in the screen and enter the details in the corresponding fields If the account is a retirement type of account additional details for the individual investor such as the retirement age date of retirement and if the investor has expired the date and cause of death To make these specifications click the Member Details link in the screen and enter the details in the corresponding fields oe ORACLE 3 3 5 3 3 6 Saving New Account After you have specified all the information that is mandatory for the account and any further information if any as applicable click the Save link at the bottom of the Detail screen to save your specifications The system validates all the information and saves the record into the database The unit holder ID for the account is generated and displayed if you have not specified it In case you have input the unit holder ID the system validates it Along with the confirmation details links to Subscription and IPO transaction screens are also displayed If you invoke the transaction screens directly from here the new Unit holder ID will be defaulted in the transaction screens Transactions thus saved will be unauthorized and have to be manually authorized However if the user has Auto Authorization roles ena
55. chosen either Both or Full Payment as the distribution mode all the information in this section is mandatory Click Payment Details tab to enter the details Payment Mode Alphanumeric Mandatory From the list select the mode in which the broker prefers to receive the paid portion of the income earned either in the form of a check check or transfer transfer oat ORACLE Payment Type Alphanumeric Mandatory From the list indicate whether the payment instrument must be addressed to the Self third party or Entity Third Party Details Section Third Party Reference Alphanumeric Mandatory for Third Party payment Specify the name or reference of the third party for which the check instrument must be made out Address Alphanumeric Mandatory for Third Party payment Specify the address of the third party for which the check instrument must be made out Zip Code 9 Characters Maximum Alphanumeric Mandatory for Third Party payment Specify the zip code of the city of residence of the third party for which the check instrument must be made out City Alphanumeric Mandatory for Third Party payment Select the city of residence of the third party for which the check instrument must be made out US State Non US State Alphanumeric Mandatory for Third Party payment Select the state of residence of the third party for which the check instrument must be made out if the state is a US st
56. contact address of the director Address Line 2 Alphanumeric Optional Specify the contact address of the director City Alphanumeric Optional Select the city from the adjoining option list State Alphanumeric Optional Select the state from the adjoining option list Country Alphanumeric Optional Select the country from the adjoining option list Zip Code Optional Specify the zip code Email Alphanumeric Optional Specify the email ID Contact Person Alphanumeric Optional Specify the contact person Bank Alphanumeric Optional Select the bank from the adjoining option list Branch Alphanumeric Optional Select the branch from the adjoining option list Account Type Alphanumeric Optional Select the account type from the adjoining option list Account Currency Alphanumeric Optional Select the currency of the account from the adjoining option list Account Number Optional Specify the account number ia ORACLE 3 3 6 9 Account Name Alphanumeric Optional Specify the name in the account IBAN Optional Specify the IBAN number Director Name Alphanumeric Optional Specify the name of the director Percentage Holding Alphanumeric Optional Specify the percentage of holding FATCA Classification Display If the director selected is an existing entity in the system then system displays FATCA Classification type US Indicia Display The system defaults the US Indicia Available a
57. corresponding fields to retrieve the record that is to be modified All unauthorized records with the specified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen e Double click the record that you want to modify in the list of displayed transactions The UH NPI Preference Detail screen is displayed e Select Unlock Operation from Action list to modify the record Modify the necessary information e Click Save to save your changes The UH NPI Preference Detail screen is closed and the changes made are reflected in the UH NPI Preference Summary screen 4 7 5 Viewing NPI Payment Preferences for Investors To view a record that you have previously entered you must retrieve the same in the UH NPI Preference Summary screen as follows e Invoke the UH NPI Preference Summary Screen from the Browser e Select the status of the transaction that you want to retrieve for viewing in the Authorization Status field You can also view all records that are either unauthorized or authorized only by choosing the Unauthorized Authorized option e Specify any or all of the details of the record in the corresponding fields on the screen and click Search button All records with the specified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen e Double click the record that you want to view in the list of displayed records The UH NPI Preference Detail screen is displayed in View mode 4 7 6 Deleting N
58. date is displayed here by default and will be reckoned as the opening date for the account if you do not specify any other date in this field You can specify an earlier date if necessary Investor Type Alphanumeric Mandatory Indicate whether you are creating an account for an individual investor or a corporate one by checking the appropriate radio button ANC Distributor ID Alphanumeric Mandatory Select the code of the AMC Distributor in whose funds the investor wishes to invest from the list provided You capture this information for the purpose of identifying the AMC Distributor to which the unit holder belongs and in whose database the unit holder account will reside a ORACLE Dealing Type Alphanumeric Mandatory Indicate whether the investor wishes to deal with the AMC either directly as self or through a designated authorized representative by choosing the appropriate option from the drop down list If you choose the authorized representative option here then you must specify the ID of the designated authorized representative in the Auth Rep ID field as mandatory information for the account If you are maintaining a depositary as a unit holder in the system you must select the dealing type as Depositary Category Enter the category Fee Category Alphanumeric Optional From the list provided select the fee category to be deemed applicable for the investor whose account you are creating Fee Sub
59. details only if you maintain a bank account for the preferred currency or multi currency ORACLE You can also choose Fund Base Currency FBC as your preferred currency for unit holders only In this case you will be allowed to proceed with saving unit holder details without maintaining an account for FBC You can save transactions for unit holders with FBC as preferred currency but these transactions will be marked incomplete You can complete such transactions by specifying unit holder Bank details for the unit holder and for the transactions in the Payments Details section The system processes payments on the basis of the currency for each fund for the FBC option In case an account exists for the FBC the system picks it up for payments or else it picks up the default multi currency account for the unit holder If neither is available the system displays an error message The investor can if need be choose to transact in a currency different from the one you specify here for any transaction Note When you specify the country in which the investor is domiciled in the Country of Domicile field the currency associated with the specified country is retrieved from the Country Cur rency Maintenance record in the system and displayed in this field by default If you do not select any currency here then the displayed default currency will be deemed as the preferred currency for the investor
60. displayed in this section in display mode e Slab Sequence No if any and their applicable boundaries e From Date e To Date e From Amount e To Amount e From Units e To Units e From Period e To Period e Return Value The original Return Value for the load e Override To Derived Load Details e Load Id e Description e Load Percentage Amount or Percentage this is the basis on which the return value for the selected load is derived e Override To In the Override To field specify the new return value applicable for the load as required for the deal and click Exit button Sample calculation for annuity tax is attached below Operations on Deal Maintenance Records before Authorization After you set up the Deal options for an investor in the UH Deal Setup Detail screen you can perform any of the following operations before the record is authorized e Edit the specified options in the setup At this stage you can alter any of the details e Delete the setup wee ORACLE 4 3 4 To perform either operation use the Unitholder Deal Summary screen You can invoke this screen by typing UTSUHDEL in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button The following screen is invoked Unitholder Deal Summary Authorized X Open X Unit Holder CIF Number a Apply At CIF Level x Apply Deal At Not Selected X Load ID a om
61. e Double click the record that you want to view in the list of displayed records The Broker Journal Detail screen is displayed in View mode Deleting Journal Entry You can delete only unauthorized records in the system To delete a record that you have previously entered e Invoke the Broker Journal Summary screen from the Browser e Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for deletion e Specify any or all of the details and click Search button All records with the specified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen e Double click the record that you want to delete The Broker Journal Detail screen is displayed e Select Delete operation from the Action list The system prompts you to confirm the deletion and the record is deleted physically from the system database Authorizing Journal Entry An unauthorized Broker Journal record must be authorized in the system for it to be processed To authorize a record e Invoke the Broker Journal Summary screen from the Browser e Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for authorization Typically choose the Unauthorized option e Specify any or all of the details of the record in the corresponding fields on the screen Click Search button All record with the specified details that are pending authorization are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen e Double click the transaction
62. field Authorization of this status change will result in an automatic transfer of non taxable holdings to taxable holdings for the concerned unit holder e Loss of Eligibility Status Select this option to indicate that the investor has been legally made ineligible to avail of the non tax limit and the corresponding document to this effect has been received The available limit must be set to zero in the Sanctioned Limit field Authorization of this status change will result in an automatic transfer of non taxable holdings to taxable holdings for the concerned unit holder e Death Status Select this option to indicate that the non tax limit has been withdrawn or stopped for the investor due to death of the investor and the corresponding document to this effect this has been received The available limit must be set to zero in the Sanctioned Limit field When an information change has been effected to the unit holder account for which the non tax limits are being set up the system prompts you to confirm the change for the non tax limit investor and to confirm the receipt of the supporting document Based on this it also updates the option in this field as Change Information Status option and defaults the Document Received Date as the application date of the change Document Received Date Date Format Mandatory Specify the date on which the following documents are received e Fora new non tax limits record the Maruyu Eligibility Statu
63. in the Letter of Intent e The load group in which the investor seeks to invest through a Letter of Intent e The applicability of standing instruction transactions as a means of fulfilling Letters of Intent i e reducing the LOI used up amount e The applicability of transactions put through earlier than the Letter of Intent period start date as a means of reducing the Letter of Intent used up amount Any period earlier than the start date is known as a prior period e The duration of a prior period if applicable e Foran LOI investor you can designate any transaction requested by the investor as an LOI transaction at the investor s request By so doing the transaction will be taken into account to reduce the used up Letter of Intent amount Note For an investor you can only set up one Letter of Intent options record for a load group Setting up Letter of Intent Options for Investor To set up the options requested by the investor for a Letter of Intent use the Unit Holder LOI Setup Detail screen You can invoke this screen by typing UTDUHLOl in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button In the UH LOI Detail screen you must specify all the following details to set up the Letter of Intent option for an investor e The CIF Number of the CIF Account for whom the Letter of Intent is being set up or the non ClF unit holder for whom the options are b
64. in the Open field If you choose the Blank Space option then all the records that involve the specified unit holder are retrieved e The number of the CIF profile in the Customer No field e The category of the customer in the Category field a ORACLE 2 2 3 The address of the customer in the Country of Domicile field The identification type of the customer in the Identification Type field The identification of the customer in the Identification Number field The type of the customer in the Customer Type field Click Search button to view the records All records with the specified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen Note You can also retrieve the individual record detail from the Customer Maintenance detail screen by doing query in the following manner Press F7 Input the Identification Number Press F8 You can perform Edit Delete Amend Authorize Reverse Confirm operation by selecting from the Action list You can also search the record by using combination of and alphanumeric value Example You can search the record for Identification Number by using the combination of and alphanumeric value as follows Search by A System will fetch all the records whose Identification Number starts from Alphabet A For Example AGC17 AGVO6 AGC74 and so forth Search by 7 System will fetch all the records whose Identification Number ends
65. listed along with location and Media and maintained from FCC Media Indicate the media of communication as maintained in the CIF Address Maintenance screen Location 15 Character Maximum Alphanumeric Specify the location for correspondence with the unit holder as maintained in the CIF Address Maintenance screen raa ORACLE 2 3 9 2 Address1 2 Each line is 105 Character Maximum Alphanumeric Specify the postal address that is to be used for correspondence with the unit holder City 105 Character Maximum Alphanumeric Optional Specify the name of the city of residence of the unit holder State 105 Character Maximum Alphanumeric Optional Specify the state in which the city of residence of the unit holder is located Zip Code 10 Characters Maximum Alphanumeric Optional Specify the zip code of the specified city of residence of the unit holder Country Alphanumeric Optional Select the country in which the investor is domiciled from the drop down list Contact Person 70 Character Maximum Alphanumeric Optional Specify the name of the contact person at the unit holder s residence Cell Phone Number 16 Characters Maximum Numeric Optional Specify the cell phone number of the unit holder Telephone Number1 2 15 Character Maximum Alphanumeric Optional Enter the contact telephone numbers of the unit holder CIF Address Fund Mapping You can select the Fund Ids for which you wish the specified add
66. maintained for an exchange rate source Note Payment status change of a record is also reflected in the Payment Enrichment screen Broker Commission Payment You can determine the date of commission payment for all commission transactions raised from a specific agency branch or across all agency branches using the Broker Comm FPE ORACLE Payment screen You can invoke this screen by typing UTDBRCOP in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Broker Commission Payment New 9 Enter Query Broker Commission Payment Start Process Click the Start Process button to process the commission payment Note If the amount in payment currency for the broker is greater than the minimum payment amount for Payment Currency then all of those commission should be paid You can make the payment at any time 5 9 1 Maintaining Minimum Commission Payments by Payment Currency In this section specify the details to maintain a minimum payment amount for each commission payment currency You can invoke this screen by typing UTDMINPY in the field oar ORACLE 5 9 1 1 at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button The FCIS Min Comm Payment Amt Maintenance Detail screen is displayed gt Minimum Commission Payment Amount Maintenance New 5 Enter Query Effective Date Deta
67. modify in the list of displayed records The INCOME DISTRIBUTION SETUP Detail screen is displayed Select Unlock Operation from Action list to modify the record Modify the necessary information Click Save to save your changes The INCOME DISTRIBUTION SETUP Detail screen is closed and the changes made are reflected in the Income Distribution Setup Summary screen 5 5 6 Viewing Income Distribution Setup Options for Brokers To view a record that you have previously entered you must retrieve the same in the INCOME DISTRIBUTION SETUP Summary screen as follows Invoke the INCOME DISTRIBUTION SETUP Summary Screen from the Browser Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for viewing in the Authorization Status field You can also view all records that are either unauthorized or authorized only by choosing the Unauthorized Authorized option Specify any or all of the details of the record in the corresponding fields on the screen and click Search button All records with the specified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen Double click the record that you want to view in the list of displayed records The INCOME DISTRIBUTION SETUP Detail screen is displayed in View mode a 88 ORACLE 5 5 7 Deleting Income Distribution Setup Options for Brokers You can delete only unauthorized records in the system To delete a record that you have previously entered Invoke the INCOME
68. numeric value 7 For Example AGC17 GSD267 AGC77 and so forth Search by 17 System will fetch all the records whose Broker Code contains the numeric value 17 For Example GSD217 GSD172 AGC17 and so forth 5 3 7 Editing Broker Records You can modify the details FCIS Broker Maintenance parameters that you have already entered into the system provided it has not been subsequently authorized You can perform this operation as follows Invoke the FCIS Broker Maintenance Summary screen from the Browser Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for modification in the Authorized field You can only modify records that are unauthorized Accordingly choose the Unauthorized option Specify any or all of the details in the corresponding fields to retrieve the record that is to be modified All unauthorized records with the specified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen Double click the record that you want to modify in the list of displayed records The FCIS Broker Maintenance Detail screen is displayed Select Unlock Operation from Action list to modify the record Modify the necessary information Click Save to save your changes The FCIS Broker Maintenance Detail screen is closed and the changes made are reflected in the FCIS Broker Maintenance Summary screen 5 3 8 Viewing Broker Records To view a record that you have previously entered you must retrieve the same i
69. of the investor in the desired alternate language State Alphanumeric Optional Specify the state in which the city of residence of the investor is located in the desired alternate language Maintaining Director Details You can maintain the details of boards of directors for a corporate unit holder in this tab You can capture the details by clicking Director Details tab in the Unit Holder Maintenance screen See ORACLE Director Details 1of1 z Existing UH CIF DirectorID Director Name Designation Date Of Birth Gender IDType JIDNumber Addre You can capture the following in this screen Existing UH CIF Alphanumeric Optional Indicate whether you are existing UH CIF Director ID Mandatory Select the director identification from the adjoining option list This is applicable only if you are an existing UH CIF Designation Alphanumeric Optional Specify the designation Date of Birth Date Format Specify the date of birth Gender Alphanumeric Optional Select the gender from the adjoining option list ID Type Alphanumeric Optional Select the identification type of the director from the drop down list ID Number Optional Specify the identification number of the director Country of Domicile Alphanumeric Optional Select the country of domicile from the adjoining option list vee ORACLE Address Line 1 Alphanumeric Mandatory Specify the
70. of the record that you want to retrieve for deletion Specify any or all of the details and click Search button All records with the specified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen Double click the record that you want to delete The UH Non Tax Limits Detail screen is displayed Select Delete operation from the Action list The system prompts you to confirm the deletion and the record is deleted physically from the system database Authorizing Non Tax Limits for Investor An unauthorized UH Non Tax Limits record must be authorized in the system for it to be processed To authorize a record Invoke the UH Non Tax Limits Summary screen from the Browser Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for authorization Typically choose the Unauthorized option Specify any or all of the details of the record in the corresponding fields on the screen Click Search button All record with the specified details that are pending authorization are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen Double click the transaction that you wish to authorize UH Non Tax Limits Detail screen is displayed Select Authorize operation from Action When the checker authorizes a transaction details of validations if any that were overridden by the maker of the transaction during the Save operation are displayed If any of these overrides results in an error the checker must reject t
71. option e Specify any or all of the details in the corresponding fields to retrieve the record that is to be modified All unauthorized records with the specified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen e Double click the record that you want to modify in the list of displayed records The CIF Address Detail screen is displayed e Select Unlock Operation from Action list to modify the record Modify the necessary information e Click Save to save your changes The CIF Address Detail screen is closed and the changes made are reflected in the Customer Maintenance Summary screen Viewing CIF Address Record before Authorization To view a record that you have previously entered you must retrieve the same in the CIF Address Summary screen as follows e Invoke the CIF Address Summary Screen from the Browser e Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for viewing in the Authorized field You can also view all records that are either unauthorized or authorized only by choosing the Unauthorized Authorized option e Specify any or all of the details of the record in the corresponding fields on the screen and click Search button All records with the specified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen e Double click the record that you want to view in the list of displayed records The CIF Address Detail screen is displayed in View mode ae ORACLE
72. overridden by the maker of the record during the Save operation are displayed If any of these overrides results in an error the checker must reject the transaction 5 9 8 Amending Minimum Commission Payment Amount After a Minimum Commission Payment Amount Maintenance record is authorized it can be modified using the Unlock operation from Action list To make changes to a record after authorization e Invoke Minimum Commission Payment Amount Maintenance Summary screen from the Browser e Select the status of the record that you wish to retrieve for amendment You can only amend only authorized records e Specify any or all of the details of the Minimum Commission Payment Amount Maintenance in the screen All records with the specified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen on ORACLE e Double click the record that you want to amend The Minimum Commission Payment Amount Maintenance screen is displayed in Amendment mode Click the Unlock operation from the Action list to amend the record e Amend the necessary information Click the Save button to save the changes 5 9 9 Authorizing Amended Minimum Commission Payment Amount An amended Minimum Commission Payment Amount Maintenance record must be authorized for the amendment to be made effective in the system The authorization of amended records can only be done from Fund Manager Module and Agency branch Module The process of authorizatio
73. portion of the screen Double click the record that you want to amend The INCOME DISTRIBUTION SETUP Detail screen is displayed in Amendment mode Click the Unlock operation from the Action list to amend the record Amend the necessary information Click the Save button to save the changes When you retrieve an IDS setup record for the purpose of amendment in this screen it is displayed in the UH IDS Setup Detail screen in Amend mode All the non editable field values are displayed as labels while the editable fields are enabled for data entry changes Note When you make changes to any authorized record in the system database through the amendment operation the record with the amended information is saved as an unauthor ized record in the system For your amendment changes to be effective the amended re cord must be subsequently authorized When it is authorized it is saved in the system database as an authorized record with the amendment information and is effective a0 ORACLE 4 2 10 4 3 4 3 1 Authorizing Amended Income Distribution Setup Details An amended Income Distribution Setup record must be authorized for the amendment to be made effective in the system The authorization of amended records can only be done from Agency branch Module The process of authorization is subsequently the same as that for normal records Deals for Investor When you map a charge or load to a fund or a load group
74. registered If the broker is a VAT registered broker specify the broker s VAT Registration Number VAT Registration Date DD MM YYYY Specify the date of VAT registration here VAT Registration date is mandatory if the broker is a VAT registered broker While processing broker commission the system computes the VAT amount only if the transaction date is on or after the VAT registration date of the broker During periodic loan accrual processing system computes the VAT amount only if the accrual date is on or after the VAT registration date maintained at the broker level Maintaining Broker Add Info If the AMC has designated any additional information heads for brokers you can indicate the relevant information applicable to the broker under each head in this section ote ORACLE 5 3 4 3 You can access this section by clicking Broker Add Info tab Broker Maintenance D New 53 Enter Query Broker Details MEERA Broker Contact Info Broker Bank Details Broker Legacy Details Broker Preference Additional Information Details 1of1 a Other Info Field Field Value a Input by DateTime Mod No Authorized by Open DateTime Authorized Other Info Field Displays the other information in the field Field Value Select the field value from the option list Maintaining Broker Contact Info In this section specify all the details of the available modes of commun
75. section specify the parameters that will govern the processing and payment of commission due the broker Also if the broker is VAT registered indicate the corresponding registration number You can access this section through the Payment Details link Default Unit Holder ID 12 Character Maximum Alphanumeric Optional Select the ID of the unit holder account that is designated to be used as the default account in the system for the broker This is typically so when the broker prefers that a unit holder receives the proceeds of the commission payments Whenever the broker opts for reinvestment of earned commission back into the funds of the AMC according to the income distribution setup options defined for the broker the reinvestment will be effected through the unit holder ID you specify here Hierarchy Commission Percentage 5 Numeric Characters Maximum including 2 decimals Mandatory Specify the percentage of the commission received that is to be paid by the broker to the immediate parent broker level mie ORACLE For a given broker hierarchy structure the commissions received at any level may be shared between the brokers of the hierarchy in a pre defined manner To understand how earned commission would be shared in a hierarchy structure let us consider an example Consider a four tier broker setup as given below Let us suppose that the transaction commission processed of a particular subscription transaction must be s
76. that for normal transactions Note When a journal entry for a broker is authorized the process for any adjustments specified in the entry to the next payment cycle or transaction for the broker is begun in the data base Subsequently you cannot change a journal entry that has been authorized in any way The amendment operation is not available on authorized journal entries for brokers 5 3 26 Broker Migration You can change the default broker from one broker to the other for all the unit holders in bulk through the Broker Migration screen You can invoke this screen by typing UTDBRMIG in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Broker Migration i New 9 Enter Query Broker Migration Source Broker ID Source Broker Name Destination Broker ID Destination Broker Name Effective Date Status Not Started The system validates if the source broker status is Pending Closure before migration Only the Brokers with disabled status as No are mapped as destination brokers oar ORACLE 5 3 27 5 3 28 Note Duplicate entries with the same source and destination broker with the same effective date are not allowed Select New from the Actions menu in the Application tool bar or click new icon to enter the details of the Broker Migration screen Only save operation is applicable for the Broker Migration screen Fields in
77. the beneficiary from the drop down list If the beneficiary is a valid Unit Holder the identification type will be displayed ID Number Optional Specify the identification number of the identification type of the beneficiary If the beneficiary is a valid Unit Holder the identification number will be displayed 219 ORACLE Relation Optional Specify the relationship of the beneficiary with the unit holder If the beneficiary is a valid Unit Holder the relationship will be displayed Award Optional Specify the percentage of the unit holder s holdings that belongs to the beneficiary The award should sum up to 100 Address Optional Specify the contact address of the beneficiary Delete Use this check box to identify any beneficiary details that must be marked for deletion In the desired row check this box When you have selected all the accounts to be deleted click the Delete link at the top of the section Bank Optional Specify the bank code of the beneficiary s bank You can select the same from the option list if the bank code is a valid code in the system Branch Optional Specify the branch of the bank that you have selected You can select the same from the option list if the branch is a valid one in the system Account Type Alphanumeric Optional From the list select the nature of the account held by the beneficiary Account Currency 3 Characters Maximum Alphanumeric Optional Select the cu
78. the date of birth of the customer This is mandatory if the customer is a minor e Indicate the name of the father or spouse of the customer e The name of the beneficiary of the customer and his her relationship with the customer e Inthe Address Details section enter the correspondence and permanent address details e Inthe Client Preferences section specify the following details e The account currency of the customer e The preferred language of the customer e The resident status of the customer his her nationality and country of domicile e The default broker and whether the customer has rights of accumulation e Inthe Identification Details section specify the identification type of the customer and the details of the same Also specify whether tax is to be deducted at source e Inthe Account Operation Details section specify whether the customer is a joint account holder e Inthe Alternate Language Details section specify the customer details in the desired alternate language e Click the Save button to save the profile of your customer 2 2 10 Creation of Investor Account for CIF Customer When you authorize a CIF profile for a customer in the Customers screen the following events take place e The CIF record is now effective in the database as an authorized record e More importantly a single initial unit holder account is created for the CIF customer in the FC IS database The details of the unit holder acco
79. the list of displayed transactions The UH Non Tax Limits Detail screen is displayed Select Unlock Operation from Action list to modify the record Modify the necessary information Click Save to save your changes The UH Non Tax Limits Detail screen is closed and the changes made are reflected in the UH Non Tax Limits Summary screen 4 5 7 Viewing Non Tax Limits for Investor To view a record that you have previously entered you must retrieve the same in the UH Non Tax Limits Summary screen as follows Invoke the UH Non Tax Limits Summary Screen from the Browser Select the status of the records that you want to retrieve for viewing in the Authorization Status field You can also view all records that are either unauthorized or authorized only by choosing the Unauthorized Authorized option Specify any or all of the details of the records in the corresponding fields on the screen and click Search button All records with the specified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen Double click the record that you want to view in the list of displayed records The UH Non Tax Limits Detail screen is displayed in View mode a ORACLE 4 5 8 4 5 9 4 5 10 Deleting Non Tax Limits for Investor You can delete only unauthorized records in the system To delete a record that you have previously entered Invoke the UH Non Tax Limits Summary screen from the Browser Select the status
80. the loads are applied to transactions requested by all investors that transact in the fund or load group subject to the evaluated criteria of the loads matching the unit holder and the transaction In some cases the AMC may wish to offer a special unique load option to be applied on all transactions involving a specific CIF Account or unit holder This could also be at the request of the investor This special load option would override the existing load option mapped to the fund or load group Such a load option is called a deal for an investor The deal consists of specifying a new return value for any or all of the loads mapped to the fund or load group You specify the new return value against an existing return value that is based on a percentage or a fixed amount for the load You can set up a deal e Fora specific unit holder under a CIF customer account e For all unit holders under a CIF account e Fora single non ClF unit holder e To be applicable to all transactions of the selected unit holder CIF unit holder in a specific fund e Tobe applicable to all transactions of the selected unit holder CIF unit holder in any or all of the funds under a specific load group e Tobe applicable on a specific load that has been mapped to a fund or load group The usage of a negotiated deal is different from an over the counter load override Negotiated deals are generally done for special customers with pre defined business agreemen
81. the unit holder for whom you are specifying non tax limit options Unit Holder ID 12 Character Maximum Alphanumeric Mandatory Enter the CIF unit holder ID for whom you are creating the non tax limit options First Name 12 Character Maximum Alphanumeric Mandatory Specify the ID of the non CIF unit holder for whom you are setting up the non tax limit options in this screen The name of the unit holder that you select is displayed alongside the field CIF Number 9 Characters Maximum Alphanumeric Mandatory for setting up non tax limit options for a unit holder under a CIF Account Select or specify the number of the CIF Account under which the unit holder for whom you are creating the non tax limit options is found 09 ORACLE 4 5 3 2 4 5 3 3 When you specify the CIF Number the name of the corresponding CIF Account is retrieved from the database and displayed alongside the field All the unit holder accounts under the CIF Account that you have selected are listed in the drop down list in the Unit Holders for CIF field System Limit Section Limit Currency This is parameterized at the system level Limit Amount This is parameterized at the system level Basic Details Section In this section you can indicate the total sanctioned limit across all funds for the investor Allowed Limit Numeric Optional Specify the total non tax limit that is applicable for investments in the selected accumulated fund f
82. unauthorized records in the system To delete a record that you have previously entered Invoke the Fund UH Category Minimum Holding Period Summary screen from the Browser Specify any or all of the following details in the screen The status of the transaction in the Authorized field If you choose the blank space then both the authorized and the unauthorized status records will be retrieved for the specified criteria The status of the records in the Open field If you choose the blank space then all the records are retrieved The fund ID in the Fund ID field If you choose the blank space then all the records are retrieved The type of transaction in the Transaction Type field If you choose the blank space then all the records are retrieved The rule for standing instruction in the Rule for SI field Click Search button to view the records All records with the specified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen Double click the record that you want to delete The Fund UH Category Minimum Holding Period Detail screen is displayed a G2 ORACLE e Select Delete operation from the Action list The system prompts you to confirm the deletion and the record is deleted physically from the system database Note The maker of the record can only delete the unauthorized record 4 8 2 4 Authorizing minimum holding period a
83. warning message will be displayed If there is any new debit order whose annualized amount exceeds KYC Annual Debit Order Limit then a warning message will be displayed Example Let KYC Purchase Limit R 50000 KYC Annual Debit Order Limit R 25000 KYC Redemption Period In months 12 Assuming UH1 is not KYC Compliant and Product OMPR1 is KYC Applicable Case 1 User tries to capture policy with initial investment of R 55000 for UH1 in OMPR1 System would restrict this as it breaches the limit of R 50000 Case 2 User tries to capture initial investment of R 45000 for UH1 in OMPR1 with premium amount as R 2500 per month System would restrict this as the annualized premium amount i e R 2500 12 R 30000 exceeds the KYC Annual Debit Order Limit Case 3 UH1 is KYC compliant and below are the transaction details Date Transaction Type Product Amount 1 1 2007 Initial Investment OMGR1 45000 1 4 2007 Top Up OMGR1 55000 On 1S Jun 2007 user changes clients name which makes the client KYC Non compliant User tries to capture surrender transaction on 1 Sep 2007 for UH1 in OMPR1 for R 40000 This operation would fail as there is a Top Up transaction within the KYC Redemption Period of 12 months that breaches the limit of R 50000 ap ORACLE 3 3 17 Case 4 UH1 is KYC compliant and below are the transaction details Date Transaction Type Product Amount 1 1 2
84. wish to invest in the funds of the AMC In such a case you can create and maintain one or more investor accounts for the customer in the AMC FC IS database This chapter deals with the maintenance of customer profiles and creation of investor accounts for your customers in the AMC FC IS database Maintaining Customer Profiles Invoking Customer Maintenance Summary Screen Invoke the Customer Maintenance Summary screen by typing UTSCUST in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button The following screen is invoked Customer Maintenance Summary Authorized Open Customer No B Customer Type Customer Category Identification Number Identification Type az Country Of Domicile Advanced Search Reset Records perpage 15 v 1 of 1 Authorized Open CustomerNo CustomerType Customer Category Identification Number Identification Type Retrieving CIF Profile in Customers Maintenance Summary Screen You can retrieve a previously entered record in the Customer Maintenance Summary screen as follows e Invoke the Customer Maintenance Summary screen from the Browser and specify any or all of the following details in the corresponding fields e The status of the record in the Authorized field If you choose the Blank Space option then all the transactions that involve the specified unit holder are retrieved e The status of the record
85. wishes to receive The various types available are as follows e Transaction Feeds All transactions Subscription Redemption Switch Transfer e Brokerage Payment Feeds ae ORACLE 5 3 5 e Investor Feeds e NAV Feeds e Scheme Feeds You cannot maintain preferences for a feed type more than once If a duplicate feed type is selected then system will throw up an error Feed Structure Alphanumeric Optional Indicate the format of the file being extracted The options are e DBF e TXT e XLS The available options depend on the values defined in PARAMS maintenance Start Date Date Format Optional Specify the date that marks the beginning of the Feed period Feed Frequency Alphanumeric Optional From the list indicate the frequency according to which the data feed must be made to the broker Feed Format Alphanumeric Optional Indicate the format of the Feed to be made to the broker The available options depend on the values defined in PARAMS maintenance Operations on Broker Record After you have set up a record for a broker in the system you can perform the following maintenance operations as required e Make changes to any information in the record before it is authorized e Have the record authorized by another user Commission for a broker will only be processed by the system when the broker s maintenance record in the system is authorized e After authorization you can make further changes to
86. 00 063 India Worldwide Inquiries Phone 91 22 6718 3000 Fax 91 22 6718 3001 www oracle com financialservices Copyright 2007 2014 Oracle and or its affiliates All rights reserved Oracle and Java are registered trademarks of Oracle and or its affiliates Other names may be trademarks of their respective owners U S GOVERNMENT END USERS Oracle programs including any operating system integrated software any programs installed on the hardware and or documentation delivered to U S Government end users are commercial computer software pursuant to the applicable Federal Acquisition Regulation and agency specific supplemental regulations As such use duplication disclosure modification and adaptation of the programs including any operating system integrated software any programs installed on the hardware and or documentation shall be subject to license terms and license restrictions applicable to the programs No other rights are granted to the U S Government This software or hardware is developed for general use in a variety of information management applications It is not developed or intended for use in any inherently dangerous applications including applications that may create a risk of personal injury If you use this software or hardware in dangerous applications then you shall be responsible to take all appropriate failsafe backup redundancy and other measures to ensure its safe use Oracle Corporation and its
87. 007 Initial Investment OMGR1 45000 There is a monthly premium starting from 15t Feb 2007 and ending on 1t Feb 2009 for R 3000 On 1 Jun 2007 user changes clients name which makes the client KYC Non compliant User tries to capture surrender transaction on 1 Sep 2007 for UH1 in OMPR1 for R 40000 This operation would fail as there is a policy premium that is captured within the KYC Redemption Period for which annualized amount is R 36000 and this exceeds the KYC Annual Debit Order Limit Case 5 UH1 is KYC compliant and below are the transaction details Date Transaction Type Product Amount 1 1 2006 Initial Investment OMGR1 45000 There is a monthly premium starting from 15t Feb 2006 and ending on 1 Feb 2009 for R 3000 On 1 Jun 2007 user changes clients name which makes the client KYC Non compliant User tries to capture surrender transaction on 1 Sep 2007 for UH1 in OMPR1 for R 40000 This operation would be allowed as there is no Top Up or Policy Premium captured within the KYC Redemption Period i e 15t Sep 2006 onwards Basis date for the validations would be transaction date Maintaining Stop Status on Unit Holder Account A stop could be placed on a unit holder account for a number of reasons Such a stop typically results in restrictions being placed on the account in terms of inflows and outflows with regard to the following events e Any inflow and outflow transactions e Stand
88. 2 and City Alphanumeric Optional Enter the permanent address details of the customer if the customer is an individual In case of corporate customer enter the registration address details in the alternate language CIF Address Maintenance FCIS allows you to maintain as many addresses as required for a given CIF you are also allowed to specify the media for the address This can be done through the CIF Address Detail screen You can invoke this screen by typing UTDCADD in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button CIF Address Maintenance New 5 Enter Query CIF Address Maintenence Zip Code CIF Number Country Customer Name Country Name Media Contact Person Location Telephone1 Address Line 1 Telephone2 Address Line 2 Cell Phone Number City State Input by DateTime Authorized by DateTime Mod No Open Authorized Select New from the Actions menu in the Application tool bar or click new icon to enter the details of the CIF Address screen alg ORACLE 2 2 13 Fields in CIF Address Maintenance screen CIF Number 12 Character Maximum Alphanumeric Mandatory Specify the CIF number of the unit holder Media 15 Character Maximum Alphanumeric Indicate the medium of communication you wish to avail from the drop down list You could choose the Mail media The List of values in drop down are parameterized in System Parameters
89. 6 9 4 7 4 7 1 e Double click the record that you want to amend The Unit Holder IRRF Preference Detail screen is displayed in Amendment mode Click the Unlock operation from the Action list to amend the record e Amend the necessary information Click the Save button to save the changes Authorizing Amended IRRF Preferences for Investors An amended Unit Holder IRRF Preference record must be authorized for the amendment to be made effective in the system The authorization of amended records can only be done from Fund Manager Module and Agency branch Module The process of authorization is subsequently the same as that for normal Unit Holder IRRF Preference NPI Preferences for Investor As per Shariah principle of cleansing the fund of impure income the earnings derived out of any dividend exceeding a certain benchmark cannot be reinvested This portion of the earnings is classified as Non Permissible Income NPI The investor can either choose to receive the NPI component as income or pay the same to a trust To set up a Unit Holder NPI payment preference use the Unit Holder NPI Preference Detail screen You can invoke this screen by typing UTDUHNPI in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Fields in Unit Holder NPI Preference Screen Unit Holder NPI Preference Detail New 5 Enter Query Unit Holder Dividend NPI Preference U
90. ACLE 3 3 6 13 Place of Birth Optional Enter the place of birth of the investor This is mandatory if you have not specified the Tax ID Country of Birth Optional From the list select the country of birth of the investor This is mandatory if you have not specified the Tax ID Dispatch Date Enter the dispatch date Returned Date Enter the returned date Campaign Code Optional You can link the campaign to the unit holder Specify the campaign to be mapped You can also select the campaign code from the option list The campaign codes with the start and the end date in between the unit holder account opening date is displayed in the option list You can modify the campaign even after the authorisation Maintaining Beneficiary Payout Details You can direct redemption and dividend proceeds to beneficiaries by specifying the following preferences Redemption Payout Optional Check this option to indicate that the proceeds of a redemption transaction should be transferred to the beneficiaries mentioned If you select this option you need to maintain a minimum of one beneficiary along with the percentage to be awarded for the beneficiary in the Beneficiary Dtls screen It is also essential that the beneficiary be an existing Unit Holder and not a third party beneficiary Dividend Payout Optional Check this option to indicate that dividends should be transferred to the beneficiaries specified If you select this o
91. ATCA status accordingly provided the FATCA client country is Yes oe ORACLE 3 3 6 14 FATCA DiMinimus Check Display System checks this flag for investors having US Indicia but whose investments are below a certain maintainable threshold amount System unchecks this for investors having US Indicia but whose investments are above a certain maintainable threshold amount FATCA DiMinimus batch will do the checking and unchecking of this flag Maintaining Bank Dtls In this section you specify details of any bank accounts operated by the investor which are preferred for transacting with the AMC You can access this section through the Bank Dtls tab You can specify any number of preferred bank accounts for an investor for each currency but you must designate one of these to be used by the investor as the default bank account for making or receiving payments for a combination of payment mode transaction type fund Id and transaction currency You can also specify the bank details for a combination of payment mode fund transaction type and currency for each unit holder maintained in the system In addition you can also maintain the routing details for the combination During transaction entry the payment bank details to be used for the unit holder will be picked up based on the combination of payment mode fund transaction type and transaction currency Click Bank Dtls tab to enter the details Unit Hold
92. Alphanumeric Mandatory If you have indicated that the payment check or transfer is to be made to a broker specify the broker in this field The name of the selected broker is displayed in the Entity Name field Entity Name Display The entity name will be displayed for the Entity Type selected Transfer Details Section Select Bank Account Mandatory for Self payment type Select the bank account to which the transfer payment of the income must be made The details of the account you select are displayed in the bank account details fields You must select a bank account for which the currency is a valid fund bank account currency so that the income payment transfer can be affected Bank Numeric Mandatory for Third Party transfer payment If the payment type is Self the bank account associated with the investor is defaulted from the unit holder level If you have chosen Third Party as the payment type select the name of the bank in which the transfer account is present from the drop down list Branch 20 Character Maximum Alphanumeric Mandatory for Third Party transfer payment If the payment type is Self the branch associated with the investor account is defaulted from the unit holder level If you have chosen Third Party as the payment type Specify the branch name of the bank in which the transfer account is present Alc No 16 Character Maximum Alphanumeric Mandatory for Third Party transfer p
93. Browser Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for authorization Typically choose the Unauthorized option Specify any or all of the details of the record in the corresponding fields on the screen Click Search button All records with the specified details that are pending authorization are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen Double click the transaction that you wish to authorize Unit Holder IRRF Preference Detail screen is displayed Select Authorize operation from Action When the checker authorizes a Unit Holder IRRF Preference details of validations if any that were overridden by the maker of the transaction during the Save operation are displayed If any of these overrides results in an error the checker must reject the Unit Holder IRRF Preference Amending IRRF Preferences for Investors After an Unit Holder IRRF Preference record is authorized it can be modified using the Unlock operation from Action list To make changes to a transaction after authorization Invoke the Unit Holder IRRF Preference Summary screen from the Browser Select the status of the Unit Holder IRRF Preference that you wish to retrieve for amendment You can only amend only authorized records Specify any or all of the details of the Unit Holder IRRF Preference in the screen All records with the specified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen 4 82 ORACLE 4
94. Click Search button All records with the specified details that are pending authorization are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen e Double click the transaction that you wish to authorize The CIF Address Fund Detail screen is displayed Select Authorize operation from Action When the checker authorizes a transaction details of validations if any that were overridden by the maker of the transaction during the Save operation are displayed If any of these overrides results in an error the checker must reject the transaction Amending CIF Address Fund Record for Customer After a CIF Address Fund is authorized it can be modified using the Unlock operation from Action list To make changes to a record after authorization e Invoke the CIF Address Fund Summary screen from the Browser e Select the status of the record that you wish to retrieve for amendment You can only amend only authorized records e Specify any or all of the details of the CIF Address Fund in the screen All records with the specified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen e Double click the record that you want to amend The CIF Address Fund Detail screen is displayed in Amendment mode Click the Unlock operation from the Action list to amend the record e Amend the necessary information Click the Save button to save the changes Authorizing Amended CIF Address Fund Rec
95. Code Press F8 You can also search the record by using combination of and alphanumeric value oe ORACLE 5 3 31 5 4 5 4 1 Example You can search the record for Source Broker Id by using the combination of and alphanumeric value as follows e Search by A System will fetch all the records whose Source Broker Id starts from Alphabet A For Example AGC17 AGVO6 AGC74 and so forth e Search by 7 System will fetch all the records whose Source Broker Id ends by numeric value 7 For Example AGC17 GSD267 AGC77 and so forth e Search by 17 System will fetch all the records whose Source Broker Id contains the numeric value 17 For Example GSD217 GSD172 AGC17 and so forth Viewing Broker Migration To view a record that you have previously entered you must retrieve the same in the Broker Migration Summary screen as follows e Invoke the Broker Migration Summary Screen from the Browser e Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for viewing in the Authorization Status field You can also view all records that are either unauthorized or authorized only by choosing the Unauthorized Authorized option e Specify any or all of the details of the record in the corresponding fields on the screen and click Search button All records with the specified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen e Double click the record that you want to view in t
96. Deleting Entity NotePad Information 0 eceeeeececeeete ee eeentteeeeeeentaeteeeneaaes 4 75 4 12 7 Authorizing Entity NotePad Inforimation 0 cccccccciecensteeeeeeenteeeeeeeeaees 4 75 4 12 8 Amending Entity NotePad Information ccccccccest eee een steer eeeentteeeeeeaees 4 75 4 12 9 Authorizing Amended Entity NotePad Information ccccccseeeneeees 4 75 5 Managing Brokers mcxccciccciececaccscssccccccicdcese oes cacesvecsveaspeckpantecauedanavesscorscseuss 5 1 Dell ROKOS scdictiies resatiiesheata nosed Gisekedevs eee lyse ine eet aco eh ee aka ed eee 5 1 Gee iBroker Types ctiy 2 lectus A ae nevi era alee bias 5 1 5 2 1 Setting up Broker Ty P S 1 c ceeccccecceveccenceneeeecerenesuedacnenesenanenenesessanneeneeeenes 5 1 9 2 2 Fields in Broker Type Detail Screen iececcteteccentteeeeeeentieeeeeeenaeeeeeeeaaas 5 2 5 2 3 Operations on Broker Type Records 2 cccceeeeeeeeeeneeceeeeeteeeteeteetnenteaanes 5 5 5 2 4 Retrieving Broker Type in Broker Type Summary SCIeeN cccceee 5 5 A Edling Broker TYPOS i cz ctsscssscvsneds A TNS 5 6 9 2 6 Viewing Broker TYPOS cccccesseeeeeeneeeeeeeentneeeeseenaeeeeeeesaeeeeeeeieeeeesenaes 5 6 5 2 7 Deleting Broker TYPOS c1 cccccessceccceccreeeeetecenennedseehecesenseennenestenentenedsenenaes 5 7 5 2 8 Authorizing Broker TYPOS esriisgssi ie iireii erdiari iaikieeinrki iei eriin iar iaai 5 7 5 2 9 Amending Broker TYp S ccccccecsccccceeenneee
97. FO11 Alphanumeric 60 OTHERINFO12 Alphanumeric 60 OTHERINFO13 Alphanumeric 60 OTHERINFO14 Alphanumeric 60 OTHERINFO15 Alphanumeric 60 3 68 ORACLE Field Name Data Type Field Length OTHERINFO16 Alphanumeric 60 OTHERINFO17 Alphanumeric 60 OTHERINFO18 Alphanumeric 60 OTHERINFO19 Alphanumeric 60 OTHERINFO20 Alphanumeric 60 OTHERINFO21 Alphanumeric 60 OTHERINFO22 Alphanumeric 60 OTHERINFO23 Alphanumeric 60 OTHERINFO24 Alphanumeric 60 OTHERINFO25 Alphanumeric 60 OTHERINFO26 Alphanumeric 60 OTHERINFO27 Alphanumeric 60 OTHERINFO28 Alphanumeric 60 OTHERINFO29 Alphanumeric 60 OTHERINFO30 Alphanumeric 60 IMAGEAVAILABLE Numeric 1 BANKDETAILS AlphaNumeric INTERMEDIARYDETAILS AlphaNumeric ADDRESSTYPE Alphanumeric 2 ADDRESSLINE1 Alphanumeric 80 ADDRESSLINE2 Alphanumeric 80 ADDRESSLINE3 Alphanumeric 80 ADDRESSLINE4 Alphanumeric 80 ZIPCODE Alphanumeric 10 COUNTRY Alphanumeric 3 USSTATE Numeric 1 TELEPHONE1 Alphanumeric 15 TELEPHONE2 Alphanumeric 15 CELLPHONENUMBER Alphanumeric 16 FAX Alphanumeric 15 3 69 ORACLE 3 5 Field Name Data Type Field Length EMAIL Alphanumeric 60 CONTACTPERSON Alphanumeric 70 EFFECTIVEFROMDATE Date EFFECTIVETODATE Date BICCODE Alphanumeric 12 DELI
98. ID of the unit holder for whom you are creating an income distribution setup record Unit Holder 12 Character Maximum Alphanumeric Mandatory From the list select the CIF unit holder for whom you are creating an income distribution setup record CIF Number 9 Characters Maximum Alphanumeric Display for setting up IDS options for a unit holder under a CIF Account Select or specify the number of the CIF Account under which the unit holder for whom you are creating an income distribution setup is found When you specify the CIF Number the name of the corresponding CIF Account is retrieved from the database and displayed alongside the field All the unit holder accounts under the CIF Account that you have selected are listed in the drop down list in the Unit Holders for CIF field CIF Number is displayed when you select locate a Unit Holder by clicking Find UH button CIF Name Display CIF name will be displayed for the selected CIF number Unitholder Name 12 Character Maximum Alphanumeric Mandatory Specify the ID of the non ClF unit holder for whom you are creating the income distribution options in this screen The name of the unit holder that you select is displayed alongside the field Details Section In this section you can indicate the fund policy and product the income earnings from which will be distributed according to the IDS options you are creating for the selected unit holder Various combinations
99. IFNUMBER Alphanumeric 12 FIRSTJOINTUHNAME Alphanumeric 60 SECONDJOINTUHNAME Alphanumeric 60 THIRDJOINTUHNAME Alphanumeric 60 ROAINVESTOR Numeric 1 ALLOWROAATCIFLEVEL Numeric 1 ACCOUNTOPENINGPURPOSE Alphanumeric 30 REMARKS Alphanumeric 255 PREFERREDMAILMODE Alphanumeric 2 NOTEPADAVAILABLE Numeric 1 ALLSIGNATORIESREQDTOSIGN Numeric 1 TAXEXEMPTED Numeric 1 MINOR Numeric 1 DATEOFBIRTH Date GUARDIANNAME Alphanumeric 70 RELATIONSHIP Alphanumeric 70 3 67 ORACLE Field Name Data Type Field Length BENEFICIARY Alphanumeric 70 SEX Alphanumeric 1 MARITALSTATUS Alphanumeric 1 OCCUPATION Alphanumeric 3 NATIONALITY Alphanumeric 15 COUNTRYOFDOMICILE Alphanumeric 3 CORPORATIONTYPE Alphanumeric 3 FIRSTAUTHORIZEDSIGNATORY Alphanumeric 70 SECONDAUTHORIZEDSIGNATORY Alphanumeric 70 THIRDAUTHORIZEDSIGNATORY Alphanumeric 70 MINNOOFCORPORATESIGNATORY Numeric 1 REDEMPTIONPAYMENTDEFAULT Alphanumeric 1 BASECURRENCY Alphanumeric 3 PREFERREDLANGUAGE Alphanumeric 12 ACCOUNTSTATEMENTCURRENCY Alphanumeric 3 OTHERINFO1 Alphanumeric 60 OTHERINFO2 Alphanumeric 60 OTHERINFO3 Alphanumeric 60 OTHERINFO4 Alphanumeric 60 OTHERINFOS5S Alphanumeric 60 OTHERINFO6 Alphanumeric 60 OTHERINFO7 Alphanumeric 60 OTHERINFO8 Alphanumeric 60 OTHERINFO9 Alphanumeric 60 OTHERINFO10 Alphanumeric 60 OTHERIN
100. MC this could be monthly daily yearly half yearly biweekly quarterly or weekly oa ORACLE 3 3 6 12 Preferred Language Alphanumeric Optional From the list select the language preferred by the investor for correspondence and communication A C Type Alphanumeric Optional From the list specify whether the account is to be a Voluntary account or a Retired account Once authorized this field cannot be modified Resident Status Alphanumeric Optional Indicate whether the investor resides in the selected country of domicile or not by selecting either the Resident or the Non Resident option Preferred Mailing Mode Alphanumeric Optional From the list select the mailing mode in which the investor prefers to receive correspondence from the AMC If you wish to suppress the printing of contract notes in respect of the unit holder during execution of End of Day processes you must select the File option in this field Redemption Payment Alphanumeric Optional Select the default mode of payment that is to be used for paying out the proceeds of any redemption transactions for the investor The two modes of payment supported in the system are Check and Transfer Dual Nationality Optional Select the dual nationality from the adjoining option list Substantial Stay in US Optional Indicate your substantial stay in US from the adjoining drop down list The options available are e Yes e No Optional Sec
101. ORACLE Entities User Guide Oracle FLEXCUBE Investor Servicing Release 12 0 3 0 0 Part No E53392 01 April 2014 Table of Contents 1 Abou tthis Manual asec sce orninn esanean ca eatae aet ects cece cc puiain auteni 1 1 TIS PTOJUCION arira A A A E NLA Paeatheaae sige Saree isin aaa 1 1 1 2 Related Documents 0 ccc cccceeeetcee teeth ceeeeeddenscedenssdheneedessunseeeeseddheeseteddhecteetennees 1 1 WSs SRUGIONCO a cieces cious E E tert ieel carat loo ata ters eat ashi rad ita tts 1 1 Tt OrQAniZAatlOns wisi h tees ch eet cates oc ee et E idea he ata eee eee 1 1 1 5 Conventions followed in this Manual ccecceeeeseeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeenaeeeeeeenaeeeeeeeaas 1 1 1 5 1 General CONVONUONS oissecccccecteeccccestenstcecetestectectedsanetecedadantesttedsneneeseeaeentesees 1 2 1 5 2 Keyboard COnventiOns oo cccecceccceceeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeseeenaeeeeseeeaeeeeeteeeaeeeeteeeaaeees 1 2 LE lt GloSSalryOf CONS caniin a a E a eE AAE EEA EAAS IEA Aa 1 2 1 7 Abbreviations and ACrOnNymMS sssseseisssesrersserrrsssttrrrsstttirsssttrnsssttnnnsstttnnssstennenet 1 2 TE Getmng HoD oan Eaa E E E A OSNA 1 3 2 Maintaining Customer Information cece ee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneneeees 2 1 21 Introduction esneari anina aN EEE AA EA AN SATE A A A i a 2 1 2 2 Maintaining Customer Profiles eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeerneseerrsssetrresstttrnsstttnrsstttnnsnstnnnneet 2 1 2 2 1 Invoking Customer Maintenance Summary Screen s sss
102. Operation from Action list to modify the record Modify the necessary information e Click Save to save your changes The Minimum Commission Payment Amount Maintenance screen is closed and the changes made are reflected in the Minimum Commission Payment Amount Maintenance Summary screen 5 9 5 Viewing Minimum Commission Payment Amount To view a record that you have previously entered you must retrieve the same in the Broker Currency Preference Summary screen as follows e Invoke the Minimum Commission Payment Amount Maintenance Summary Screen from the Browser e Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for viewing in the Authorization Status field You can also view all records that are either unauthorized or authorized only by choosing the Unauthorized Authorized option 30 ORACLE e Specify any or all of the details of the record in the corresponding fields on the screen and click Search button All records with the specified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen e Double click the record that you want to view in the list of displayed records The Minimum Commission Payment Amount Maintenance screen is displayed in View mode 5 9 6 Deleting Minimum Commission Payment Amount You can delete only unauthorized records in the system To delete a record that you have previously entered e Invoke the Minimum Commission Payment Amount Maintenance Summary screen from t
103. PI Payment Preferences for Investors You can delete only unauthorized records in the system To delete a record that you have previously entered e Invoke the UH NPI Preference Summary screen from the Browser e Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for deletion e Specify any or all of the details and click Search button All records with the specified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen e Double click the record that you want to delete The In UH NPI Preference Detail screen is displayed 4 20 ORACLE 4 7 7 4 7 8 4 7 9 e Select Delete operation from the Action list The system prompts you to confirm the deletion and the record is deleted physically from the system database Authorizing NPI Payment Preferences for Investors An unauthorized UH NPI Preference record must be authorized in the system for it to be processed To authorize a record e Invoke the UH NPI Preference Summary screen from the Browser e Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for authorization Typically choose the Unauthorized option e Specify any or all of the details of the record in the corresponding fields on the screen Click Search button All transactions with the specified details that are pending authorization are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen e Double click the transaction that you wish to authorize The UH NPI Pref
104. Payment Status Specify the new payment status for the commission record This determines the eligibility for the payment of commission All commission records that have a Payment Status P will be eligible for Commission Payment P means payable All commission records that have a Payment Status S will not be eligible for the next commission payment run After the next commission payment processing system will update the commission records with Payment Status as S to P Payable status S means Single Payment Hold Back All commission records that have a Payment Status I will not be eligible for a commission payment run I means indefinite hold back System will not automatically update the commission records with payment status as I to P This should be done manually Current Payment Status Select the current payment status from the adjoining option list Click on Show Details button to show all the records with the specified values You can select a record and change the Exchange Rate Source or Exchange Rate or New payment status and click on Process button to update the commission record with new payment status new exchange rate source applied new exchange rate applied Iba ORACLE 5 8 0 1 Search Results Section Click Search Results tab to view the records for which broker commission is raised However you can override the details in this
105. Policy Number Reinvestment Percentage Product Name Currency Name Bank Charged Beneficiary BIC Code Beneficiary Acct No Beneficiary Code Beneficiary Info Beneficiary IBAN Intermediary BIC Code Intermediary Acct No Intermediary Code Intermediary Info Intermediary IBAN Further Credit Acct No Reference2 Find UH At the time of transaction input the routing details specified here are picked up for the combination of fund transaction type and transaction currency Bank Charged Optional Indicate whether the bank charges must be levied upon the beneficiary the remitter or must be shared between the two 4 12 ORACLE 4 2 3 Beneficiary Details Beneficiary Specify the beneficiary name Beneficiary Add 1 Specify the beneficiary address There are three lines available for the same Beneficiary BIC Code Specify the BIC code of the beneficiary Beneficiary Acct No Specify the account number of the beneficiary Beneficiary Code Specify the code of the beneficiary Beneficiary Info Enter more information about the beneficiary Intermediary Details Intermediary Specify the intermediary detail Intermediary Add 1 Specify the intermediary address There are three lines available for the same Intermediary BIC Code Specify the BIC code of the Intermediary Intermediary Acct No Specify the account number of the Intermediary Intermediary Code Specify the code of the Intermediary
106. SCC or Wire Order transactions indicate whether the registration of certificates issued if any must be in the investor s name Individual Name or registration name specified for the broker dealer Street Name Registration Name 50 Characters Maximum Alphanumeric Optional For street name registrations specify the registration name to be displayed on the certificates Typically this is the dealer name of the corresponding broker dealer Transaction Delivery Preferences Select the transaction delivery preferences from the option list Apply Indexation on CGT Optional You can use this field to indicate whether indexation is to be applied on capital gains tax computation for the investor Select this option to indicate application of indexation Leave it unchecked to indicate that indexation is not applicable To indicate application of indexation you must also specify it as applicable for the capital gains load when you associate the load with a fund in the Fund Load Setup Indexation is applied only if it is specified both in this Unit Holder New Account screen for the investor s profile as well as in the Fund Load Setup for the fund Preferred Fund Optional The fund you select in this field will be the one from which management fee will be recovered and into which any incentives will be credited When an incentive is being credited the system will first consider the fund you have selected here in the field Preferr
107. Tax Rein Reporting allowed deducted vest ment only Specifying Release Date For an IRS Notification or an RPO Code you must specify the date up to which the stop status on the account will prevail The BOD process on the next business date after this date will unlock the account and revoke its frozen status Exporting Unit Holder Account Information Oracle FLEXCUBE Investor Servicing provides interfaces that would enable export of unit holder account master information in respect of all valid unit holders in the system as on a given date to external agencies The interfaces facilitate the export of the following information e Complete and exhaustive unit holder account information for all valid unit holders as on the export date which would comprise all fields in the New Account Detail screen e Complete information for all valid unit holders whose accounts have been modified and then authorized on the export date The implementers at your installation configure these interfaces according to your requirements To execute these interfaces and perform the export you can use the Online Execution of Interfaces menu item in the Batch menu Unit holder information is exported in the following format Field Name Data Type Field Length UNITHOLDERID Alphanumeric 12 ia ORACLE Fi
108. UH LOI Detail screen in Amend mode All the non editable field values are displayed as labels while the editable fields are enabled for data entry changes Note When you make changes to any authorized record in the system database through the amendment operation the record with the amended information is saved as an unauthor ized record in the system For your amendment changes to be effective the amended re cord must be subsequently authorized When it is authorized it is saved in the system database as an authorized record with the amendment information and is effective 4 20 ORACLE 4 4 14 4 5 The Effect of Amending Letter of Intent Options You can amend an LOI setup record for an investor even after the LOI amount fulfillment has begun During the amendment if you change the LOI amount then the charges applicable as well as the used up LOI amount are reckoned from the new amended LOI amount The Effect of Amending a Letter of Intent Fulfillment Transaction If you amend the amount involved in an LOI transaction for an investor then the used up LOI amount is computed using the amended transaction amount Note Once a transaction for an LOI investor is designated as an LOI transaction and subse quently authorized it cannot be re designated as a non LOl transaction during amend ment Canceling the Letter of Intent Options during Amendment When you amend the Letter of Intent options for an investor y
109. VERYDETAILS Alphanumeric TELEPHONERED Numeric 1 TELEPHONESWI Numeric 1 WRITECHECKFORMMF Numeric 1 FEDWIREACHPAYMENT Numeric 1 IRSNOTIFICATION Alphanumeric 10 UHACCOUNTTYPE Alphanumeric 2 RPOCODE Alphanumeric 10 REGISTRATIONTYPE Alphanumeric 2 REGISTRATIONNAME Alphanumeric 50 FEECATEGORY Alphanumeric 3 FEESUBCATEGORY Alphanumeric 6 RELEASEDATE Date INDEXATIONONCGT Alphanumeric 1 CERTDELIVERYPREF Alphanumeric 1 STOPACCOUNT Numeric 1 STOPACCOUNTCODE Alphanumeric 10 STOPACCOUNTREASON Alphanumeric 255 YTDSTMTREQD Numeric 1 Closing Inactive Investor Accounts Automatically An investor account can be closed automatically if the accounts remain inactive without any transactions being processed for a defined period of time The status of the investor accounts will be changed from Active to Inactive close automatically after the defined period You can define the maximum number of calendar days a user can remain inactive in the system using the UH Category Parameter screen You can invoke this screen by typing ony ORACLE 3 5 1 3 6 UTDUHPRD in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button The screen is displayed below gt UH Category Parameter New 73 Enter Query Category Inactive Category Description Remainder Period Input by DateTime Authorized by DateTime Mod No Open Authorized Fields in UH Category Parameter
110. a stop instruction is restricted in operation To recall an account can be rendered restricted in operation due to any of the following e An IRS notification on the account This could also be for notifications such as Sections 54E A or 54E B e AnRPO Return Post Office Code being assigned to the account Both IRS notifications as well as RPO Codes can be assigned to an account through an information change and both are reflected in the stop account code The stop account code consists of 20 characters or bits Each character denotes a restriction on any of the following operations e Bit 1 is for IPO Subscription Transactions Bit 2 is for Redemption Transactions e Block and unblock transactions Bit 3 e Standing instructions Bit 4 e Tax deduction Bit 5 e Dividend payment Bit 6 e Subscription transactions Bit 7 e Switch Out transactions Bit 8 e Transfer Out transactions Bit 9 e Switch In transactions Bit 10 e Transfer transactions Bit 11 e Dividend payment Bit 12 Each character could have a value of 0 1 or 2 The values are interpreted as follows Stop account Interpretation bit position When bit value 0 When bit value 1 When bit value 2 1 Allow all IPO Subscrip Stop all IPO Subscription Warning tion Transactions Transactions 2 Allow all Redemption Stop all Redemption Warning Transactions Transactions 3 Unblock all transac Block all transactions Warning ti
111. ad is being created Choose from the List Box ale ORACLE 4 12 2 About Entity ID Alphanumeric Mandatory Enter ID of the Entity about whom the Notepad is being created Notepad 255 Character Maximum Alphanumeric Mandatory Specify a memo text into which information about the entity is keyed in Operations on NotePad of Entities before Authorization After you setup the NotePad entity in the Notepad of Entities screen you can perform any of the following operations before the record is authorized e Edit the preferences e Delete the record To authorize the NotePad entity use the NotePad Of Entities Summary screen You can invoke this screen by typing UTSNTPDE in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button NotePad Of Entities Summary Authorized Open Note Number J About Entity Id About Entity Type Select One Advanced Search Records per page 15 v 101 Authorized Open Note Number About Entity Id About Entity Type From Entity Type From Entity ID Notepe za 4 12 3 Retrieving Entity NotePad Information You can retrieve a previously entered record in the NotePad of Entities Summary screen as follows e Specify any or all of the following details in the NotePad of Entities Summary screen e The status of the record in the Authorized field If you choose the Blank Space option then all the record that involves the specified unit hold
112. affiliates disclaim any liability for any damages caused by use of this software or hardware in dangerous applications This software and related documentation are provided under a license agreement containing restrictions on use and disclosure and are protected by intellectual property laws Except as expressly permitted in your license agreement or allowed by law you may not use copy reproduce translate broadcast modify license transmit distribute exhibit perform publish or display any part in any form or by any means Reverse engineering disassembly or decompilation of this software unless required by law for interoperability is prohibited The information contained herein is subject to change without notice and is not warranted to be error free If you find any errors please report them to us in writing This software or hardware and documentation may provide access to or information on content products and services from third parties Oracle Corporation and its affiliates are not responsible for and expressly disclaim all warranties of any kind with respect to third party content products and services Oracle Corporation and its affiliates will not be responsible for any loss costs or damages incurred due to your access to or use of third party content products or services
113. aining Customer Information c ceccceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeteeaeees 3 1 3 2 Investor ACCOUNTS ysis tse as neva eee ee a 3 1 3 2 1 Operations on Unit Holder ACCOUNT ccccccceceeeeeeeteenteneeeeeesteceneeteeteees 3 2 3 2 2 Identifying Unit Holder Account in System cccccecetetereeceeenteeeeeeetneeeeetes 3 2 3 3 Creating and Maintaining New Unit Holder Accounts 3 3 3 3 1 Before You Create Unit Holder ACCOUNT 0 scececetetteeeeetnteeeeetetneeeeetens 3 3 3 3 2 Specifying Mandatory Information for New ACCOUNLL ccsecceeeentteeeeeeneee 3 4 3 3 3 Defaulting of Information for CIF Unit Holder ACCOUNTS cccccceieceeee 3 5 3 3 4 Further Specifications for New Account cccccccceeeeeteeteeeeeeteeetenteeteees 3 5 B39 Saving NOW ACCOUNT eaer r EEE AS 3 7 3 3 6 Fields in Unitholder Maintenance Detail SCree Nn ccccccieeeeeettteeeeeenee 3 7 3 3 7 Tracking Status of Bank Details w00 cicccceccceeeeee cee enneeeeeeeenneeeeeeeeneeeeenee 3 43 3 3 8 Retrieving Unitholder Account eseeriseesserirrreerrrrsrrrrinnrerrrrennrrrnnneennns 3 54 3 3 9 Editing Naw ACCOUM Sereriiree eer aE rr E OEE 3 55 3 3 10 Viewing New ACCOUNES sincerer oeiee Eei eE E E ESEE 3 56 3 3 11 Deleting New Accounts seeesrsrirsrrrsnnnrirnnnnnnrrrnnrrernnnannrnnnnerennnnnnnnnannnnna 3 56 3 3 12 Authorizing New Account eeessssseeeiesseeinnnneerrnseeerrnnneenrrnnenerennneeennnneena 3
114. aintain a record for a broker use the FCIS Broker Maintenance Detail screen You can invoke this screen by typing UTDBRKMN in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button You can set up a broker in the system database by creating a record for the same in the Broker Maintenance Detail screen as follows e By specifying all the mandatory information that is necessary to form a profile of the broker in the database e Saving your specifications Before You Create Broker Record Before you begin to set up any new brokers in the system you must ensure that the following static information sets have already been set up and entered into the system database and the required authorizations done e All reference data that is typically defined in the Data Entry menu item in the Fund Manager component This includes e All static information such as required entities agents branches agency branches AMCs registrars trustees countries corporation types investor categories occupation types identification types banks and their branches mode of payment types currencies additional information heads fee categories and subcategories e Authorized funds with all necessary fund rules agency branches brokers countries of domicile account types currencies and so on For a detailed account of this information refer to the Fund Manager Note You must also ens
115. and displayed in the lower portion of the screen e Double click the record that you want to view in the list of displayed records The CIF Address Fund Detail screen is displayed in View mode 2 4 4 Deleting CIF Address Fund Record before Authorization You can delete only unauthorized records in the system To delete a record that you have previously entered e Invoke the CIF Address Fund Summary screen from the Browser e Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for deletion Aar ORACLE 2 4 5 2 4 6 2 4 7 e Specify any or all of the details and click Search button All records with the specified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen e Double click the record that you want to delete The CIF Address Fund Detail screen is displayed e Select Delete operation from the Action list The system prompts you to confirm the deletion and the record is deleted physically from the system database Authorizing CIF Address Fund Record for Customer An unauthorized CIF Address Fund record must be authorized in the system for it to be processed To authorize a record e Invoke the CIF Address Fund Summary screen from the Browser e Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for authorization Typically choose the Unauthorized option e Specify any or all of the details of the record in the corresponding fields on the screen
116. anges made to Identification Type fields are replicated Financial Intelligence Center Act FICA The Financial Intelligence Centre Act FICA came into full operation on 30 June 2003 FICA enforces the fund houses to produce identity to their customers The identity can be produced based on the information given by the customer such as some identification document residential address via utility bills or any other legal rental lease agreements and so forth The non FICA customers are constrained to only certain transactions Following are the list of transactions that are restricted to non FICA customers Subscription Transaction Rule As per Subscription Transaction rule the following conditions are applied 1 Individual subscription purchase transaction value should not exceed 50 000 ZAR 2 In case of recurring premiums debit order setups should not exceed 25 000 ZAR per year Redemption Transaction Rule As per Redemption Transaction rule the following conditions are applied 1 Ifthe first investment is done within a year from the redemption transaction date then the redemption transaction will not be allowed for the non FICA customers 2 If the purchase transaction exceeds FICA limit 50k ZAR or any debit order captured exceeds the limit of 25k ZAR p a then the redemption transaction will not be allowed for the non FICA customers 288 ORACLE 3 3 16 3 Transfer Transaction Rule There are two transacti
117. appropriate day of the month from the list This value must be higher than the one you selected in the First Payment Date No field Last Working Day Optional Check this box to indicate that the commission payment for brokers mapped to this broker type must be processed on the last working day of the month Contact Details Section In this section specify the means of communication with the main brokerage firm that represents the broker type You can access this section by clicking the Contact Details link You can specify at least two addresses and designate one as the default mailing address to be used for correspondence with the brokerage firm and the other as the alternate address Specify the default address under the Default Address head and the alternate address under the Alternate Address head You can also maintain the SWIFT Address for the main brokerage firm of the broker type in the SWIFT Address tab Address Type Select Correspondence Alternate or SWIFT Address The following fields in the address information are same for Correspondence Alternate or SWIFT Address option Address Lines 1 2 Each line is 80 Character Maximum Alphanumeric Address Line 1 is Mandatory Specify the postal address that is to be used for correspondence with the main brokerage firm for this broker type a ORACLE City Address Line 3 20 Character Maximum Alphanumeric Optional Specify the name of the city of residence of the
118. as been checked Fax Received Check this option to indicate that the investor has faxed a copy of the required document 20 ORACLE 3 3 7 3 Original Received Check this option to indicate that the investor has submitted the original document Received Date Date format Specify the date on which the document was received Workflow Reference No 20 Character Maximum Alphanumeric Optional Enter the workflow reference number number of the corresponding document from the external imaging system here User Comment Alphanumeric Optional Specify any narrative or descriptive text if any concerning the document Delete Button You can delete a record by clicking delete icon Note Documents defaulted from KYC maintenance cannot be deleted However Additional documents added during UH creation can be deleted before checking the All the request ed KYC documents has been received option The Add Row Button Click add icon to add a new row in this section Maintaining Document Dtls Document Management System or DMS is used to scan and store documents like Account Opening form Transaction form Identity Proof etc In this section you can specify the document type for the unit holder The document types can be maintained in the System Parameters Maintenance screen ca ORACLE For further information on maintenance of system parameters refer to the chapter Maintaining System Parameters Click Docu
119. at have been set up in the Account Type Maintenance records Account Name 60 Character Maximum Alphanumeric Mandatory Specify the name in which the investor holds the specified bank account By default the system reckons this to be the specified name of the unit holder and the same is displayed here It will be accepted into the database as the account holder s name if you do not specify any other Account Number 16 Character Maximum Alphanumeric Mandatory Specify the number of the account held by the unit holder in the selected bank Account Currency 3 Characters Maximum Alphanumeric Mandatory Select the currency of the bank accounts that you are designating for the unit holder You can maintain any number of accounts in each currency however you must designate one default bank account for each currency The system also allows you to maintain Multi Currency MCY accounts for unit holders agents The system uses this account if payment currency account is not available As with accounts in other currencies you can have multiple accounts for MCY You should however specify one as the default one to be used for payments Last Name and Initials Optional If you select the Account Category field as Self then the Last Name and Initials will be defaulted a ORACLE Account Category Mandatory You can select the account type whether it is Self or Third Party Identification Type Op
120. ate Transfer Details Section Bank Numeric Mandatory for Third Party transfer payment Select the name of the bank in which the transfer account is present from the drop down list Branch 20 Character Maximum Alphanumeric Mandatory for Third Party transfer payment Specify the branch name of the bank in which the transfer account is present Alc No 16 Character Maximum Alphanumeric Mandatory for Third Party transfer payment Specify the number of the transfer account Alc Ccy Alphanumeric Mandatory for Third Party transfer payment Specify the currency of the transfer account The currency specified here must be a valid fund bank account currency Fa ORACLE 5 5 2 3 Alc Type 1 Character Maximum Alphanumeric Mandatory for Third Party transfer payment Select the account type Fixed Savings or Current of the transfer account Alc Holder Name Alphanumeric Mandatory for Third Party transfer payment Specify the name of the holder of the third party account IBAN 36 Characters Only Alphanumeric Optional Specify the IBAN International Bank Account Number of the account holder Maintaining Reinvestment Details In this section you can define the pattern in which the broker can reinvest income earnings back into the funds of the AMC Click Reinvestment Details tab to enter the details e income Distribution Setup New 5 Enter Query Client Information Unit Holder CIF Number CIF Name Unit Ho
121. ate Alphanumeric Optional Select the state from the adjoining option list Country Alphanumeric Optional Select the country from the adjoining option list Zip Code Optional Specify the zip code Email Alphanumeric Optional Specify the email ID Contact Person Alphanumeric Optional Specify the contact person Bank Alphanumeric Optional Select the bank from the adjoining option list a ORACLE Branch Optional Select the branch from the adjoining option list Account Type Alphanumeric Optional Select the account type from the adjoining option list Account CCY Alphanumeric Optional Select the currency of the account from the adjoining option list Account Number Optional Specify the account number Account Name Alphanumeric Optional Specify the name in the account IBAN Optional Specify the IBAN number of Holding Optional Specify the percentage of holding FATCA Classification Display The system displays the FATCA classification type US Indicia Display The system defaults US Indicia Available as Yes if any of the below mentioned values are true e The nationality is US e The dual nationality is US e The substantial stay is in US e The country of birth is US e The country of domicile is US e The country of incorporation is US e The country of correspondence or alternate address is US e The country code of the telephone number is 01 FATCA Status Display The system d
122. ation type FATCA Status Display e If the US Indicia available is true then the FATCA Status value depends on the FATCA e Maintenance e If the US Indicia available is false then the FATCA Status displays Not Applicable e Ifthe Broker is compliant then FATCA Status displays Compliant e If the Broker is non compliant then FATCA Status displays Recalcitrant e If the Broker is yet to be classified then FATCA Status displays Pending classification US Indicia Available Display The system defaults US Indicia Available as Yes if any of the below mentioned values are true e The nationality is US e The country of birth is US e The country of domicile is US e The country of incorporation is US e The country of correspondence or alternate address is US e The country code of the telephone number is 01 e The country code of the bank branch address is US FATCA Sponsor Type Optional Select the FATCA sponsor type from the adjoining drop down list The values are e Sponsoring Entity e Sponsored Entity If you select Sponsoring Entity you need to specify the sponsoring entity type and sponsoring entity ID If you select Sponsored Entity you need not to specify the sponsoring entity type and sponsoring entity ID aM ORACLE Sponsoring Entity Type Numeric 8 Characters Mandatory Specify the sponsoring entity type You can also select the valid enti
123. ault the status of all newly created deals in this screen is Active Apply at CIF Level Optional Check this box to indicate that the deal options you are setting up must be applicable to all unit holder accounts under the selected CIF customer account Note When the deal is applied at CIF level a similar set up is not possible at unit holder account level for the same fund group and load and vice versa oe ORACLE Apply Deal At Optional From the list select and indicate whether the deal must be applied on a single load Load Level a particular load for a fund Fund Level all funds in a load group Load Group Level or a Product Product Level Note If you select the option Product Level or Fund Level the fields Fund and ISIN Code will be displayed These two fields are explained below Product ID Specify the Product for which the deal is to be applied Fund ID Optional if Product Level Mandatory if Fund Level This field will be displayed only if you have selected the option Product Level or Fund Level against the field Apply At If you have selected the option Product Level you can set up a deal for the investor at the Product level You have the option of specifying a particular fund to which the Load that you select applies If you do not select a fund the load that you select will be applicable to all funds mapped to the Product
124. ay The description of the selected category is displayed Minimum Holding Period Numeric Mandatory Indicate the number of days required for minimum holding Mandatory Optional Check this option to indicate that the minimum holding period for fund UH category wise is mandatory If this option is checked then on violating minimum holding period the system displays an error message and the transaction will not be saved Click on Cancel to cancel the operation Click on the save icon to save the details and you will be shown the following message The system displays the confirmation message as Record Successfully Saved Click Ok and in the main screen click Exit button to exit The system displays the error message as Failed to Save the Record If this option is unchecked then on violating minimum holding period an overriding message is triggered However you can save the transaction by overriding the message On saving the redemption switch transfer transaction the system checks if any of the allotted inflow transaction like subscription switch in transfer in has been captured within the minimum holding period based on the difference of the transaction date If it exists then a overriding message There are some inflow transactions with in the Minimum Holding Period is displayed along with any other warnings if applicable 4 59 ORACLE Note Checking minimum holding period maintained at the UH Categ
125. ayed here 4 40 ORACLE 4 6 1 2 4 6 1 3 IRRF Details Section Fund ID Mandatory All the pension funds with a valid fund ID maintained through the General Operating Rules screen for IOF IRRF Ageing based funds are displayed in the option list ISIN Code 12 Characters Maximum Alphanumeric Mandatory Select the ISIN Code of the selected fund On selection of the fund ID the ISIN Code is defaulted here Fund Name Display This displays the name of the fund Load id Mandatory Select the IRRF Load id from the option list which displays all the IRRF Loads which mapped to the fund Load Description Display Only On selection of the Fund Id Code the system automatically displays the description of the fund On Selection of the IRRF Load the Load Details Section is displayed Note You are allowed to opt for optional IRRF load only within the stipulated number of days as specified in PARAMS maintenance LOAD DETAILS Section Load Calculation Method This is same as one available in Load section in FMG and it defaults from the load maintained Amount Or Percentage This is same as one available in Load section in FMG and it defaults from the load maintained After entering all the above details click on Load Details button to view the load details The Load Details Section displays the following e Slab Sequence No e From Period e To Period e Period Basis e Return Value a ORACLE
126. ayment Specify the number of the transfer account Alc Ccy Alphanumeric Mandatory for Third Party transfer payment Specify the currency of the transfer account The currency specified here must be a valid fund bank account currency oe ORACLE Alc Type 1 Character Maximum Alphanumeric Mandatory for Third Party transfer payment Select the account type Fixed Savings or Current of the transfer account Alct Holder Name Alphanumeric Mandatory for Third Party transfer payment Specify the name of the holder of the third party account IBAN 36 Characters Only Alphanumeric Optional Specify the IBAN International Bank Account Number of the account holder Payment Type Alphanumeric Mandatory From the list indicate whether the account transfer payment must be made to one of the investor s preferred bank accounts self or to the bank account of a third party You can also indicate that the transfer payment must be made to the bank account of a designated broker by selecting the Entity option in this field If you select the Self option in this field all the preferred bank accounts specified for the investor in the unit holder account are listed in the Select Bank Account field The default designated account is displayed in the bank account fields and will be reckoned as the account to which the transfer payment must be made You can choose any of these preferred bank accounts as requested by the investor If you select the
127. base e Only Maker can delete an unauthorized record 5 3 10 Authorizing Broker Records An unauthorized FCIS Broker Maintenance record must be authorized in the system for it to be processed To authorize a record e Invoke the FCIS Broker Maintenance Summary screen from the Browser e Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for authorization Typically choose the Unauthorized option e Specify any or all of the details of the record in the corresponding fields on the screen Click Search button All records with the specified details that are pending authorization are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen e Double click the transaction that you wish to authorize The FCIS Broker Maintenance Detail screen is displayed Select Authorize operation from Action When the checker authorizes a record details of validations if any that were overridden by the maker of the record during the Save operation are displayed If any of these overrides results in an error the checker must reject the transaction 5 3 11 Amending Broker Records After a Broker Maintenance record is authorized it can be modified using the Unlock operation from Action list To make changes to a record after authorization e Invoke the Broker Maintenance Summary screen from the Browser e Select the status of the record that you wish to retrieve for amendment You can only amend only authorized records e Speci
128. bled when a new Unit holder is created and when a transaction is done both Unit holder record and transaction will be authorized automatically The unit holder account has now been created successfully in the system database You can now perform any of the following operations e Accept a transaction request for the investor immediately and enter it into the system without authorizing the account e Edit any of the details that you have specified for the account before it is authorized e You can have a different user authorize the account Fields in Unitholder Maintenance Detail Screen Select New from the Actions menu in the Application toolbar or click new icon to enter the details of the Unit Holder Maintenance screen The Unit Holder Maintenance Detail screen has the following fields for data entry CIF Number 9 Characters Maximum Alphanumeric Mandatory Specify the CIF number of the customer for whom you are creating a unit holder account When you specify the CIF Number the name of the corresponding CIF customer is retrieved from the database and displayed alongside the field Also the default information from the initial unit holder account created for the CIF account is displayed in the fields of this screen You can override any of these if necessary and make necessary specifications A C Opening Date DD MM YYYY Date Format Mandatory Specify the date on which you are creating the account The application
129. bout the broker type in the Description field 3 The ID of the AMC for which the broker type is applicable in the AMC ID field al ORACLE 5 2 2 5 2 2 1 5 2 2 2 4 The commission payment frequency that would apply to any broker mapped to the broker type in the Payment Details section Select either Monthly or Bi Monthly as applicable After you have specified these details save your changes by clicking the Save button Fields in Broker Type Detail Screen Broker Type Detail New 53 Enter Query Basic Information Description Broker Type Broker Consultant Distributor ID Distributor Payment Details Payment Frequency Monthly Payment FirstPaymentDateNo 0 Second Payment Date No 0 Last Working Day No Contact Details 1of1 Address Type Address Line 1 Address Line 2 City Address Line 3 State Address Line 4 Zip Code Country gt E Select Input by DateTime Mod No Authorized by Open EJ DateTime Authorized Select New from the Actions menu in the Application tool bar or click new icon to enter the details of the Broker Type screen Basic Information Section Broker Type 6 Characters Maximum Alphanumeric Mandatory Specify a unique alphanumeric identifier for the broker type Distributor ID Alphanumeric Mandatory Select the ID of the AMC for which you are defining the broker type Broker Consultant 40 Characters Maxi
130. by selecting from the Action list You can also search the record by using combination of and alphanumeric value Example You can search the record for Unit Holder ID by using the combination of and alphanumeric value as follows e Search by A System will fetch all the records whose Unit Holder ID starts from Alphabet A For Example AGC17 AGVO6 AGC74 and so forth e Search by 7 System will fetch all the records whose Unit Holder ID ends by numeric value 7 For Example AGC17 GSD267 AGC77 and so forth e Search by 17 System will fetch all the records whose Unit Holder ID contains the numeric value 17 For Example GSD217 GSD172 AGC17 and so forth Editing New Accounts You can modify the details of Unitholder parameters that you have already entered into the system provided it has not been subsequently authorized You can perform this operation as follows e Invoke the UNITHOLDER Summary screen from the Browser e Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for modification in the Authorized field You can only modify records that are unauthorized Accordingly choose the Unauthorized option e Specify any or all of the details in the corresponding fields to retrieve the record that is to be modified All unauthorized records with the specified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen e Double click the record that you want to modify in the list of display
131. by the broker to use commission earnings is known as the Income Distribution Setup pattern or the IDS pattern for the broker You can capture this pattern for any broker in the Oracle FLEXCUBE Investor Servicing system Setting Up Income Distribution Options for Brokers Use the Income Distribution Setup Detail screen to set up the income distribution pattern for a broker You can invoke this screen by typing UTDUHIDS in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button In this screen you set up the IDS pattern by Specifying the broker for whom the pattern is being setup in the Broker Code field Specifying the mode of distribution in the Distribution Mode field Specifying the percentages that represent the portions of dividend earnings to be paid and reinvested as desired by the broker in the Payment Percentage and Reinvestment Percentage fields Specifying the payment details for the paid portion in the Payment Details section and the reinvestment details for the reinvestment portion in the Reinvestment Details section Saving your changes ii ORACLE 5 5 2 Fields in Income Distribution Setup Detail Screen Income Distribution Setup D New 4 Enter Query Client Information Unit Holder CIF Number CIF Name Unit Holder Name DETAILS Fund ID Rule Effective Date Distribution Mode ISIN Code Payment Percentage Policy Number Produ
132. c Optional Enter the contact telephone numbers of the investor Effective From Date Date Format Optional Specify the date that marks the beginning of the period for which the specified alternate address is in effect Effective To Date Date Format Optional Specify the date that marks the end of the period for which the specified alternate address is in effect SWIFT Address Section The following fields comprise the SWIFT address information in the SWIFT Address section wee ORACLE 3 3 6 11 Address Lines 1 2 4 lines 80 Characters each Alphanumeric Mandatory Enter the SWIFT address of the investor You can enter up to 4 lines of address information City Specify the city of the SWIFT address for the investor Country Alphanumeric Mandatory Specify the country of the SWIFT address for the investor BICCODE 12 Characters Maximum Alphanumeric Mandatory Specify the Bank Identifier Code BIC of the investor Client Preferences Section In this section you specify any preferences indicated by the investor for the purpose of investment and transaction processing You can access this section by clicking Client Preference tab Unit Holder Maintenance Detail New 3 Enter Query Fee Category Desc nuu nep iw Remarks Auth Rep ID Desc First Company Name Unit Holder ID Individual Dtis Corporate Dtis Contact Dts IEMEIENEIENERS D Details Bank Diis Intermediary Dts KYC Details
133. cause of death here 320 ORACLE 3 3 6 7 Area Code Alphanumeric Optional If the unit holder is deceased select the area code of the unit holder s residence from the available list of values The list displays all the values maintained for the parameter AREACODE in the Parameters Maintenance Note You are allowed to invoke the Member Details screen only if the client country parameter RETIREMENTCHK has been set to true for your bank Maintaining Alternate Language Dtls The Alternate Language Details Section You can specify the customer details and customer contact details in the desired alternate language You can capture the alternate language details by clicking Alternate Language Dtls tab in the Unit Holder Maintenance screen In case of individual customers the following fields are displayed Alternate Language Details Alternate Language Dtls Middle Name First Company Name Authorized Signatory 1 Last Name Authorized Signatory 3 Authorized Signatory 2 Correspondence Address Address Line 2 Contact Person State Address Line 1 City Alternate Address Address Line 2 Address Line 1 State City Alternate Language Dtls Section First Name Alphanumeric Optional Specify the first name of the individual investor in the desired alternate language Company Name Alphanumeric Optional Specify the name of the company for the corporate account in the desired alternate language
134. cker authorizes a record details of validations if any that were overridden by the maker of the record during the Save operation are displayed If any of these overrides results in an error the checker must reject the transaction 5 3 24 Amending Broker Currency Preference After a Broker Currency Preference record is authorized it can be modified using the Unlock operation from Action list To make changes to a record after authorization e Invoke the Broker Currency Preference Summary screen from the Browser e Select the status of the record that you wish to retrieve for amendment You can only amend only authorized records 20 ORACLE e Specify any or all of the details of the Broker Currency Preference in the screen All records with the specified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen e Double click the record that you want to amend The Broker Currency Preference Detail screen is displayed in Amendment mode Click the Unlock operation from the Action list to amend the record e Amend the necessary information Click the Save button to save the changes 5 3 25 Authorizing Amended Broker Currency Preference An amended Broker Currency Preference record must be authorized for the amendment to be made effective in the system The authorization of amended records can only be done from Fund Manager Module and Agency branch Module The process of authorization is subsequently the same as
135. cords in the system To delete a record that you have previously entered e Invoke the Broker Currency Preference Summary screen from the Browser e Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for deletion e Specify any or all of the details and click Search button All records with the specified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen e Double click the record that you want to delete The Broker Currency Preference Detail screen is displayed e Select Delete operation from the Action list The system prompts you to confirm the deletion and the record is deleted physically from the system database 5 3 23 Authorizing Broker Currency Preference An unauthorized Broker Currency Preference record must be authorized in the system for it to be processed To authorize a record e Invoke the Broker Currency Preference Summary screen from the Browser e Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for authorization Typically choose the Unauthorized option e Specify any or all of the details of the record in the corresponding fields on the screen Click Search button All record with the specified details that are pending authorization are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen e Double click the transaction that you wish to authorize The Broker Currency Preference Detail screen is displayed Select Authorize operation from Action When the che
136. creen Click Search button All record with the specified details that are pending authorization are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen e Double click the transaction that you wish to authorize The UH LOI Detail screen is displayed Select Authorize operation from Action When the checker authorizes a transaction details of validations if any that were overridden by the maker of the transaction during the Save operation are displayed If any of these overrides results in an error the checker must reject the transaction Amending LOI Setup Options for Investor After an UH LOI record is authorized it can be modified using the Unlock operation from Action list To make changes to a transaction after authorization e Invoke the UH LOI Summary screen from the Browser e Select the status of the transaction that you wish to retrieve for amendment You can only amend only authorized records e Specify any or all of the details of the UH LOI in the screen All records with the specified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen e Double click the record that you want to amend The UH LOI Detail screen is displayed in Amendment mode Click the Unlock operation from the Action list to amend the record e Amend the necessary information Click the Save button to save the changes When you retrieve an LOI record for the purpose of amendment in this screen it is displayed in the
137. ct ID Reinvestment Percentage Payment Currency Product Name Currency Name HEREIN Reinvestment Details Routing Details PaymentMode Cheque Cheque Payment Type Third Party Details Third Party Reference US State Non US State Address ZIP Code City Entity Details Entity Type Entity Name Entity ID Transfer Details Branch Alc Ccy Alc Holder Name IBAN Input by DateTime Authorized by DateTime Mod No Open Authorized Select New from the Actions menu in the Application tool bar or click new icon to enter the details of the Income Distribution Setup screen Client Information Section CIF Number Display for setting up IDS options for a unit holder under a CIF Account Select or specify the number of the CIF Account under which the unit holder for whom you are creating an income distribution setup is found When you specify the CIF Number the name of the corresponding CIF Account is retrieved from the database and displayed alongside the field All the unit holder accounts under the CIF Account that you have selected are listed in the drop down list in the Unit Holders for CIF field CIF Name CIF Name is displayed when you select locate a Unit Holder Say ORACLE 5 5 2 1 Unit Holder Mandatory From the list select the unit holder for whom you are creating an income distribution setup record Unitholder Name Display The system displays the name of the unit holder Details Section
138. ction xm Exit H Add Row Delete Row z Option List Abbreviations and Acronyms The following acronyms and abbreviations are adhered to in this User Manual Abbreviation I Acronym Meaning ADMIN User Administrator AGY The Agency Branch component of the system AMC Asset Management Company BOD Beginning of Day CIF Customer Information File Ve ORACLE Abbreviation Meaning I Acronym EOD End of Day FC IS Oracle FLEXCUBE Investor Servicing FMG The Fund Manager component of the system FPADMIN Oracle FLEXCUBE Administrator ID Identification IHPP Inflation Hedged Pension Plan IPO Initial Public Offering LEP Life and Endowment Products LOI Letter of Intent NAV Net Asset Value REG The Registrar component of the system ROA Rights of Accumulation ROI Return on Investment SI Standing Instructions SMS Security Management System URL Uniform Resource Locator 1 8 Getting Help Online help is available for all tasks You can get help for any function by clicking the help icon provided on the relevant screen ORACLE 2 1 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 Maintaining Customer Information Introduction Oracle FLEXCUBE Investor Servicing provides the facility of maintaining information profiles for customers of your bank The profile consists of personal as well as business information A customer may also
139. ctive e Closed To close an account select Closed to re open a closed account select Active Current Status Display Only The system will display the current status of the unit holder account You can re open a closed account only if the current status of the account is Pending for Closure d ORACLE 4 10 4 10 1 4 10 2 Re initiating Unit Holder Account You can re instate a unit holder that has been closed or is pending for closure in the Unit Holder Status Change detail screen When you re initiate a unit holder the opening date will continue to be the original date of account opening If required you can also re open the existing UH deals and IDS The system will not re open these as part of re initiating the closed UH account Refer the section Closing Unit Holder Account in this User Manual for more details on the Unit Holder Status Change screen Operations on Unit Holder Account Closure Records before Authoriza tion After you setup the NPI preferences for an investor in the NPI UnitHolder Preferences screen you can perform any of the following operations before the record is authorized e Edit the preferences e Delete the record To authorize the closure of an investor account use the Unitholder Status Change Summary screen You can invoke this screen by typing UTSACCLS in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoini
140. d physically from the system database 2 2 6 Authorizing CIF Profile for Customer An unauthorized Customer Maintenance must be authorized in the system for it to be processed To authorize a record e Invoke the Customer Maintenance Summary screen from the Browser e Retrieve the record so that it is displayed in the lower portion of the screen e Click the Authorize button The Maintenance Authorization Details screen is displayed The detail of each modification that was made to the record in the sequence of occurrence is shown in this screen For each modification the following details are displayed e The sequence number for the modification in the Modification Number field e The record status of the modification in the Open field e The user that effected the modification in the Maker ID field e The date at which the modification occurred in the Maker Date Stamp field In the Field Details in the lower grid portion the changed values for each modification are displayed oe ORACLE You can authorize any of the modified records or all of them Authorize Records 1of1 A Modification Number Modification Status First Authorization Status Authorization Status Maker ID Maker Date 2 M Unauthorized 33235M01 2014 06 24 1 Remarks Maker Remarks First Checker Remarks Maker Override Remarks Checker Remarks Warnings 1of1 Warning Code Warning Description
141. d so forth 4 2 5 Editing Income Distribution Setup Record You can modify the details of Income Distribution Setup parameters that you have already entered into the system provided it has not been subsequently authorized You can perform this operation as follows Invoke the INCOME DISTRIBUTION SETUP Summary screen from the Browser Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for modification in the Authorized field You can only modify records that are unauthorized Accordingly choose the Unauthorized option Specify any or all of the details in the corresponding fields to retrieve the record that is to be modified All unauthorized records with the specified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen Double click the record that you want to modify in the list of displayed record The INCOME DISTRIBUTION SETUP Detail screen is displayed Select Unlock Operation from Action list to modify the record Modify the necessary information Click Save to save your changes The INCOME DISTRIBUTION SETUP Detail screen is closed and the changes made are reflected in the INCOME DISTRIBUTIN SETUP Summary screen 4 2 6 Viewing Income Distribution Setup Record To view a record that you have previously entered you must retrieve the same in the INCOME DISTRIBUTION SETUP Summary screen as follows Invoke the INCOME DISTRIBUTION SETUP Summary Screen from the Browser Select the status of the tra
142. d that you want to delete The Unitholder Deal Detail screen is displayed e Select Delete operation from the Action list The system prompts you to confirm the deletion and the record is deleted physically from the system database Authorizing Deals for Investors An unauthorized Unitholder Deal records must be authorized in the system for it to be processed To authorize a record e Invoke the Unitholder Deal Summary screen from the Browser e Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for authorization Typically choose the Unauthorized option e Specify any or all of the details of the record in the corresponding fields on the screen Click Search button All transactions with the specified details that are pending authorization are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen e Double click the transaction that you wish to authorize The Unitholder Deal Detail screen is displayed Select Authorize operation from Action When the checker authorizes a transaction details of validations if any that were overridden by the maker of the transaction during the Save operation are displayed If any of these overrides results in an error the checker must reject the transaction Amending Deals for Investors After an Unitholder Deal record is authorized it can be modified using the Unlock operation from Action list To make changes to a record after authorization e Invoke the Unitholder Deal
143. d that you want to retrieve for modification in the Authorized field You can only modify records that are unauthorized Accordingly choose the Unauthorized option e Specify any or all of the details in the corresponding fields to retrieve the record that is to be modified All unauthorized records with the specified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen e Double click the record that you want to modify in the list of displayed records The CIF Address Fund Detail screen is displayed e Select Unlock Operation from Action list to modify the record Modify the necessary information e Click Save to save your changes The CIF Address Fund Detail screen is closed and the changes made are reflected in the CIF Address Fund Summary screen 2 4 3 Viewing CIF Address Fund Record before Authorization To view a record that you have previously entered you must retrieve the same in the CIF Address Fund Summary screen as follows e Invoke the CIF Address Fund Summary Screen from the Browser e Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for viewing in the Authorized field You can also view all records that are either unauthorized or authorized only by choosing the Unauthorized Authorized option e Specify any or all of the details of the record in the corresponding fields on the screen and click Search button All records with the specified details are retrieved
144. dd info UH Signature Related Parties Identification Type Tax ID Description Tax Deducted at Source Yes Identification Number Tax Certificate Effective Date of Issue Date Date of Expiry Tax Certificate Expiry Date EUSD Options With Holding Tax Form 60 61 Available No Place of Issue Tax Exempted No Place of Issue Tax Circle UH BIC Code MFIN Recover CGT No US Indicia Available No FATCA Classification FATCA Status Description Input by DateTime Mod No Date of Issue Date Format Optional Specify the date of issue of the identification document or proof that is furnished by the unit holder The date of issue that you specify here must not be later than the date of opening the account Tax ID 15 Character Maximum Alphanumeric Optional Mandatory if tax is specified to be deducted at source Specify the tax identification number or tax ID for the investor You can use this field to capture the PAN Number of the unit holder For any transactions entered into by the unit holder in any fund which involve volumes that exceed the Minimum Amount for Tax ID specified in the fund rules the system validates the availability of the PAN Number Date of Expiry Date Optional Specify the date of expiry of the identification document or proof It must be later than the date of issue and the application date Tax Deducted at Source Optional Check this box to indicate that tax must be deducted at
145. ded The available options depend on the values defined at the params maintenance If the city is not available in the list you can specify the city in the field provided alongside The list of cities available in the system will be a one time upload into the system a8 ORACLE Use State Maintenance Optional You can select one of the two values from the dropdown list e Yes e No If you select Yes then only the system can accept US state code in State If you select No then system can accept any value for State By default the system displays No State 20 Character Maximum Alphanumeric Optional Specify the state in which the city of residence of the investor is located You can select the state of residence from the drop down list provided The available options depend on the values defined at the params maintenance If the state is not available in the list you can specify the city in the field provided alongside Country Alphanumeric Optional Select the country in which the investor is domiciled from the drop down list E Mail 50 Characters Maximum Alphanumeric Optional Specify the Email address of the investor Zip Code 6 Characters Maximum Alphanumeric Optional Specify the zip code of the specified city of residence of the investor Fax Number 15 Character Maximum Alphanumeric Optional Enter the fax number of the investor Telephone 1 2 15 Character Maximum Alphanumeri
146. dentification Dtls Click Identification Dtls tab to enter the details Customer Maintenance Detail New t9 Enter Query Customer maintenance Customer No Customer Category Customer Type Individual Fee Category JointAccount No fan SUNGARGIY Joint Holder Type Primay Description Individual Dtls Corporate Dtls CorrAddress Dtls PermanentRegistration Address Client Preferences Identification Diis Alternate Language Dtls Identification Type Tax Deducted at Source No Description Tax ID IdentificationNumber Employer ID Number Page Number Date of Issue EIN Date of Expiry Tax Circle Place of Issue Tax Category Description Description US Indicia Available X Tax Certificate Effective ate Tax Certificate Expiry Date Portfolio Manager ID FATCA Status FATCA Classification Description Input by DateTime Mod No Authorized by Open DateTime Authorized Identification Type Alphanumeric Mandatory From the list select the type of identification that is being provided by the customer The identification type is the mode in which the unit holder will furnish an identification document or proof and could be a Personnel ID License Birth Certificate etc This is used for identifying the unit holder during all subsequent transactions Description Display Displays the description in the field Identification Number 15 Character Maximum Alphanumeric Mandatory
147. dify in the list of displayed records The UNIT HOLDER STATUS CHANGE Detail screen is displayed e For editing click the Unlock Action at the upper left end of the required row in the result list The selected closure record is displayed in edit mode in the UH A c Closure Detail screen All editable value fields are enabled for modification and the values for all non editable fields appear as labels Make your changes and Save the record e Click Save to save your changes The UNIT HOLDER STATUS CHANGE Detail screen is closed and the changes made are reflected in the UNIT HOLDER STATUS CHANGE Summary screen aE ORACLE 4 10 4 Viewing Status Change To view a record that you have previously entered you must retrieve the same in the Unit Holder Status Change Summary screen as follows e Invoke the Unit Holder Status Change Summary Screen from the Browser e Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for viewing in the Authorization Status field You can also view all records that are either unauthorized or authorized only by choosing the Unauthorized Authorized option e Specify any or all of the details of the record in the corresponding fields on the screen and click Search button All records with the specified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen e Double click the record that you want to view in the list of displayed records The Unit Holder Status Change
148. e Action list You can also search the record by using combination of and alphanumeric value Example You can search the record for Unit Holder ID by using the combination of and alphanumeric value as follows eSearch by A System will fetch all the records whose Unit Holder ID starts from Alphabet A For Example AGC17 AGVO6 AGC74 and so forth eSearch by 7 System will fetch all the records whose Unit Holder ID ends by numeric value 7 For Example AGC17 GSD267 AGC77 and so forth e Search by 17 System will fetch all the records whose Unit Holder ID contains the numeric value 17 For Example GSD217 GSD172 AGC17 and so forth 4 10 3 Editing Status Change You can modify the details of Unit Holder Status Change parameters that you have already entered into the system provided it has not been subsequently authorized You can perform this operation as follows e Invoke the UNIT HOLDER STATUS CHANGE Summary screen from the Browser e Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for modification in the Authorization Status field You can only modify records that are unauthorized Accordingly choose the Unauthorized option e Specify any or all of the details in the corresponding fields to retrieve the record that is to be modified All unauthorized records with the specified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen e Double click the record that you want to mo
149. e Commission percentage payable by this broker to the immediate parent broker Enabling or Disabling Brokers When you amend a broker record you can disable or enable the broker Therefore this possibility can be used to disable a broker from initiating further transactions in the system This restricts the agency branches in selecting the broker code in all the transaction screens To revoke the disabling of the broker enable the broker again and authorize the details Amending Other Information When you desire to change basic details such as addresses names contact persons broker status rule effective date and so on for a broker you can amend the broker s record and make the required changes On Amendment of Broker details Rule Effective date will be defaulted with the current Application Date a ORACLE 5 3 13 1 Amending Broker Details after Transaction Unitization 5 3 14 5 3 15 The system allows you to amend the broker details even after a transaction is unitized If you amend the broker details of a transaction after unitization the system passes the appropriate broker commission entries for the old and the new broker to the OMIPAY and GL interfaces The amendment of the broker details will not have any implications on e Re computation of fees e Oracle FLEXCUBE Commission Payments e Periodic Loads applied on intermediary transactions Transaction Broker Amendment The following screen displays the Tra
150. e KYC list to the unit holder being created The following screen is invoked when you click KYC Dtls tab Unit Holder Maintenance Detail New 753 Enter Query CIF Number AIC Opening Date Investor Type Individual AMC ID Dealing Type AMC Description Dealing Type Category Fee Category Category Description Fee Category Desc Fee Sub Category Remarks Auth Rep ID Auth Rep ID Desc Unit Holder ID First Company Name Individual Dtis Corporate Dtis Contact Dils Client Preferences ID Details Bank Dtis Intermediary Dts MABEM Document Dtis Add Info UH Signature Related Parties KYC Details 1of1 E Requested Requirement Fax Received Original Received Received Date Workflow Reference No User Comment E Delivery Dtls Beneficiary Details Joint Holder Dtls Nominee Dtls Alternate Language Dtls Input by DateTime Mod No Authorized by Open DateTime Authorized Requested By default documents belonging to type Standard are marked are Requested You are not allowed to uncheck the standard documents However you may check or uncheck any additional documents Requirement Both standard and additional list of documents maintained for the combination of country type and investor category are displayed here You may add additional documents if required You cannot add additional documents once the All the requested KYC documentation has been received check box h
151. e NPI UnitHolder Preferences screen you can perform any of the following operations before the record is authorized e Edit the preferences e Delete the record eat ORACLE 4 7 3 To perform either of the operation use the Unit Holder NPI Preference Summary screen You can invoke this screen by typing UTSUHNPI in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Summary Authorized Unit Holder ID a Advanced Search Records perpage 15 v 1 of 1 Authorized Open Unit Holder ID CIF Number NPI Payment Retrieving NPI Payment Preferences for Investors You can retrieve a previously entered record in the UH NPI Preference Summary screen as follows e Specify any or all of the following details in the UH NPI Preference Summary screen e The status of the transaction in the Authorization Status field If you choose the Blank Space option then all the record that involves the specified unit holder are retrieved e The status of the Transaction in the Record Status field If you choose the Blank Space option then all the transactions that involve the specified unit holder are retrieved e The Unit Holder ID Click Search button to view the records All records with the specified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen Note You can also retrieve the individual record detail from the detail scree
152. e acknowledgement e V Valuations and statements e N No Reporting Preferred Mailing Mode Mandatory Select the preferred mailing mode from the list The following are the preferred mailing modes e Mail e E Mail e Fax e SWIFT Link Notes Optional The link notes stores free format text which is used to explain the reason for linking the entity with the unit holder Note Related Parties are captured for informational purpose only and no processing impact is associated Viewing FATCA Audit Log You can view various FATCA related updated for a unit holder during FATCA Classification maintenance during batch run and Unit holder authorization Click FATCA Audit Log tab in the Unitholder Maintenance screen a Be ORACLE Unit Holder Maintenance Detail E new enter query CIF Number AIC Opening Date AMC ID Reference Number AMC Description Ered Investor Type Individual Category Dealing Type Category Description IPO Subscription Dealing Type Desc Fee Sub Category Fee Category Fee Sub Category Desc Fee Category Desc Auth Rep ID Remarks Auth Rep ID Desc First Company Name Unit Holder ID Individual Dtis Corporate Dtls Contact Dtis Client Preferences ID Details Bank Dtis Intermediary Dtls KYC Details Document Dtls Addinfo UH Signature Related Parties FATCA Audit Log 1 of 1 E LogDate LoggingReason Criteria Matched US Indicia Updated FATCA Status
153. e application date e Specify the break up of the total limit that would be applicable in accumulated and non accumulated funds e Inthe Non Taxable Limits for Non Accumulated Funds section indicate the limit for such funds e Inthe Non Taxable Limits for Accumulated Funds section select each of the funds for which the limit must be applicable in the Fund field and specify the limit for each in the Allowed Limit field e Save your specifications Processing of Non Tax Limits for Investors If you have set up tax exemption limits for eligible investors the system maintains the taxable and non taxable holdings of such investors separately In Oracle FLEXCUBE Investor Servicing you can give investors the option of designating each transaction request to be validated against the non tax limits if any set up for them This means that even in the event of the limits not being used up the investors can indicate that the proceeds of a transaction be classified as taxable or non taxable If on an investor s request you classify the transaction as a non taxable one then the transaction amount is validated against the investor s remaining limit for tax exemption When in the course of a transaction designated as non taxable the limits are exceeded the spillover proceeds are maintained in the system as taxable holdings for the investor The non tax limits maintained for an investor are also reduced when dividend earned in accu
154. e funds exceed these prescribed limits the spillover holdings would attract taxation oat ORACLE 4 5 1 4 5 2 In Oracle FLEXCUBE Investor Servicing you can maintain any such limits for eligible investors By maintaining these limits and validating them whenever a transaction request is received from such an eligible investor you can maintain the investor s taxable and non taxable holdings separately Setting Up Non Tax Limits for Eligible Investors To set up the prescribed limits for taxable holdings for an eligible investor you can use the UH Non Tax Limits Detail screen You can invoke this screen by typing UTDUHNTX in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button To set up the limits in this screen e Select the unit holder for whom you want to set up the non tax limits in the Client Information section e Specify the total tax exemption limit applicable for the investor in all funds both accumulative and non accumulative in the Total Sanctioned Limit field e Specify the identification document for the non tax limits that are being set up e Ifthe eligibility document for the non tax limits option has been received select the Maruyu Eligibility Status option in the Change Information Status field and specify the date on which the document was received in the Document Received Date field Typically the Document Received Date is defaulted to th
155. e investor e Specifying non tax limits for exemption eligible investors You set up these preferences at the investor s behest and these will govern the maintenance of the investor s account and processing aspects of any transactions requested by the investor Income Distribution Options for Investor When investors put their capital into any funds of the AMC they derive earnings out of any dividend declared by the fund at any juncture Also an intermediary such as a broker designated for a fund derives commission earnings from the transactions in the fund Investors may wish to choose the manner in which they could use the dividend income Similarly brokers could wish to choose the manner in which they could use their commission earnings They could wish to e Receive the entire earnings dividend or commission as payment either entirely through checks or account transfer or a combination of both e Not receive the earnings by way of payment but invest the earnings back into the funds of the AMC This is known as reinvestment The earnings could be reinvested either back into the same fund or different funds Also the reinvestment could be made into any other investor s account too e Receive a portion of the earnings by way of payment and reinvest the remaining portion The option chosen by the investor to use dividend or commission earnings as the case may be is known as the Income Distribution Setup optio
156. e of income earned that the broker prefers to receive by way of payment e Ifthe distribution mode chosen is Both specify a percentage that is below one hundred percent e If the distribution mode chosen is Full Payment this field contains one hundred percent as a default value If so you cannot specify any other value e If the distribution mode chosen is Full Reinvestment and the reinvestment is disallowed for the selected fund this field contains one hundred percent as a default value If so you cannot change it Reinvestment Percentage Alphanumeric Optional Mandatory if distribution mode is either Both or Full Reinvestment Specify the percentage of income earned that the broker prefers to reinvest back into the funds of the AMC e Ifthe distribution mode chosen is Both specify a percentage that is below one hundred percent e Ifthe distribution mode chosen is Full Reinvestment this field contains one hundred percent as a default value If so you cannot specify any other value e Ifthe distribution mode chosen is Full Reinvestment and the reinvestment is disallowed for the selected fund this field contains zero as a default value If so you cannot change it Maintaining Payment Details In this section you can define the pattern in which the broker can receive income earnings in the form of payment The broker can receive the payment income either in the form of checks or through account transfers If you have
157. e screen e Double click the record that you want to amend The Unitholder Detail screen is displayed in Amendment mode Click the Unlock operation from the Action list to amend the record e Amend the necessary information Click the Save button to save the changes When you retrieve a unit holder account for the purpose of making an information change it is displayed in the Unit Holder Maintenance Detail screen in Amend mode All the non editable field values are displayed as labels while the editable fields are enabled for data entry changes Authorizing Amended Unitholder Accounts An amended Unitholder record must be authorized for the amendment to be made effective in the system The authorization of amended records can only be done from Fund Manager Module and Agency branch Module The process of authorization is subsequently the same as that for normal transactions During an information change you can allow the check writing facility for an investor If already allowed you can disallow it through an information change Ifthe check writing facility is disallowed any checks presented after the information change has been authorized will not be processed Fa ORACLE 3 3 15 3 3 16 3 3 16 1 3 3 16 2 If you need to make changes to the signatories for check writing that have been specified for an investor you can do so through an information change Choosing Template for Automatic Replication Modificatio
158. e specifications click the Contact Details link in the screen and enter the details in the corresponding fields The fee category pertaining to the investor Click the Fee Details link in the screen and enter the details in the corresponding fields If you designate that tax is deemed to be deducted at source for the unit holder the tax details applicable for the investor such as the tax ID tax circle and tax category You can specify the PAN of the investor To make these specifications click the Identification Details link in the screen and enter the details in the corresponding fields Preferences opted for by the investor concerning any or all of the following Currency both for transactions and for account statements Frequency of receiving account statements The nationality country of domicile language and resident status Preferred mode of mailing Default mode of receiving redemption payments Applicability of Rights of Accumulation benefits Registration details Applicability of making redemption and switch requests over telephone Applicability of indexation for the computation of capital gains income KYC Details To make these specifications click the Client Preferences link in the screen and enter the details in the corresponding fields You can also indicate whether check writing facility is allowed for the investor and specify the signatories for check writing The investor
159. e system provided it has not been subsequently authorized You can perform this operation as follows e Invoke the Unit Holder IRRF Preference Summary screen from the Browser e Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for modification in the Authorized field You can only modify records that are unauthorized Accordingly choose the Unauthorized option e Specify any or all of the details in the corresponding fields to retrieve the record that is to be modified All unauthorized records with the specified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen e Double click the record that you want to modify in the list of displayed record The Unit Holder IRRF Preference Detail screen is displayed e Select Unlock Operation from Action list to modify the record Modify the necessary information e Click Save to save your changes Unit Holder IRRF Preference Detail screen is closed and the changes made are reflected in the Unit Holder IRRF Preference Summary screen 4 6 5 Viewing IRRF Preferences for Investors To view a record that you have previously entered you must retrieve the same in the Unit Holder IRRF Preference Summary screen as follows e Invoke the Unit Holder IRRF Preference Summary Screen from the Browser Ang ORACLE 4 6 6 4 6 7 4 6 8 Select the status of the Unit Holder IRRF Preference that you want to retrieve for viewing in the Authorized field You can also view a
160. eceentneeeeeeenaeeeeseenaeeeseetieeeeesensaes 5 7 5 2 10 Authorizing Amended Broker TYpeS sseessinseesiinnneernnnneenrnnneeerrnnneernnnnee 5 8 5 3 Maintaining Individual BrokerS essesssessssrreserrnessrirrnesserrnasrninnestntnnneatenanesnennneennnna 5 8 5 3 1 Before You Create Broker Record sseseesrssrresrrrnurrrinnrreerrrnnrrrnnnnneerennne 5 8 5 3 2 Mandatory Information for Creating Broker R COIO cccccseteeeeentees 5 9 5 3 3 Saving Broker Record acerina ai viak ieina Ri iE Ee AREE Ea 5 10 5 3 4 Fields in FCIS Broker Maintenance Detail Screen ooo cee ee eee 5 10 5 3 5 Operations on Broker ROCOIC ccccccceceeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeseeeteeteeseesteaeees 5 24 5 3 6 Retrieving Broker Records in Broker Maintenance Summary Screen 5 25 33 7 Edling Broker RECOIOS ar area aT E O aA TOE O 5 26 5 4 5 5 5 6 5 7 5 8 5 9 9 3 8 Viewing Broker ROCOIS c cccceececeseenteeeetntneeeeeetnaaeeeeeetiaeeeeeetnaeeeeentaea 5 26 9 3 9 Deleting Broker Records esererriieereseitirireriditerr eia r irene ieri e 5 27 5 3 10 Authorizing Broker RECOIOS ererpiren iiano E E EEA A EN 5 27 9 3 11 Amending Broker Records sessirnir R 5 27 5 3 12 Authorizing Amended Broker Records ccccceceseeteeeeetetnneeeeeeetneeeeenenas 5 28 5 3 13 Details of Broker Record That Can Be AM NdEd 0 2 ceeeteeceeetnteeeeeeenees 5 28 5 3 14 Transaction Broker AMCNAMEN wu eee ettteee ee eenteee eee tnaeeeeeetnaeeeee
161. ecify the date that marks the end of the period for which the specified Correspondence address is valid a4 ORACLE 5 2 3 5 2 4 BIC Code 12 Characters Maximum Alphanumeric Mandatory Specify the Bank Identifier Code BIC of the main brokerage firm for this broker type US State Optional Check this box to indicate that the specified state is a US United States state Operations on Broker Type Records After you have set up a broker type through the Broker Type Detail screen you can e Make changes to the record before you authorize it You can also delete the record if deemed necessary e Have another user authorize it You cannot map any individual brokers to the broker type until it is authorized e Make changes to the authorized record through an amendment operation and then authorize your amendment changes To perform any of these operations use the Broker Type Summary screen You can invoke this screen by typing UTSBRKTY in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button You can also set up a record for each individual broker in the system and map these broker records to the authorized broker type You can do this using the Broker Maintenance Detail screen which you can access from the Broker Maintenance menu in the Browser Retrieving Broker Type in Broker Type Summary Screen Broker Type Summary Authorized Open Broker Type
162. ecord in the Open field If you choose the Blank Space option then all the records that involve the specified unit holder are retrieved e The Unit Holder CIF Number e The Apply At e The LOI Start Date e The LOI End Date e LOI Ccy e The Group ID Click Search button to view the records All records with the specified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen You can also retrieve the individual transaction detail from the detail screen by doing query in the following manner e Press F7 e Input the Group ID e Press F8 You can perform Edit Delete Amend Authorize Reverse Confirm operation by selecting from the Action list You can also search the record by using combination of and alphanumeric value eat ORACLE Example You can search the record for Group ID by using the combination of and alphanumeric value as follows e Search by A System will fetch all the records whose Group ID starts from Alphabet A For Example AGC17 AGVO6 AGC74 and so forth e Search by 7 System will fetch all the records whose Group ID ends by numeric value 7 For Example AGC17 GSD267 AGC77 and so forth e Search by 17 System will fetch all the records whose Group ID contains the numeric value For Example GSD217 GSD172 AGC17 and so forth 4 4 9 Editing LOI Setup Options for Investor You can modify the details of UH LOI parameters that you have already enter
163. ecting from the Action list You can also search the record by using combination of and alphanumeric value Example You can search the record for Unit Holder ID by using the combination of and alphanumeric value as follows Search by A System will fetch all the records whose Unit Holder ID starts from Alphabet A For Example AGC17 AGVO6 AGC74 and so forth Search by 7 System will fetch all the records whose Unit Holder ID ends by numeric value 7 For Example AGC17 GSD267 AGC77 and so forth Search by 17 System will fetch all the records whose Unit Holder ID contains the numeric value 17 For Example GSD217 GSD172 AGC17 and so forth 4 5 6 Editing Non Tax Limits for Investor You can modify the details of UH Non Tax Limits parameters that you have already entered into the system provided it has not been subsequently authorized You can perform this operation as follows Invoke the UH Non Tax Limits Summary screen from the Browser Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for modification in the Authorized field You can only modify records that are unauthorized Accordingly choose the Unauthorized option Specify any or all of the details in the corresponding fields to retrieve the record that is to be modified All unauthorized records with the specified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen Double click the record that you want to modify in
164. ed Fund If you have selected a fund here the incentive will be Saa ORACLE credited into this fund If you have not selected a fund the incentive will be credited into the fund for which a fund load mapping has been done Consider the following cases during the redemption of a fee Case 1 Periodic Fee maintained at the product level If the periodic load is maintained at the product level redemption will happen from the fund indicated here only if the fund has sufficient balance If the fund does not have sufficient balance the system will consider the funds that you have selected through the Management Fee Applicability screen For further information on the Management Fee Applicability screen refer to the chapter Management Fee in the LEP User Manual Case 2 Period Fee maintained at the fund level If the periodic load is maintained at the fund level the redemption will happen in the following manner The system will first consider the fund you have selected here in the field Preferred Fund If there is sufficient balance the redemption will happen from this fund If the balance is not sufficient or you have not selected a fund this field being optional the system will consider the fund for which a fund load mapping has been done If there is sufficient balance in this fund the redemption will be carried out from this fund If in this fund the balance is not sufficient the system will carry out the redemp
165. ed Limit Utilized Limit Fund Base Currency a Non Taxable Limits For Non Accumulated Funds Utilized Amount NonAcc Allowed Limit Input by DateTime Mod No Authorized by Open DateTime Authorized Entity Type Alphanumeric Optional Select the entity type that has been identified as the intermediary for the transaction Entity ID Alphanumeric Mandatory For each entity type specify the intermediary in this field The name of the selected intermediary is displayed in the Entity Name field While entering a transaction system will default the intermediary specified here However you can override the defaulted value S ORACLE 3 3 7 2 Split Percentage Specify the percentage of the commission that the selected intermediary is entitled to receive on any transactions put through for the investor Default Select Yes to identify the intermediary that is to be reckoned as the default intermediary for the investor in the system In the desired row check this box Maintaining KYC Dtls Depending on the type of country marked for the investor and the investor category Unit Holder KYC list maintained for that type of country and investor category is displayed If you have maintained a document list for a specific country the system defaults the documents based on the country country type and investor category combination You can check the documents received from the investor and link th
166. ed into the system provided it has not been subsequently authorized You can perform this operation as follows e Invoke the UH LOI Summary screen from the Browser e Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for modification in the Authorized field You can only modify records that are unauthorized Accordingly choose the Unauthorized option e Specify any or all of the details in the corresponding fields to retrieve the record that is to be modified All unauthorized records with the specified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen e Double click the record that you want to modify in the list of displayed records The UH LOI Detail screen is displayed e Select Unlock Operation from Action list to modify the record Modify the necessary information e Click Save to save your changes The UH LOI Detail screen is closed and the changes made are reflected in the UH LOI Summary screen 4 4 10 Viewing LOI Setup Options for Investor To view a record that you have previously entered you must retrieve the same in the UH LOI Summary screen as follows e Invoke the UH LOI Summary Screen from the Browser e Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for viewing in the Authorized field You can also view all records that are either unauthorized or authorized only by choosing the Unauthorized Authorized option e Specify any or all of the details of the record in the co
167. ed record The UNITHOLDER Detail screen is displayed e Select Unlock Operation from Action list to modify the record Modify the necessary information e Click Save to save your changes The Unitholder Detail screen is closed and the changes made are reflected in the Unitholder Summary screen Modifying Account through Editing When you retrieve a unit holder account for the purpose of editing it is displayed in the Unit holder Maintenance Detail screen in edit mode All the non editable field values are displayed as labels while the editable fields are enabled for data entry changes Note If you change a previously designated individual investor to a corporate investor all the details specific to individual investors that you had specified earlier will be lost and cannot be retrieved or vice versa When you save the changes you make the system saves the changed record into the database with the same unit holder ID No new ID is generated You can edit a unit holder account as many times as necessary before you authorize it Fag ORACLE 3 3 10 Viewing New Accounts 3 3 11 To view a record that you have previously entered you must retrieve the same in the Unithoder Summary screen as follows e Invoke the Unithoder Summary Screen from the Browser e Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for viewing in the Authorization Status field You can also view all records that are either unau
168. ed to amend only the last available record for which Latest Rule is 1 If a transaction exists with that Broker on that day system will not allow you to save the Broker details e If the status of the broker is to be disabled indicate this by selecting the option WEEDED in the Broker Status field e f payment of commission is to be held back for any reason for the broker indicate this by checking the Hold Back Payment field check box Contact Details Section e Inthe Contact Details section you must specify the default contact address of the broker in the Default Address field Bank Details Section e Inthe Bank Details section you must specify the details of at least one bank account operated by the broker and at designate at least one of the bank accounts as the default bank account For each bank account all the details on the screen are mandatory information Payment Details Section In this section you must specify the following e The currency in which the broker would prefer to receive commission payments Select the preferred currency in the Payment Currency field e The percentage of earned commission that is to be paid by the broker to the immediate parent broker in the broker hierarchy Indicate this in the Hierarchy Commission Percentage field e The ID of a unit holder account in the system that will function as the broker s account typically for reinvestments requested by the broker Indicate this in the Defa
169. een can be used for the following operations e Retrieving unauthorized record e Editing unauthorized record e Deleting unauthorized record e Authorizing unauthorized record You can invoke the UH Category Parameter Summary screen by typing UTSUHPRD in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button UH Category Parameter Summary Authorized Open X Category f Inactive az Remainder Period Advanced Search Records per page 15 v 1 of 1 Authorized Open Category Inactive Remainder Period You can retrieve view the UH category parameter details as follows e Specify any or all of the following details in the screen The status of the transaction in the Authorized field If you choose the blank space then both the authorized and the unauthorized status records will be retrieved for the specified criteria The status of the records in the Open field If you choose the blank space then all the records are retrieved The category of the unit holder If you choose the blank space then all the records are retrieved The inactive period of the investor account If you choose the blank space then all the records are retrieved The reminder period of the investor account If you choose the blank space then all the records are retrieved e Click Search button to view the records All records with the spec
170. egacy Details Broker Preference Basic Information Broker Code Parent Broker Code Replicate Parent Details No Broker Name Parent Broker Name Template ID Broker Category Select One Broker Type Type Description Broker Status Status Description Broker Base Currency Rule Effective Date Broker Consultant AMC Level Number AMC Description Use Broker Type Payment No Details Hold Back Payment No Overridden Percent Held From Broker Disable Status No Employer ID Number EIN Global Intermediary Tax ID Identification Number Tax Circle GIIN Tax Certificate Effective US Indicia Available No Date FATCA Status Tax Certificate Expiry Date FATCA Classification Description Individual Nationality Description Country Of Domicile Description Country of Birth Description Corporate Incorporation Country Description aaa oe no DEII Nai jod No Select New from the Actions menu in the Application tool bar or click new icon to enter the details of the FCIS Broker Maintenance screen m ORACLE 5 3 4 1 Maintaining Broker Details Click Broker Details tab to enter the details The following fields are available in the Broker Maintenance Detail screen for data entry Broker Code 9 Character Maximum Alphanumeric Mandatory Specify an alphanumeric code that would uniquely identify the record of the broker in the system This would be the identifier that you would use whenever you que
171. eing set up e The applicability of the Letter of Intent setup to all unit holders under a CIF Account If applicable indicate this by checking the Apply at CIF Level check box e The applicability of a prior period for fulfilling Letters of Intent If applicable indicate this by checking the Prior Period Applicable check box e Also indicate the duration of the prior period in days in the Prior Period Duration field e The load group in which the investor seeks to invest through the Letter of Intent in the Load Group ID field e The amount indemnified in the Letter of Intent in the LOI Amount field e The period during which the Letter of Intent will be fulfilled To specify this indicate the start and end dates that will define the period in the Start Date and End Date fields e The currency in which the Letter of Intent amount will be deemed in the LOI Ccy field aao ORACLE 4 4 6 e The applicability of standing instruction transactions as a means of reducing the Letter of Intent used up amount If applicable check the Include Standing Instructions check box e Any applicable remarks in the Remarks field After making your specifications save your changes by clicking the Save button This setup must be authorized for it to be effective Fields in Unit Holder LOI Detail screen Invoke the Unit Holder LOI Setup Detail screen by typing UTDUHLO in the field at the top right corner of the Application to
172. eld Name Data Type Field Length AUTHREJECTSTATUS Alphanumeric 1 REFERENCENUMBER Alphanumeric 12 ACCOUNTOPENINGDATE Date AMCID Alphanumeric 12 TITLE Alphanumeric 15 FIRSTNAME Alphanumeric 100 LASTNAME Alphanumeric 40 FIRSTNOMINEE Alphanumeric 60 SECONDNOMINEE Alphanumeric 60 THIRDNOMINEE Alphanumeric 60 ACCOUNTOPERATIONTYPE Alphanumeric 1 INVESTORTYPE Alphanumeric 1 TAXDEDUCTEDATSOURCE Numeric 1 TAXID Alphanumeric 15 IDENTIFICATIONTYPE Alphanumeric 3 IDENTIFICATIONNUMBER Alphanumeric 15 IDENTIFICATIONISSUEDATE Date IDENTIFICATIONEXPIRYDATE Date PLACEOFISSUE Alphanumeric 3 RESIDENTSTATUS Alphanumeric 1 AGENTCODE Alphanumeric 12 BRANCHCODE Alphanumeric 12 ACKNOWLEDGEMENTPRINTED Numeric 1 INITIALINVESTOR Numeric 1 TYPECLOSED Alphanumeric 1 CHANGEDATE Date CHANGEREASON Alphanumeric 70 CHANGEREFERENCE Alphanumeric 12 CHANGEDBY Alphanumeric 15 CHANGECHECKERID Alphanumeric 15 3 66 ORACLE Field Name Data Type Field Length CHANGECHECKERDATE Date CHANGETYPE Alphanumeric 1 MAKERID Alphanumeric 15 MAKERDATE Date CHECKERID Alphanumeric 15 CHECKERDATE Date UHCATEGORY Alphanumeric 2 TAXCIRCLE Alphanumeric 15 MIDDLENAME Alphanumeric 40 FATHER_SPOUSENAME Alphanumeric 20 UHDEALINGTYPE Alphanumeric 1 AUTHREPID Alphanumeric 12 ACCOUNTSTMTFREQ Alphanumeric 1 MODULEID Alphanumeric 30 C
173. elect Yes to indicate that the customer is a joint account holder If you select Yes you must indicate whether the customer is a Primary or Secondary joint account holder Joint Holder Type Mandatory From the option list select whether Primary or Secondary joint account holder Note After authorization the Identification Details Identification Type Identification Number and Place of Issue of a Joint Secondary customer alone can be modified in the Customer Information Screen Specifying Individual Dtls Click Individual Dtls tab to enter the details CUSTOMER INDIVIDUAL Section Title Mandatory Select the title of the customer First Name Alphanumeric Mandatory Specify the first name of the customer Middle Name and Last Name Alphanumeric Optional Specify the middle and last names of the customer Minor Optional Check this box to indicate that the customer is a minor Guardian Name Mandatory for minor customers Specify the name of the guardian for the minor customer Marital Status Optional Specify the marital status of the customer Sex Optional Specify the sex of the customer a6 ORACLE Date of Birth DD MM YYYY Date format mandatory only for minor customers Specify the date of birth of the customer Country of Birth Alphanumeric Optional Select the country of birth from the adjoining option list Father Spouse Name Optional Enter the name of the customer
174. elect New from the Actions menu in the Application tool bar or click new icon to enter the details of the Broker Journal screen The following fields are available in the Broker Journal Detail screen for data entry Journal Txn Number System displays the automatically generated Journal Txn Number here oe ORACLE Entry Date Date Format Mandatory Specify the date on which the respective accounting entry was made in this journal This date cannot be a future date Note System computes the VAT amount for the commission only if the broker journal entry date is on or after the broker VAT registration date Reference Number 16 Characters Maximum Alphanumeric Mandatory Specify a unique alphanumeric identifier for the journal entry You will use this reference number to track this entry subsequently Journal Type Alphanumeric Mandatory Select the Journal type from the adjoining drop down list This list displays the following values General Journal G If you select General Journal the broker code and the journal remarks are mandatory Client Specific Journal C If you select Client Specific Journal the broker code UHID and remarks are mandatory Transaction Specific Journal T If you select Transaction Specific Journal broker code transaction number UHID and remarks are mandatory The system defaults Fund ID and Unit Holder ID on the selection of transaction number Broker Alphanumeric Mandatory
175. ely Once authorized these fields cannot be modified Specifying the details of a bank account for an investor is not mandatory If you wish to indicate them any number of bank accounts can be designated for each currency You ORACLE 3 3 3 3 3 4 can also indicate a default bank account for each currency During transaction entry the payment bank account to be used for the unit holder will be picked up based on the transaction currency The default bank account defined for the unit holder for the transaction currency is used e The code of at least one intermediary designated for the investor in the Intermediary field in the Intermediary Details section You must also specify the commission percentage that the intermediary is to receive in the Split Percent field The sum of all split percentages for the specified intermediaries must not exceed one hundred percent The broker details and the split percentages are used as default information during the entry of transactions for the investor Defaulting of Information for CIF Unit Holder Accounts As mentioned earlier when a CIF account is authorized in either FCC or FCR at an installation a single initial unit holder account is created in FC IS for the CIF account The following information is defaulted for the unit holder account in FC IS e The account operation type is deemed to be single e The dealing type for the unit holder is deemed to be Self e The account i
176. emed applicable for the required slab in the Override To field e Save your changes Fields in Unitholder Deal Maintenance Detail Screen Invoke the Unitholder Deal Maintenance Detail screen by typing UTDUHDEL in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Unitholder Deal Maintenance Detail i New 53 Enter Query Client Information Unit Holder CIF Number Deal Details Deal Transaction Number Apply AtCIF Level No Apply Deal At Load Level v Fund ID Fund Name Policy Number Effective Start Date Tax Type Select X Load ID Amount Or Percentage Load Details 1of1 Slab Sequence No From Date To Date Load Calculation Method Name Status Active ir Product ID Product Name Deal Based On Description Effective End Date Group ID Load Description Default Load Details FromAmount ToAmount FromUnits To Units 4 m Derived Load Details 1of1 Load ID Description Load Percentage Override To z Input by DateTime Authorized by DateTime Mod No Open Authorized 4 18 ORACLE 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 2 Select New from the Actions menu in the Application tool bar or click new icon to enter the details of the Unitholder Deal Maintenance screen Client Information Section In this section select the ID of the unit holder for whom
177. entity in the system then system displays FATCA Status based on FATCA maintenance Note The fields PAN GIR Number MFIN and Form 60 61 will be displayed only if the client country option SHOWPANINFO is set to True for your bank Maintaining Nominee Dtls You can specify the details of one or more nominees if any for the unit holder A nominee could be an existing Unit Holder in the system or could be an external entity ou ORACLE You can capture the nominee details by clicking Nominee Dtls tab in the Unit Holder Maintenance screen Nominee Details Nominee Details 1of1 SJE l Existing UH CIF Nominee Type Nominee ID Nominee Name Date OfBirth Gender 1IDType ID Number Nominee ID Mandatory If the nominee is an existing unit holder you can invoke the Find Options screen to specify the desired unit holder by using the search criteria Else specify the same Nominee Type Enter the type of Nominee Nominee Name Mandatory Specify the name of the nominee Date of Birth Optional Specify the date of birth of the designated nominee Gender Optional Specify the gender of the nominee ID Type Optional Select the identification type of the nominee from the drop down list If the nominee is a valid Unit Holder the identification type will be displayed ID Number Optional Specify the identification number of the identificatio
178. entry if deemed necessary e Have another user authorize it Adjustments to the next payment cycle if any sought as specified in the entry can only be effected after it is authorized To perform any of these operations use the Broker Journal Summary screen You can invoke this screen by typing UTSBRKJR in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Broker Journal Summary Authorized Open Journal Txn Number Bi Reference Number Fund ID H Broker Entry Date e Receivables Product ID Advanced Search EI Records per page 15 v 1 of 4 Authorized Open JournalTxmNumber Reference Number FundID Broker EntryDate Receivables Prod 5 4 4 Retrieving Journal Entry in Broker Journal Summary screen You can retrieve a previously entered record in the Broker Journal Summary screen as follows e Specify any or all of the following details in the Broker Journal Summary screen e The status of the transaction in the Authorized field If you choose the Blank Space option then all the records that involve the specified unit holder are retrieved e The status of the record in the Open field If you choose the Blank Space option then all the records that involve the specified unit holder are retrieved e The Journal Txn Number e The Reference Number e The Fund ID e The Broker ORACLE 5 4 5 5 4 6 e The Entry Date e The Receivable
179. er Maintenance Detail Di New 9 Enter Query CIF Number AIC Opening Date Investor Type Individual AMC ID Dealing Type AMC Description Dealing Type Category Fee Category Category Description Fee Category Desc Fee Sub Category Remarks Auth Rep ID Auth Rep ID Desc Unit Holder ID First Company Name Individual Dtis Corporate Dts Contact Dtis Client Preferences ID Details EIEN Intermediary Dus KYC Details Document Dtis Add Info UH Signature Related Parti ties Transaction Type Bank Default Yes Branch Direct Debit No Bank Details Account Name Account Type Account Currency Account Number Account Currency Param Value s weScHnwos Initials Last Name identificationNumber Relationship IBAN Account Type Description Routing Details Bank Charged SwiftFormat Select Beneficiary Account Category Beneficiary BIC Code Beneficiary Beneficiary Acct No Beneficiary Add1 Beneficiary Code Beneficiary Add2 Beneficiary Info Beneficiary Add3 Beneficiary IBAN Intermediary Details Intermediary BIC Code Intermediary Intermediary Acct No Intermediary Add Intermediary Code Intermediary Add2 Intermediary Info Intermediary Add3 Intermediary IBAN Further Credit Details Further Credit Acct No Further Credit Name Reference Reference2 Reference1 Delivery Diis Beneficiary Details Joint Holder Dts Nominee Dtis Member Dtis Alternate Language Dtis Input by DateTime Mod No Authorized b
180. er account is created for the CIF account The unit holder ID created in FC IS will be identical to the account number in FCC Subsequently any number of unit holder accounts may be created in FC IS for the CIF account If a CPNJ number is linked to a CIF in FCC then a unitholder of the type Corporate will be created in FCIS for that customer Similarly if a CPF number is linked to a CIF in FCC then a unitholder of the type Individual will be created in FCIS for that customer Any modification to the customer account details in FCC will be propagated to FCIS 2 At installations where FCC and FCR are both not present a CIF account for a customer can be created in FC IS through the Customer Maintenance menu in the Browser An initial single unit holder account is created for the CIF account Again subsequently any number of unit holder accounts may be created in FC IS for the CIF account Edition and Amendment through Information Change of the unit holder accounts can only be performed through the FC IS system For a fuller discussion of how CIF accounts are created in FC IS system refer the chapter Maintaining Customer Information After a CIF account is created along with a single initial unit holder account in either of the ways described above you can create any number of unit holder accounts for the CIF account in the FC IS system Investor Accounts Any individual or company that invests capital in any inve
181. er are retrieved e The status of the NotePad in the Open field If you choose the Blank Space option then all the records that involve the specified unit holder are retrieved e The Note Number e The About Entity ID e The About Entity Type Click Search button to view the records All records with the specified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen acts ORACLE 4 12 4 4 12 5 You can also retrieve the individual NotePad detail from the detail screen by doing query in the following manner e Press F7 e Input the Note Number e Press F8 You can perform Edit Delete Amend Authorize Reverse Confirm operation by selecting from the Action list You can also search the record by using combination of and alphanumeric value For example You can search the record for Note Number by using the combination of and alphanumeric value as follows e Search by A System will fetch all the records whose Note Number starts from Alphabet A For Example AGC17 AGVO6 AGC74 and so forth e Search by 7 System will fetch all the records whose Note Number ends by numeric value 7 For Example AGC17 GSD267 AGC77 and so forth e Search by 17 System will fetch all the records whose Note Number contains the numeric value 17 For Example GSD217 GSD172 AGC17 and so forth Editing Entity NotePad Information You can modify the details of NotePad of Entities paramet
182. erence Detail screen is displayed Select Authorize operation from Action When the checker authorizes a transaction details of validations if any that were overridden by the maker of the transaction during the Save operation are displayed If any of these overrides results in an error the checker must reject the transaction Amending NPI Payment Preferences for Investors After an UH NPI Preference record is authorized it can be modified using the Unlock operation from Action list To make changes to a transaction after authorization e Invoke the UH NPI Preference Summary screen from the Browser e Select the status of the transaction that you wish to retrieve for amendment You can only amend only authorized records e Specify any or all of the details of the UH NPI Preference in the screen All records with the specified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen e Double click the record that you want to amend The UH NPI Preference Detail screen is displayed in Amendment mode Click the Unlock operation from the Action list to amend the record e Amend the necessary information Click the Save button to save the changes When you retrieve an NPI payment preferences record for the purpose of amendment in this screen it is displayed in the NPI UnitHolder Preferences screen in Amend mode All the non editable field values are displayed as labels while the editable fields are enabled for data ent
183. ers that you have already entered into the system provided it has not been subsequently authorized You can perform this operation as follows e Invoke the NotePad of Entities Summary screen from the Browser e Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for modification in the Authorization Status field You can only modify records that are unauthorized Accordingly choose the Unauthorized option e Specify any or all of the details in the corresponding fields to retrieve the record that is to be modified All unauthorized records with the specified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen e Double click the record that you want to modify in the list of displayed records The NotePad of Entities Detail screen is displayed e Select Unlock Operation from Action list to modify the record Modify the necessary information e Click Save to save your changes NotePad of Entities Detail screen is closed and the changes made are reflected in the NotePad of Entities Summary screen Viewing Entity NotePad Information To view a record that you have previously entered you must retrieve the same in the NotePad of Entities Summary screen as follows e Invoke the NotePad of Entities Summary Screen from the Browser e Select the status of the NotePad that you want to retrieve for viewing in the Authorization Status field You can also view all records that are either unauthorized or authorized onl
184. estor Type individual AMC Description Dealing Type Category Dealing Type Desc Category Description Fee Category Fee Sub Category Fee Category Desc Auth Rep ID Remarks Auth Rep ID Desc First Company Name Unit Holder ID Individual Dts BEEBE Contact Dtis Client Preferences ID Details Bank Diis Intermediary Dtis KYC Details Document Dis Add Info UH Signature Related Parties Authorized Signatory 1 Corporation Type Authorized Signatory 2 Description Authorized Signatory 3 Country Of Incorporation Min No of Signatories Description Delivery Dtls Beneficiary Details Joint Holder Dtis Nominee Dtls Member Dtis Alternate Language Dtis Director Details Input by DateTime Mod No Authorized by Open DateTime Authorized Corporation Type Alphanumeric Mandatory Select the type of the corporation that the company is to be deemed from the list provided Minimum No of Signatories Specify the minimum number of signatories Authorized Signatory 1 2 and 3 60 Character Maximum Alphanumeric Optional Specify the names of any authorized signatories that must be deemed as valid for the company Country of Incorporation Alphanumeric Optional Specify the incorporation country from the adjoining option list Maintaining Contact Dtls In this section specify the means of communication with the investor for whom you are creating the account You can access this section by clicking Contact Dtls
185. estor Type TaxID Middle Name Last Name Auth Rep ID Advanced Search Records per page 15 v 10 4 a Authorized Open Status CIF Number Unit Holder ID Reference Number IdentificationNumber First Name m r m Search Unit Holder Customer You can retrieve a previously entered record in the Unitholder Summary screen as follows e Specify any or all of the following details in the Unitholder Summary screen The status of the record in the Authorized field If you choose the Blank Space option then all the records that involve the specified unit holder are retrieved The status of the record in the Open field If you choose the Blank Space option then all the records that involve the specified unit holder are retrieved The CIF Number The Unit Holder ID The Reference Number The Identification Number The First Name The Investor Type The Tax ID The Middle Name The Last Name The Auth Rep ID e Click Search button to view the records All records with the specified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen Note You can also retrieve the individual record detail from the detail screen by doing query in the following manner Press F7 Input the Unit Holder ID oat ORACLE 3 3 9 3 3 9 1 Press F8 You can perform Edit Delete Amend Authorize Reverse Confirm operation
186. eteees 4 34 4 4 9 Editing LOI Setup Options for Investor ccccccccceeeteceeeenenteeeeeeeeeeneees 4 35 4 4 10 Viewing LOI Setup Options for INV SUOP c1ccccceceeeeeeetetneestsnneeeeeeeees 4 35 4 4 11 Deleting LOI Setup Options for INV StOP 1 cccccccceeeeeeeetecteceseeeeeeteees 4 35 4 4 12 Authorizing LOI Setup Options for INV StOF 22 22 cccccceeeeeeeeeteenentees 4 36 4 4 13 Amending LOI Setup Options for INV StOM 22 cccccccccessetseeeseeeeeeeteeneees 4 36 4 4 14 Authorizing Amended LOI Setup Options for INV StOM cccccceeee 4 37 Non Tax Limits for Tax Exemption Eligible Investors eceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneees 4 37 4 5 1 Setting Up Non Tax Limits for Eligible Investors c ccccceteeeeeeenttee eee 4 38 4 5 2 Processing of Non Tax Limits for INV StOIS cccccceseeeteentteeeeteeeneeees 4 38 4 5 3 Fields in UH Non Tax Limits Detail SCrOC N 0cccccceeceeeetttteeetetnneeeeetees 4 39 4 5 4 Operations on Non Tax Limits Records before Authorization 2 0 4 43 4 5 5 Retrieving Non Tax Limits for Investor ccccccceeseeeteeetteeeeteeeneeeetennaeees 4 43 4 5 6 Editing Non Tax Limits for Investor 000 eceeceeccte cents eeeteeeeeteeteeenaeteeeennaeeees 4 44 4 5 7 Viewing Non Tax Limits for INV StOM 0 eccceececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteneenaeeeteeenaeees 4 44 4 5 8 Deleting Non Tax Limits for Investof cccccccceeeeeeteeeneeeeteeeeeteeteeaneeees 4
187. f the Detail screen All your specifications are validated and upon successful validation the generated unit holder ID for the account is displayed oe ORACLE 3 3 6 1 The logic governing the generation of unit holder ID s would have been defined for the agency branch where you have created the account in the agency branch maintenance record This field is not visible when you are creating a new account in the Detail screen If you are viewing editing deleting or amending a previously created unit holder record then the ID of the account is displayed here and is non editable If the unit holder account is being created for a CIF account in FCC then the unit holder number will be identical to the FCC account number Note You should define the following System Parameters to enable the generation and valida tion of unit holder ID WEIGHTFACTOR MODULAR UHPREFIX First Company Name Alphanumeric Optional Enter the First or Company name In this field indicate the reasons for which the account is being created if necessary The Copy UH link If you wish to copy the unit holder details from that of an existing unit holder account click the Copy UH link alongside the CIF Number field The Unit Holder Find screen is opened and you can select the unit holder whose details you wish to copy When you have selected the required unit holder the details of the selected account are written into the respect
188. f the Unit Holder which can be mapped Nationality Alphanumeric Optional Select the nationality from the adjoining option list Country of Birth Alphanumeric Optional Select the country of birth from the adjoining option list oto ORACLE 4 12 Country of Domicile Alphanumeric Optional Select the country of domicile from the adjoining option list Country for Address Alphanumeric Optional Select the country for address from the adjoining option list Telephone Number Optional Specify the telephone number Category Alphanumeric Mandatory Select the category from the adjoining option list Country Code Optional Specify the country code FATCA Classification Display The system displays the FATCA classification type FATCA Status Display The system displays the FATCA Status based on the FATCA maintenance US Indicia Available Display The system defaults US Indicia Available as Yes or No depending on the following e The nationality is US e The country of birth is US e The country of domicile is US e The country of address is US e The country code of the telephone number is 01 NotePad of Entities You can use the Entity NotePad facility to maintain information about any entity in the system which would be of relevance to the other entities either at the time of transaction input or in general aaa ORACLE 4 12 1 You can invoke the NotePad Of Entities Detail screen by typing UTDNTPDE in t
189. f the transaction during the Save operation are displayed If any of these overrides results in an error the checker must reject the transaction 5 5 9 Amending Income Distribution Setup After an INCOME DISTRIBUTION SETUP record is authorized it can be modified using the Unlock operation from Action list To make changes to a record after authorization Invoke the Income Distribution Setup Summary screen from the Browser Select the status of the transaction that you wish to retrieve for amendment You can only amend only authorized records Specify any or all of the details of the INCOME DISTRIBUTION SETUP in the screen All records with the specified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen Double click the record that you want to amend The INCOME DISTRIBUTION SETUP Detail screen is displayed in Amendment mode Click the Unlock operation from the Action list to amend the record Amend the necessary information Click the Save button to save the changes While amending an income distribution setup record for a broker you can alter the following details The distribution mode Percentage of income as payment Payment mode Transfer details a9 ORACLE e Reinvestment details When you retrieve an IDS setup record for the purpose of amendment in this screen it is displayed in the Broker IDS Setup Detail screen in Amend mode All the non editable field values are displayed as labels while t
190. f you need to change the reporting structure in a broker hierarchy setup you can amend the record of one of the concerned brokers and change the parent broker You can also introduce an intermediate reporting level broker to whom the existing levels must report The following examples will make this clear B1 Level 0 Example 1 B11 Level 1 B12 Level 1 B111 B112 B121 B122 Level 2 Level 2 Level 2 Level 2 B1111 B1112 B1121 B1122 B1211 Level 3 Level 3 Level 3 Level 3 Level 3 The above illustration is a sample Broker Hierarchy Structure that is referred to in the examples 1 3 oe ORACLE Consider the following hierarchy setup for representing a reporting structure Let us suppose that the record of broker B1 is amended and as a result the broker B1 undergoes a level change and now reports to broker B111 To enable this change the broker code of broker B1 is altered from B1 existing to B111 On authorization this change will be interpreted by the system as follows Broker B111 will report to himself become a level zero broker Broker B1 will report to broker B1 All brokers under broker B111 will report to broker B111 All brokers under B1 broker will report to broker B1 As a result of the above level changes the new hierarchy will look as follows B1111 B1 B1112 Level 1 Level 1 Level 1 B11 B12 Level 2 Level 2 B1121 B1122 B1211 Level 4 Level 4 Level 4 Example 2 Let us s
191. fective From Date dd MM yyyy Date Format Optional Specify the date that marks the beginning of the period for which the specified alternate address is valid Effective To Date DD MM YYYY Date Format Optional Specify the date that marks the end of the period for which the specified alternate address is valid BIC Code 12 Characters Maximum Alphanumeric Mandatory Specify the Bank Identifier Code BIC of the broker Maintaining Broker Bank Details Broker Maintenance x D New 9 Enter Query Broker Detalls Broker Add Info Broker Contact info SAABE Broker Legacy Details Broker Preference Broker Bank Details 101 ia Bank Bank Name Branch AccountType Account Number IBAN Account Name Account Currency De m Ni Input by DateTime Mod No Authorized by Open DateTime Authorized In this section you specify details of any bank accounts operated by the broker which are preferred for transacting with the AMC You can access this section by clicking Broker bank Details tab You can specify any number of preferred bank accounts for a broker for each currency but you must designate one of these to be used by the broker as the default bank account for making or receiving payments in transactions in each currency For each bank account in each currency specify the following details Bank Alphanumeric Mandatory From the list select the name of the bank in which the account is held Bra
192. ffective the amended re cord must be subsequently authorized When it is authorized it is saved in the system database as an authorized record with the amendment information and is effective You can cancel an existing negotiated deal by changing the status to cancel When you authorize this change the deal set up is nullified Letters of Intent An investor may promise to invest a certain volume of capital in the funds of the AMC within a certain period Sometimes the AMC offers the investor a reduced commission or charge for such investment Such indemnification from the investor is known as a Letter of Intent Any investor that chooses to invest using a Letter of Intent is known as an LOI investor in the system For instance An investor Mrs Frances Smith promises to bring in investment worth 500000 USD to the Terry Wynan Growth Fund floated by your AMC within the space of 3 months dating from 5th May 2003 She indemnifies this through a Letter of Intent On 5th May 2003 she makes her first investment of 100000 USD This means that by the 4 of August 2003 Mrs Smith promises to invest the remaining indemnified amount i e 500000 USD 100000 USD 400000 USD in the said fund She could do so in one transaction worth 400000 USD or a series of transactions cumulatively worth 400000 USD Let us suppose the following charge option for the Terry Wynan Growth Fund as defined by your AMC for normal investment
193. for the resultant processes to be initiated When an amendment resulting from the unit holder s non tax limit being brought down to zero i e the unit holder has been made legally ineligible or the eligibility has been stopped or withdrawn is being authorized the system displays a message stating that the non taxable holdings of the unit holder will be converted to taxable holdings If the authorization is confirmed the system triggers transactions that will convert the non taxable units to taxable units If any provisional holdings are present the system forces the user to either confirm or reject the same Redemptions will go through the normal taxation The Inheritance Process Return of Death Status In the event of the death of the unit holder for whom a non tax limit is in operation you must specify the death date of death and the receipt of the death certificate in the non tax limits record through an amendment The date of death must be specified as mandatory information In the event of death of a unit holder with a non tax limits record you must manually enter redemption transactions or transfer transactions before you specify the return of death status in the non tax limits record By this process the non taxable units held by the deceased unit holder are either redeemed or transferred to the account of the legal heir through a normal transfer transaction If transferred the system checks for the non tax limit eligibili
194. fy any or all of the details of the Broker Maintenance in the screen All records with the specified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen e Double click the record that you want to amend The Broker Maintenance Detail screen is displayed in Amendment mode Click the Unlock operation from the Action list to amend the record e Amend the necessary information Click the Save button to save the changes oat ORACLE 5 3 12 5 3 13 Authorizing Amended Broker Records An amended Broker Journal record must be authorized for the amendment to be made effective in the system The authorization of amended records can only be done from Fund Manager Module and Agency branch Module The process of authorization is subsequently the same as that for normal transactions The amended record with the changes is saved in the database as an amended unauthorized record that you must subsequently authorize for your changes to be reflected as authorized in the database Details of Broker Record That Can Be Amended You can make changes to any of the following details in a broker record through an amendment operation e Broker Hierarchy e VAT Information e Next Payment Date e Commission Information e Enabling or Disabling brokers e The status of the broker e The rule effective date e Legacy Codes e Other Information e Broker Details after transaction unitization Amending the Broker Hierarchy I
195. g to historical data Broker Payment Currency Preference You can specify preferred broker payments in multiple currencies based on the source currency of the commission through the Broker Payment Currency Preference screen You can invoke this screen by typing UTDBCYPR in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button FCIS Broker Payment Currency preference Detail New 453 Enter Query Broker Payment Currency preference Broker Name Broker Code Effective Date Broker Preferred Currency 1of1 Source Currency Preferred Currency J Input by DateTime Authorized by DateTime Mod No Open Authorized Note You cannot map multiple bank accounts to the same preferred currency Select New from the Actions menu in the Application tool bar or click new icon to enter the details of the Broker Payment Currency Preference screen oa ORACLE 5 3 17 5 3 18 5 3 19 Fields in Broker Payment Currency Preference Screen Broker Code Mandatory Select unique broker code from the adjoining list Broker Name Display The broker name will be displayed Effective Date Date Format Mandatory Specify the date from which the broker payment currency is effective in the system Broker Preferred Currency Details Source Currency Alphanumeric Mandatory Specify the source currency of the payment Preferred Currency
196. h self or an authorized representative If dealing through an authorized representative specify the same in the Dealing Type field and select an authorized representative as mandatory information in the Auth Rep ID field If you are maintaining a depositary as a unit holder you must select Depositary as the dealing type For individual investors specify the following details as mandatory information The name of the investor You must specify at least the first name of the investor in the First Name field The gender of the investor in the Sex field The option chosen by the investor of operating the account either singly or as a joint account in the Account Operation Type field If the account is to be a joint account you must specify the name of at least one of the joint unit holders in the Joint CIF Details section In this screen you can specify the Joint Holder s ID Joint Type and Address details Once authorized this field cannot be modified For corporate investors specify the following details as mandatory information The name of the company in the Company Name field The type of corporation in the Corporation Type field The contact address of the investor in the Address field under the Default Address header The type of identification number of the identification document and its place of issue provided by the investor in the fields Identification Type Identification Number and Place of Issue respectiv
197. h the fund belongs for which the LOI was set up for the investor e The funds in the load group e Transaction number for each transaction designated as an LOI transaction e Commission collected for the transaction e Actual commission that should have been collected had there been no letter of intent e The loss borne by the AMC which is computed as the difference between the commission collected and commission that should have been collected had there been no LOI The commission for each of the LOI transactions entered into during the LOI period is recomputed as if there had been no letter of intent For each transaction the actual commission collected and the commission that should have been collected without the LOI is 420 ORACLE 4 4 4 4 4 5 displayed The sum of the commissions will be subtracted from the actual commission collected and the difference is reported through the report LOI investors have the option of designating any single transaction they enter into as a Letter of Intent transaction If so designated the transaction amount in such transactions will reduce the Letter of Intent used up amount Letter of Intent Options for Investor In Oracle FLEXCUBE Investor Servicing you can set up any or all of the following options for investors who choose to invest through a Letter of Intent at the investor s behest e The period during which the Letter of Intent will be fulfilled e The amount indemnified
198. has requested for it at ORACLE 4 6 1 4 6 1 1 To set up unit holder preferences for the IRRF component use the Unit Holder IRRF Preference Detail screen You can invoke this screen by typing UTDUHIOF in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button IRRF_PREFERENCE New 753 Enter Query Client Information Unit Holder ID Unit Holder Name CIF Number IRRF Details Fund ID ISIN Code Fund Name Load ID Load Description Load Details Load Details Load Calculation Method Amount Or Percentage Load Details 1of1 Slab Sequence No FromPeriod ToPeriod Period basis Return Value al v Input by DateTime Authorized by DateTime Mod No Open Authorized Fields in UH IRRF Preferences screen Select New from the Actions menu in the Application tool bar or click new icon to enter the details of the Unit Holder IRRF Preference screen Client Information Section Unit Holder ID Mandatory Specify the ID of the unit holder ID for whom IRRF details are being maintained Unitholder Name Mandatory The name of the unit holder is defaulted here once the unit holder Id is provided CIF Number 9 Characters Maximum Alphanumeric Mandatory Specify the CIF number of the customer for whom you are maintaining the IRRF details CIF Name Display On selection of the CIF number the name of the customer is displ
199. he Lol Adjust Proc screen for this You can invoke this screen by typing UTDLOIPR in the field at the top right corner of the one ORACLE Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button The Lol Adjust Proc screen is displayed Lol Adjust Proc i New 9 Enter Query LOI Adjustment Processing LOI Number In this screen you must specify the LOI number of the corresponding letter of intent on the next business date after the expiry date of the letter of intent Click on the Process button to trigger the process of computation and storage Alternatively if you do not specify the number you can trigger the computation of commission data for all such letters of intent that are unfulfilled after the expiry date After you have triggered the computation of commission data in the LOI Adjustment Processing screen you can use the LOI Non Fulfilment menu item in the Batch menu to obtain the actual report This report contains details of the actual commission due on each of the transactions without considering the letter of intent This amount must be recovered from the unit holder by the AMC The following details are displayed in the report for each letter of intent for any investor which is unfulfilled as on the next business date after the expiry date e LOI Number e Letter of intent amount agreed LOI amount e Letter of intent amount fulfilled used up amount e ID ofthe load group to whic
200. he Action list to amend the record e Amend the necessary information Click the Save button to save the changes Closing Unit Holder Account The investor may wish at any juncture to close operations with the AMC At such a time the account maintained for the investor in the system database must be closed To close a unit holder account use the Unitholder Status Change Detail screen You can invoke this screen by typing UTDACCLS in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Specify the following information in this screen e The ID of the unit holder whose account you want to close e The reason for closure or any description narrative regarding the same in the Closure Remarks field What Happens at Account Closure In the event of an account closure request the holdings of the investor in all funds transacted in must be brought down to zero Therefore when you close a unit holder account in the system the following events take place oe ORACLE If the unit holder has entered into transactions then the status of account is marked as Pending Closure Subsequently in this state this accountis still valid in the system but it cannot be edited or amended as the case may be or used to enter into any further transactions If the unit holder avails the check writing facility any checks that have been issued through check writing facility are
201. he Browser e Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for deletion e Specify any or all of the details and click Search button All records with the specified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen e Double click the record that you want to delete The Minimum Commission Payment Amount Maintenance screen is displayed e Select Delete operation from the Action list The system prompts you to confirm the deletion and the record is deleted physically from the system database 5 9 7 Authorizing Minimum Commission Payment Amount An unauthorized Minimum Commission Payment Amount Maintenance record must be authorized in the system for it to be processed To authorize a record e Invoke the Minimum Commission Payment Amount Maintenance Summary screen from the Browser e Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for authorization Typically choose the unauthorized option e Specify any or all of the details of the record in the corresponding fields on the screen Click Search button All record with the specified details that are pending authorization are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen e Double click the transaction that you wish to authorize The Minimum Commission Payment Amount Maintenance screen is displayed Select Authorize operation from Action When the checker authorizes a record details of validations if any that were
202. he Letter of Intent options you are setting up must be applicable to all unit holder accounts under the selected CIF customer account LOI Number System Generated LOI End Date DD MM YYYY Date Format Mandatory Indicate the latest date by which the investor would fulfill the amount indemnified in the Letter of Intent LOI Start Date DD MM YYYY Date Format Mandatory Indicate the date on which the period of the Letter of Intent commences Following this date the investor will have to fulfill the Letter of Intent If a prior period is applicable then the duration of the prior period is reckoned from the date you specify here Prior Period Duration Optional Mandatory if prior period is applicable Specify the duration of the prior period in days to be reckoned from the Letter of Intent period start date If a prior period is specified the used up amount on an LOI must be updated during authorization based on the transactions that have been allocated before the LOI start date within the prior period Prior Period Applicable Optional Check this box to indicate that transactions entered into by the investor prior to the commencement of the Letter of Intent period may also be reckoned for reduction of the used up amount LOI Amount Numeric Mandatory Specify the amount indemnified by the investor through the letter of intent LOI CCY Alphanumeric Mandatory Select the currency in which the Letter of Intent amount w
203. he editable fields are enabled for data entry changes Note When you make changes to any authorized record in the system database through the amendment operation the record with the amended information is saved as an unauthor ized record in the system For your amendment changes to be effective the amended re cord must be subsequently authorized When it is authorized it is saved in the system database as an authorized record with the amendment information and is effective 5 5 10 Authorizing Amended Income Distribution Setup Details 5 6 An amended Income Distribution Setup record must be authorized for the amendment to be made effective in the system The authorization of amended records can only be done from Fund Manager Module and Agency branch Module The process of authorization is subsequently the same as that for normal transactions Raising Broker Commission You can raise broker commission using the Raise Broker Commission screen You can invoke this screen by typing UTDBRAIS in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button gt Raise Broker Commission i New 3 Enter Query Raise Broker Commission Last Raise Date To Date Broker Type Process AMC List Fund List 1of1 1of1 AMC ID AMC Name Fund ID Fund Name To Date DD MM YYYY Specify the date until which you wish to raise the broker commission This field is mandatory If
204. he field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button NotePad Of Entities Detail New 753 Enter Query Notepad Note Number From Entity Type From Entity ID About Entity Type Select One About Entity Id Notepad Input by DateTime Authorized by DateTime Mod No Open Authorized In this screen specify any entity information by indicating e The entity that is reporting the information and the ID of the entity in the From Entity Type and From Entity ID fields e The entity about which the information is being entered in the About Entity Type and About Entity ID fields e The information about the entity in the Notepad field e Select New from the Actions menu in the Application toolbar or click new icon to enter the details of the Notepad of Entities screen Fields in NotePad of Entities Screen Note Number System generated information This is a unique Number for the note generated by the system From Entity Type 1 Character Maximum Alphanumeric Mandatory The Entity Type who is creating this information in the form of note pad This information is taken from the Login Details From Entity ID 12 Character Maximum Alphanumeric Mandatory Specify the Entity ID of the entity that is creating this information This information is taken from the Login details About Entity Type Alphanumeric Mandatory Specify the Entity Type about which the Notep
205. he list of displayed records The Broker Migration Detail screen is displayed in View mode Accounting Journals for Brokers Brokers receive commission payments out of some of the transactions in every fund for which they are designated intermediaries With regard to commission earnings brokers could request for e Advance payments e Ad hoc payments Oracle FLEXCUBE Investor Servicing enables the AMC to keep track of the processing and actual payment of commission earnings for brokers by providing an accounting journal facility which would record each payment made Using this journal you can e Make an accounting entry for each payment made to a broker for earnings from a specific transaction in a fund e Maintain the payables and receivables for a broker for earnings from a fund e Adjust the effect of advance payments or ad hoc payments made to a broker on any future payments e The journal for a broker is therefore a single repository for all commission payments received by the broker Maintaining Accounting Journal for Broker To maintain a journal of accounting entries for payments to a broker use the Broker Journal Detail screen You can invoke this screen by typing UTDBRKJR in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button oH ORACLE In the screen specify the following mandatory information for each accounting entry for a broker f
206. he record that you want to retrieve for authorization Typically choose the Unauthorized option e Specify any or all of the details of the record in the corresponding fields on the screen Click Search button All records with the specified details that are pending authorization are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen e Double click the NotePad that you wish to authorize The NotePad of Entities Detail screen is displayed Select Authorize operation from Action When the checker authorizes a NotePad details of validations if any that were overridden by the maker of the NotePad during the Save operation are displayed If any of these overrides results in an error the checker must reject the NotePad Amending Entity NotePad Information After a NotePad of Entities record is authorized it can be modified using the Unlock operation from Action list To make changes to a NotePad after authorization e Invoke the NotePad of Entities Summary screen from the Browser e Select the status of the NotePad that you wish to retrieve for amendment You can only amend only authorized records e Specify any or all of the details of the NotePad of Entities in the screen All records with the specified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen e Double click the record that you want to amend The NotePad of Entities Detail screen is displayed in Amendment mode Click the Unlock operation f
207. he transaction Amending Non Tax Limits for Investor After a UH Non Tax Limits record is authorized it can be modified using the Unlock operation from Action list To make changes to a record after authorization Invoke the UH Non Tax Limits Summary screen from the Browser Select the status of the transaction that you wish to retrieve for amendment You can only amend only authorized records Specify any or all of the details of the UH Non Tax Limits in the screen All records with the specified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen Double click the record that you want to amend The UH Non Tax Limits Detail screen is displayed in Amendment mode Click the Unlock operation from the Action list to amend the record Amend the necessary information Click the Save button to save the changes When you retrieve a non tax limits record for the purpose of amendment in this screen it is displayed in the UH Non Tax Limits Setup Detail screen in Amend mode All the non editable field values are displayed as labels while the editable fields are enabled for data entry changes ae ORACLE 4 5 11 Note When you make changes to any authorized record in the system database through the amendment operation the record with the amended information is saved as an unauthor ized record in the system For your amendment changes to be effective the amended re cord must be subsequently authorized When it i
208. he transaction and the current transaction date is less than Minimum Holding period the system triggers a warning message There are some inflow transactions with in the Minimum Holding Period This transaction is saved only if the warning is accepted If the outflow is because of the SI redemption transaction the system will save the transaction without any warning If there were some other inflow transactions other than SI with in this period then system will consider Last inflow transaction date instead of the first SI subscription transaction date for arriving at the no of days elapsed FB ORACLE 4 8 2 Fund UH Category Minimum Holding Period Summary Screen The minimum holding period defined at the fund UH category transaction type level must be authorized by another user You can use the Fund UH Category Minimum Holding Period Summary screen to perform the following operations Retrieve Edit Delete Authorize Amend You can invoke this screen by typing UTSMINHL in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and click the adjoining arrow The screen is displayed below Summary Authorized Open Fund ID z Transaction Type Rule for SI Advanced Search Reset Records per page 15 v Authorized Fund ID Transaction Type Rule for SI 4 8 2 1 Retrieving Viewing minimum holding period at Fund UH category transaction level You can retrieve view the UH minimum holding pe
209. horized option e Specify any or all of the details of the record in the corresponding fields on the screen Click Search button All record with the specified details that are pending authorization are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen e Double click the transaction that you wish to authorize The Unitholder Detail screen is displayed Select Authorize operation from Action When the checker authorizes a transaction details of validations if any that were overridden by the maker of the transaction during the Save operation are displayed If any of these overrides results in an error the checker must reject the transaction You can authorize more than one account at a time Information Change The event of making changes to an authorized unit holder account is known as an information change in the system A unit holder account that has undergone an information change in this manner is reverted back to the unauthorized status with the changed information in the database You must authorize the information change by subsequently authorizing the changed account for the changed information to be effectively reflected in the system database 80 ORACLE 3 3 13 3 3 14 Consider the following example You have created an individual unit holder account in the system for Mr Philip Green identifying Messrs ABF Finance as the designated intermediary At the time of creation the system saved the acco
210. ication and correspondence with the broker Click Broker Contact Info tab to enter the details Broker Maintenance New 9 Enter Query Broker Details Broker Add info REEEMMNAEEEG Broker Bank Details Broker Legacy Details Broker Preference Broker Contact Info 101 RE Address Type Address Line 1 Address Line 2 CITY Zip Code US State STATE F Correspondense No Input by DateTime Mod No Authorized by Open EJ DateTime Authorized You can specify at least two addresses and designate one as the default mailing address to be used for correspondence with the broker and the other as the alternate address Specify the default address under the Default Address head and the alternate address under the Alternate Address head You can also maintain the SWIFT Address for the main brokerage firm of the broker type in the SWIFT Address tab The following fields comprise the Correspondence Alternate and SWIFT address information in the Address Type tab ale ORACLE Address Lines 1 2 Each line is 80 Character Maximum Alphanumeric Address Line 1 is Mandatory Specify the postal address that is to be used for correspondence with the broker City 20 Character Maximum Alphanumeric Optional Specify the name of the city of residence of the broker You can select the city from the drop down list provided The available options depend on the values defined at the param
211. ified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen a2 ORACLE Double click the record that you want to view in the list of displayed records The UH Category Parameter screen is displayed 3 6 1 1 Editing UH Category Parameter Details You can modify the details that you have already entered into the system provided it has not been subsequently authorized You can perform this operation as follows Invoke the UH Category Parameter Summary screen from the Browser Specify any or all of the following details in the screen The status of the transaction in the Authorized field If you choose the blank space then both the authorized and the unauthorized status records will be retrieved for the specified criteria The status of the records in the Open field If you choose the blank space then all the records are retrieved The category of the unit holder If you choose the blank space then all the records are retrieved The inactive period of the investor account If you choose the blank space then all the records are retrieved The reminder period of the investor account If you choose the blank space then all the records are retrieved Click Search button to view the records All records with the specified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen Double click the record that you want to view in the list of displayed
212. il 1of1 Payment Currency Minimum Payment Amount Input by DateTime Authorized by DateTime Mod No Open Authorized Effective Date DD MM YYYY Mandatory Specify the date from which the commission payment should be effective in the system Details section Payment currency Alphanumeric Mandatory Select appropriate currency from the adjoining option list Minimum payment amount Mandatory Specify the minimum payment amount for each commission payment amount Note You can maintain a new record copy unlock delete authorize and re open a record in this screen Example The system validates the minimum payment amount specified for each payment currencies during payment processing If minimum payment amount is not maintained then the system considers the minimum amount as zero ape ORACLE 5 9 2 5 9 3 Assume that in minimum commission Payment Amount Maintenance screen the payment currency and minimum payment amount is maintained as follows Currency Minimum Payment Amount ZAR 150 USD 100 GBP 0 Then the system will make the broker commission payment as follows e Ifthe Commission payment currency is ZAR then system transfers the money to the broker if the commission amount is greater than or equal to 150 ZAR e Ifthe Commission payment currency is USD then system transfers the money to the broker if the commission amount is greater tha
213. ill be reckoned Include Standing Instructions Mandatory If you want to include Standing Instruction select Yes Else select No Currency Name Display The system displays the name of the currency arte ORACLE 4 4 7 Remarks 255 Characters Maximum Alphanumeric Optional You can enter any narrative or descriptive text about the Letter of Intent here Group ID Alphanumeric Mandatory Select the load group in which the investor desires to invest through the Letter of Intent Used up Amount Display Only On any given date after the LOI Start Date the amount displayed in this field reflects the portion of the Letter of Intent amount that the investor has already fulfilled as on that date When you are creating the Letter of Intent options for the investor for the first time this field contains a zero value You cannot alter the value displayed in this field at any time LOI Status Display Only At any given date after the LOI Start Date the displayed value in this field reflects the status of the Letter of Intent option defined for the selected unit holder When you are creating the Letter of Intent options for the investor for the first time the Active option is displayed in this field If you have canceled the Letter of Intent through an amendment the Cancel option is displayed in this field In this state the Letter of Intent is no longer valid and will not be validated for during a
214. ils by clicking Delivery Dtls tab in the Unit Holder Maintenance screen Delivery Details Delivery Details 1of1 Account Name Account Number UH A C Type Default Custodian Clearing Agent m No The following are the fields under Delivery section e Account Name e Account Number e UH A c Type e Default e Custodian Clearing Agent Sig ORACLE 3 3 6 3 Maintaining Beneficiary Dtls You can capture the details of one or more beneficiaries if any for the unit holder A beneficiary could be an existing Unit Holder in the system or could be an external entity You can access it by clicking Beneficiary Dtls tab Beneficiary Details Beneficiary Details 1of1 E Existing UH CIF Beneficiary Type Beneficiary ID Beneficiary Name Date Of Birth Gender ID Type ID Numbe Beneficiary ID Mandatory If the beneficiary is an existing unit holder you can invoke the Find Options screen to specify the desired unit holder by using the search criteria Else specify the same Beneficiary Type Mandatory Specify whether the beneficiary is a primary or secondary holder Beneficiary Name 100 Characters Maximum Alphanumeric Optional Specify the name of the beneficiary Date of Birth Date format Optional Enter the beneficiary s date of birth Gender Optional Specify the gender of the beneficiary ID Type Optional Select the identification type of
215. ination of and alphanumeric value as follows Search by A System will fetch all the records whose Load ID starts from Alphabet A For example AGC17 AGVO6 AGC74 and so forth Search by 7 System will fetch all the records whose Load ID ends by numeric value T For Example AGC17 GSD267 AGC77 and so forth Search by 17 System will fetch all the records whose Load ID contains the numeric value 17 For Example GSD217 GSD172 AGC17 and so forth 4 3 5 Editing Deals for Investors You can modify the details of Unitholder Deal parameters that you have already entered into the system provided it has not been subsequently authorized You can perform this operation as follows Invoke the Unitholder Deal Summary screen from the Browser Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for modification in the Authorized field You can only modify records that are unauthorized Accordingly choose the Unauthorized option Specify any or all of the details in the corresponding fields to retrieve the record that is to be modified All unauthorized records with the specified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen Double click the record that you want to modify in the list of displayed records The Unitholder Deal Detail screen is displayed Select Unlock Operation from Action list to modify the record Modify the necessary information Click Save to save your changes The Unith
216. ing instructions e Tax deduction e Dividend payment A unit holder account can be rendered as restricted in an operation through a stop due to any of the following e An IRS notification on the account This could be due either to non payment of tax or incorrect reporting of the Tax ID e AnRPO Return Post Office Code being assigned to the account for escheatment tracking Specifying a Stop Instruction You can place a stop on an account in the system by performing an information change and specifying the following information in the Client Preferences field e The IRS Notification assigned to the account if any in the IRS Notification field 382 ORACLE e The RPO Code assigned to the account if any in the RPO Code field e The date of release of the account from the stop status For details refer the sections Maintaining IRS Notifications and Escheatment Tracking found later in this chapter When you specify this information the system marks the account with a stop status The Stop Account box in the Client Preferences section is checked and the stop account code is assigned by the system using the information provided The Stop Account Code When you specify a stop instruction through an information change the system automatically assigns a 20 character code that indicates the stop instruction status of the account known as the Stop Account Code Any account that has a stop account code assigned to it due to
217. ion Note In some funds in which reinvestment is not allowed according to the Corporate Actions profile for the fund and corporate action type the broker cannot choose to have income earnings reinvested In such cases this field is locked with the Full Payment option displayed as a non editable default option Also the Payment Percentage field is locked with a default non editable value of one hundred percent displayed and the Reinvestment Percentage field is locked with a default non editable value of zero percent displayed Ifyou have chosen the distribution mode in this field as Full Reinvestment or Both and the reinvestment fund has a restriction on the nationality of the broker as main tained in the Fund Residency Restriction list then reinvestment is not allowed at all a0 ORACLE 5 5 2 2 Payment Currency Select the payment currency from the option list Note The payment currency mentioned at the broker level in the FCIS Broker Maintenance screen and the payment account number mapped in broker IDS setup are overridden by the Broker payment preference currency maintained in the Broker Payment Currency Preference screen During broker raise commission default exchange rate source is applied to convert from source currency to preferred currency Payment Percentage Alphanumeric Optional Mandatory if distribution mode is either Both or Full Payment Specify the percentag
218. ion is chosen all outflows from the account are frozen but inflows due to standing instructions are allowed Also dividend is compulsorily reinvested and tax is compulsorily deducted regardless of the TDS setup Escheatment Tracking Escheatment tracking is the process by which a unit holder who is inaccessible is located In such a case the contact information of the unit holder does not reflect the current location which is not known In such a case an RPO Return Post Office Code must be assigned to the unit holder account and certain stop instructions are also placed on the account To assign an RPO Code for escheatment tracking you must perform an information change on the unit holder account In the Client Preferences section select the appropriate RPO Code in the RPO Code field Aon ORACLE 3 3 20 3 4 The implications of assigning either an IRS Notification or an RPO Code to the account are shown below Account Standi Divide a ng haracteristics nd Cc a aS Value Inflow Outflow Instruc Tax in Client payme tions Preferences nt status RPO code RPOCode1 Allowed Not Paused Basedon Based allowed TDS on Income Distri bution Setup RPO code RPOCode2 Not Not Paused Tax Rein allowed allowed deducted vest ment IRS notification Incorrect Allowed Not Tax Rein reporting of allowed deducted vest Tax ID ment only IRS Notification Under Allowed Not
219. ion table shows the converted amount if the broker source currency is different from that of the preferred currency For raise broker commission previous system date cannot be a holiday Calculating VAT Amount The system computes the VAT amount for periodic load accrual using the following formula Load Amount VAT The system computes the VAT for transaction load using the following formula Load Amount VAT The VAT will be calculated only if the VAT registered date is less than the transaction date oe ORACLE 5 8 The criteria based load setup should be done to achieve the VAT calculation based on the VAT registered date The criteria based load set up should be done as below LOAD ID LOAD DESCRIPTION CRITERIA 203 Initial Broker Fee WHERE TransactionDetails TRANSACTION Rands Vat MODE A AND TransactionDetails BROKER CODE lt gt DIRECT AND TransactionDetails VATREGISTERED 1 204 Initial Broker Fee WHERE TransactionDetails TRANSACTION Rands Non Vat MODE A AND TransactionDetails BROKER CODE lt gt DIRECT AND TransactionDetails VATREGISTERED 0 205 Initial Broker Fee WHERE TransactionDetails TRANSACTION Units Vat MODE U AND TransactionDetails BROKER CODE lt gt DIRECT AND TransactionDetails VATREGISTERED 1 206 Initial Broker Fee WHERE TransactionDetails TRANSACTION Units Non Vat MODE U AND TransactionDetails BROKER CODE lt
220. ion that the sum of the percentages of reinvestment in all these combinations must be equal to 100 Note Reinvestment is only allowed into or out of a fund if so designated in the Corporate Actions profile for the fund and corporate action type If you have chosen either Both or Full Reinvestment as the distribution mode you must specify all information in this section mandatory on ORACLE 4 2 2 8 Specifying Routing Details FCIS provides the option to capture the bank routing details At the time of transaction input the routing details specified here are picked up for the combination of fund transaction type and transaction currency You can specify the routing details by clicking on Routing Details income Distribution Setup New 453 Enter Query Client Information Unit Holder CIF Number DETAILS Fund ID Distribution Mode v Payment Percentage Product ID Payment Currency Payment Details Reinvestment Details AAE Swift Format Beneficiary Details Beneficiary Beneficiary Add1 Beneficiary Add2 Beneficiary Add3 Intermediary Details Intermediary Intermediary Add1 Intermediary Add2 Intermediary Add3 Further Credit Details Further Credit Name Reference Reference1 Input by DateTime Authorized by DateTime Mod No Open Authorized You need to maintain the following details Swift Format Optional CIF Name Unit Holder Name Rule Effective Date ISIN Code
221. ion to indicate that the investor prefers to receive the entire income derived from an income distribution cycle in the selected fund as a payment Further the investor can choose to avail of payment either in the form of a check or an account transfer e Full Reinvestment Choose this option to indicate that the investor prefers to reinvest the entire income derived from an income distribution cycle in the selected fund into another fund In such a case the fund into which the earned income is reinvested must belong to the same fund family as the fund from which the income was earned Further the investor can choose to have the income reinvested either in the investor s own unit holder account or the account of another investor In the latter case the investor in whose account the reinvestment is proposed i e the Reinvestment Unit Holder must belong to the same AMC as the source investor e Both Choose this option to indicate that the investor prefers to have the income derived from an entire income distribution cycle in the selected fund divided into two portions receive one portion as payment and reinvest the remaining portion Note In some funds in which reinvestment is not allowed according to the Corporate Action profile for the fund the investor cannot choose to have income earnings reinvested In such cases this field is validated with the Full Payment option displayed as a non editable default option Als
222. isplays the FATCA Status based on the FATCA maintenance ale ORACLE 2 2 11 4 Specifying Corr Address Dtls Click Corr Address Dtls tab to enter the details Customer Maintenance x New 3 Enter Query Customer Maintenance Customer No Customer Category Customer Type l Individual Fee Category JointAccount No Fee Sub Category e JointHolder Type Primary Description Individual Dtis Corporate Dtls CorrAddress Dtis PermanentRegistration Address Client Preferences Identification Dtls Alternate Language Dtls Address Details Address Line 1 Telephone Address Line 2 Fax Number City E Mail Country Description Input by DateTime Mod No Authorized by Open DateTime Authorized ADDRESS DETAILS Section Address Line 1 amp 2 City and Country Alphanumeric Mandatory Enter the address details of the customer You can select the city from the drop down list provided The available options depend on the values defined at the params maintenance If the city is not available in the list you can specify the city in the field provided alongside Telephone Numeric Optional Enter the telephone number of the customer Fax Number Numeric Optional Enter the fax number of the customer Email Optional Enter the E mail ID of the customer ORACLE 2 2 11 5 Specifying Permanent Registration Address 2 2 11 6 Click Permanent Registration Address tab to en
223. isting criteria The view section Any record that you select for viewing is displayed in the lowest portion of the screen below the button row Saving CIF profile in Customers Screen To set up a CIF customer and enable the creation of a mutual fund investor account in the Customers screen e Click the Add button The New Customer No screen is opened Specify a unique identifier in the Customer Code field for the CIF customer for whom you are setting up a profile and click OK 29 ORACLE e The basic details screen is displayed in readiness for you to enter the details for a new CIF customer In this screen specify the following as mandatory information e Inthe Customer Maintenance section Indicate whether the customer is an individual customer or corporate customer by choosing the appropriate option in the Customer Type field e Indicate the investor tax category corresponding to the CIF customer in the field Customer Category e Indicate the fee category and sub category in the respective fields e Inthe Customer Details section specify the following details e The name of the customer in the fields First Name Middle Name and Last Name e The title of the customer in the field Title e Indicate whether the customer is a minor in the field Minor If the customer is a minor enter the name of the guardian in the field Legal Guardian e The marital status of the customer e The gender of the customer e Indicate
224. it Switch No Validation Transfer This mode will follow Redemption validation for the From Unit Holder and Subscription for the To Unit Holder Subscription Debit Order Generation No Validation Policy surrender If Client is KYC compliant no validation will take place If Client is Not KYC Compliant and Product Level if KYC is appli cable validation is true If any initial investment is applicable within the KYC Redemption period the transaction capture is not allowed else the following conditions will be checked If the KYC Purchase Limit within KYC Redemption period exceeds the top ups then transaction capture will not be allowed If the Start Date of the new Policy Premium is within the KYC Redemption Period and the annual amount exceeds the KYC Annual Debit Order Limit transaction capture is not allowed Pseudo switch in transactions will be ignored for validation 3 60 ORACLE Type of Transaction System Validation Redemption Pseudo switch transactions to be ignored for validation Flow of validations Clients is KYC compliant No validation Client is not KYC compliant If any Initial Investment Identified by Transaction Sub Type is available within the KYC Redemption Period then a warning message will be displayed else the conditions specified below should be checked If there is any subscription that exceeds the KYC Purchase Limit then a
225. ive fields in the UH New Account Detail screen You can make changes to the copied details if required and save your changes to create the unit holder account This feature can only be invoked in the New Mode While creating a unit holder account using the Copy UH link you have an option to copy the KYC list maintained for the selected unit holder If you have selected the category and then initiated the copy process the complete list of KYC documents including Additional ones if any will be copied to the new unit holder However the All the requested documents must be received option will be unchecked If you have initiated the copy process without indicating the category the list of KYC documents maintained in the KYC Maintenance screen is copied to the new unit holder Note You can copy KYC list within the same segment i e only if the copying unit holder belongs to the same segment as the unit holder being created Individual Dtls Section In this section specify the personal details for individual investors You can access it by clicking Individual Dtls tab i ORACLE Note After you have specified the details in this section for an individual investor all your spec ifications will be lost if you change the investor type from Individual to Corporate Click Individual Dtls tab to enter the details First Name 100 Character Maximum Alphanumeric Mandatory Specify the fir
226. ized Open CIF Number H Media Location Advanced Search Reset Records per page 15 v Authorized CIF Number Location Retrieving CIF Address Record You can retrieve a previously entered record in the CIF Address Summary screen as follows Invoke the CIF Address Summary screen from the Browser and specify any or all of the following details in the corresponding fields e The status of the transaction in the Authorized field If you choose the Blank Space option then all the records that involve the specified unit holder are retrieved e The status of the record in the Open field If you choose the Blank Space option then all the records that involve the specified unit holder are retrieved e The number of the CIF profile in the CIF No field e The media of mail in the Media field e The location of the customer in the Location field Click Advanced Search button for advanced level of query where records can be retrieved based on specific fields Click Reset button so that the entire search criteria will be cleared for a new level of search Click Search button to view the records All records with the specified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen Click Refresh button so that the search criteria will be refreshed based on existing criteria Note You can also retrieve the individual record detail from the CIF Address detai
227. k branch country FATCA Status Display The system displays the FATCA Status based on the FATCA maintenance oe ORACLE 3 3 6 6 Maintaining Member Dtls If the account is of type Retirement you need to capture additional investor details pertaining to retirement accounts in the Member Details screen Click Member Dtls tab to invoke the following screen Member Details Date Member became Date Member details were Contributory transferred Employee Retirement Age Date of Retirement Date of death Cause of Death Area Code Date member became contributory DD MM YYYY Date Format Mandatory Enter the date on which the investment account was created i e the date on which the investor made the first contribution towards the retirement plan Date member details were transferred DD MM YYYY Date Format Optional If the retirement account was transferred from a different AMC then specify the date of account transfer Employee retirement age Numeric Mandatory Specify the age that will be considered as retirement age for this unit holder Date of retirement Date Format Display Based on the retirement age specified for the investor system derives and displays retirement date in this field Date of Death DD MM YYYY Date Format Optional If the unit holder is deceased enter the date on which the unit holder died Cause of death Alphanumeric Optional If the investor is deceased then specify the
228. ker is entitled to receive on any transactions put through for the investor This percentage must not exceed one hundred percent Note If you specify more than one broker in this section then the split percentages for all bro kers when summed up must not exceed or fall below one hundred percent Default Select Yes to identify the broker that is to be reckoned as the default broker for the investor in the system In the desired row check this box ot ORACLE Delete You can delete a record by clicking delete icon The Add Button Click add icon to add a new row in this section Intermediary Details Section If the client country parameter TXNBROKERS is set to false for your installation you can enter agent agency branch as intermediary You can select at least one set of Agent Agency branch Account Officer and IFA combination as part of unit holder The intermediaries maintained during unit holder creation get defaulted during Transaction Bulk Transactions and Standing Instruction maintenance and can be overridden UH Non Tax Limits Detail EM P New 73 Enter Query Client Information First Name Unit Holder ID CIF Number System Limit Limit Currency Limit Amount Basic Details Allowed Limit Identification Details Sanction Status Active 7j UH Info Change Status Document Received Date Date of death Non Taxable Limits For Accumulated Funds 1of1 Fund ID Allow
229. l screen by doing query in the following manner Press F7 Input the CIF Number Press F8 a2 ORACLE 2 3 2 2 3 3 You can perform Edit Delete Amend Authorize Reverse Confirm operation by selecting from the Action list To edit and amend a record a user has to click unlock button under Action menu You can also search the record by using combination of and alphanumeric value Example You can search the record for CIF Number by using the combination of and alphanumeric value as follows e Search by A System will fetch all the records whose CIF Number starts from Alphabet A For Example AGC17 AGVO6 AGC74 and so forth e Search by 7 System will fetch all the records whose CIF Number ends by numeric value 7 For Example AGC17 GSD267 AGC77 and so forth e Search by 17 System will fetch all the records whose CIF Number contains the numeric value 17 For Example GSD217 GSD172 AGC17 and so forth Editing CIF Address Record before Authorization You can modify the details of CIF Address parameters that you have already entered into the system provided it has not been subsequently authorized You can perform this operation as follows e Invoke the CIF Address Summary screen from the Browser e Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for modification in the Authorized field You can only modify records that are unauthorized Accordingly choose the Unauthorized
230. lder Name Fund ID Rule Effective Date Distribution Mode x ISIN Code Payment Percentage Policy Number Product ID Reinvestment Percentage Payment Currency Product Name Currency Name Payment Details EEEE Routing Details Reinvestment Details 1of1 Reinvestment Unit Holder ID Reinvestment Unit Holder Name Reinvestment Fund ID Split Percentage Input by DateTime Authorized by DateTime Mod No Open Authorized Reinvestment Unit Holder ID 12 Character Maximum Alphanumeric Optional Specify the ID of the unit holder in whose account the income is to be reinvested Sad ORACLE Reinvestment Unitholder Name When you select the ID of the reinvestment unit holder the name of the unit holder is displayed in the Reinvestment Unit Holder Name field The broker s default Unit Holder ID is displayed here If necessary you can change it Reinvestment Fund ID 6 Character Maximum Alphanumeric Optional Select the ID of the fund in which the income is to be reinvested Split Percentage Numeric Optional Specify the percentage of the derived income that is to be reinvested in the specified reinvestment unit holder s account in the specified reinvestment fund You can make any number of such entries specifying a percentage for each combination The sum total of all split percentages for all reinvestment unit holder reinvestment fund ID combinations you have specified must be equal to one hundred pe
231. lder Status Change Detail screen is displayed Select Authorize operation from Action When the checker authorizes a transaction details of validations if any that were overridden by the maker of the transaction during the Save operation are displayed If any of these overrides results in an error the checker must reject the transaction 4 10 7 Amending Status Change After a Unit holder Status Change record is authorized it can be modified using the Unlock operation from Action list To make changes to a record after authorization e Invoke the Unit Holder Status Change Summary screen from the Browser e Select the status of the record that you wish to retrieve for amendment You can only amend only authorized records aog ORACLE e Specify any or all of the details of the Unit Holder Status Change in the screen All records with the specified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen e Double click the record that you want to amend The Unit Holder Status Change Detail screen is displayed in Amendment mode Click the Unlock operation from the Action list to amend the record e Amend the necessary information Click the Save button to save the changes 4 10 8 Authorizing Amended Status Change 4 11 4 11 1 An amended Unit Holder Status Change record must be authorized for the amendment to be made effective in the system The authorization of amended records can only be done from Fund
232. lect Authorize operation from Action When the checker authorizes a transaction details of validations if any that were overridden by the maker of the transaction during the Save operation are displayed If any of these overrides results in an error the checker must reject the transaction Amending CIF Address Record for Customer After a CIF Address is authorized it can be modified using the Unlock operation from Action list To make changes to a transaction after authorization e Invoke the CIF Address Summary screen from the Browser e Select the status of the record that you wish to retrieve for amendment You can only amend only authorized records e Specify any or all of the details of the CIF Address in the screen All records with the specified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen e Double click the record that you want to amend The CIF Address Detail screen is displayed in Amendment mode Click the Unlock operation from the Action list to amend the record e Amend the necessary information Click the Save button to save the changes Authorizing Amended CIF Address Record for Customer An amended CIF Address record must be authorized for the amendment to be made effective in the system The authorization of amended records can only be done from Fund Manager Module and Agency branch Module The process of authorization is subsequently the same as that for normal transactions Aaa
233. lect the Maruyu Eligibility Status option and specify the date on which the eligibility status document was received as mandatory information This date is typically defaulted to the application date While specifying any changes to the non tax limits record during an amendment in this screen you can select the type of change document that has been received from the list The following options are available e Change Limit Status Select this option to indicate that the non tax limit has been legally revised and the document for the change has been received The changed limit must also be specified in the Sanctioned Limit field Note When a transfer transaction is entered for a unit holder with a non tax limits record the limit tracking for the amount is done based on the Average Cost and not the Transaction Base Price Therefore there could be a residual value for the non taxable holdings even if the actual number of units has come down to zero Only transfer by units All Units and percentage by 100 transactions may be entered for unit holders with non tax limits records Transfer transactions by amount cannot be entered for such unit holders in the case of change in status e Stop Using Status Select this option to indicate that the non tax limit has been withdrawn or stopped for the investor and the corresponding document to this effect this has been received The available limit must be set to zero in the Sanctioned Limit
234. list you can specify the city in the field provided alongside Zip Code 6 Characters Maximum Alphanumeric Optional Specify the zip code of the specified city of residence of the investor Fax Number 15 Character Maximum Alphanumeric Optional Enter the fax number of the investor Country Alphanumeric Optional Select the country in which the investor is domiciled from the drop down list E Mail 50 Characters Maximum Alphanumeric Optional Specify the Email address of the investor Telephone 1 2 15 Character Maximum Alphanumeric Optional Enter the contact telephone numbers of the investor Contact Person 40 Character Maximum Alphanumeric Optional For corporate investors enter the name of the contact person at the unit holder office Cell Phone Number 16 Characters Maximum Numeric Optional Specify the cell phone number of the investor Alternate Address Section The Alternate Address section captures the same details as the Correspondence Address tab as detailed above However you can specify a date range within which the alternate address would be in effect Address Line 1 2 Each line is 80 Character Maximum Alphanumeric Address Line 1 is Mandatory Specify the default postal address that is to be used for correspondence with the investor City 20 Character Maximum Alphanumeric Optional Specify the name of the city of residence of the investor You can select the city from the drop down list provi
235. lity Description Allow ROA at CIF Level No Default Broker Broker Name se Saal RN Language Country Of Domicile Description estia Substantial Stayin US No Input by DateTime Mod No Authorized by Open DateTime Authorized Account Currency Optional From the option list select the default account currency for the CIF customer Language Mandatory Specify the preferred language of the customer ais ORACLE Description Display Displays the description in the field Allow ROA at CIF Level Optional Check this box to indicate that Rights of Accumulation must be made applicable to all unit holders that will have an account under this CIF customer record Resident Status Optional Specify whether the customer is a resident or a foreigner Nationality Mandatory From the option list select the nationality of the customer Dual Nationality Alphanumeric Optional Select the dual nationality from the adjoining option list Description Display Displays the description in the field Country of Domicile Mandatory Select the country of domicile of the customer Substantial Stay in US Alphanumeric Optional Indicate your substantial stay in US from the adjoining drop down list the options available are e Yes e No Default Broker Optional From the option list select the default broker for the CIF customer Broker Name Enter the name of the broker ao ORACLE 2 2 11 7 Specifying I
236. ll records that are either unauthorized or authorized only by choosing the Unauthorized Authorized option Specify any or all of the details of the record in the corresponding fields on the screen and click Search button All records with the specified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen Double click the record that you want to view in the list of displayed records The Unit Holder IRRF Preference Detail screen is displayed in View mode Deleting IRRF Preferences for Investors You can delete only unauthorized records in the system To delete a record that you have previously entered Invoke the Unit Holder IRRF Preference Summary screen from the Browser Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for deletion Specify any or all of the details and click Search button All record with the specified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen Double click the record that you want to delete The Unit Holder IRRF Preference Detail screen is displayed Select Delete operation from the Action list The system prompts you to confirm the deletion and the record is deleted physically from the system database Authorizing IRRF Preferences for Investors An unauthorized Unit Holder IRRF Preference record must be authorized in the system for it to be processed To authorize a record Invoke the Unit Holder IRRF Preference Summary screen from the
237. main brokerage firm for this broker type State Address Line 4 20 Character Maximum Alphanumeric Optional Specify the state in which the city of residence of the main brokerage firm for this broker type is located Zip Code 6 Characters Maximum Alphanumeric Optional Specify the zip code of the specified city of residence of the main brokerage firm for this broker type Country Alphanumeric Optional Select the country in which the main brokerage firm for this broker type is domiciled from the drop down list Telephone 1 2 15 Character Maximum Alphanumeric Optional Enter the contact telephone numbers of the main brokerage firm for this broker type Cell Phone Number 16 Characters Maximum Numeric Optional Specify the cell phone number of the main brokerage firm for this broker type Fax Number 15 Character Maximum Alphanumeric Optional Enter the fax number of the main brokerage firm for this broker type E Mail 50 Characters Maximum Alphanumeric Optional Specify the Email address of the main brokerage firm for this broker type Contact Person 40 Character Maximum Alphanumeric Optional Specify the name of any contact person or official through whom communication with the main brokerage firm is possible Effective From Date Date Format Optional Specify the date that marks the beginning of the period for which the specified Correspondence address is valid Effective To Date Date Format Optional Sp
238. marked invalid After the transactions are allocated and the holdings of the unit holder in all the funds that have been transacted in are brought down to zero the status of the account is marked as Closed and the account is then no longer valid in the system 4 9 2 Before You Close Account You can close any unit holder account except in the following circumstances The account is an unauthorized account in any way The account closure facility applies only to authorized accounts There must not be any details whether new or amended pending authorization The agency branch from which the closure request is being made is not the one where the account was created An account can be closed only in the branch where it was opened 4 9 3 Fields in UnitHolder Status Change Detail Screen Invoke the UnitHolder Status Change Detail screen by typing UTDACCLS in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button UH Status Change Detail New 753 Enter Query Client Information Unit Holder ID AIC Status Date CIF Number Unit Holder Name Closure Remarks Find UH Closure Reference No UH Status Active Current Status Active Input by DateTime Authorized by DateTime Mod No Open Authorized Select New from the Actions menu in the Application tool bar or click new icon to enter the details in the screen ee ORACLE 4 9 3 1 Client Informati
239. ment Dtls tab to enter the details Unit Holder Maintenance Detail New 3 Enter Query CIF Number AIC Opening Date Investor Type Individual AMC ID DealingType AMC Description Dealing Type Category Fee Category Category Description Fee Category Desc Fee Sub Category Remarks Auth Rep ID Auth Rep ID Desc Unit Holder ID First Company Name Individual Dts Corporate Dtis Contact Dis Client Preferences ID Details Bank Dtis Intermediary Diis KYC Details IERIE Ad Info UH Signature Related f f Parties Document Details 1of1 Document ID Document Type Delivery Dtls Beneficiary Details Joint Holder Dtls Nominee Dtls Member Dtis Alternate Language Dtls Input by DateTime Mod No Authorized by Open DateTime Authorized Document ID Optional You can either enter the document id in this field or choose the document id from the option list Document Type Display When you enter or choose the document ID this field will be updated SAB ORACLE 3 3 7 4 3 3 7 5 Maintaining Add Info If the AMC has designated any additional information heads for investors you can indicate the relevant information applicable to the investor under each head in this section Click Add Info tab to enter the details Unit Holder Maintenance Detail New 5 Enter Query CIF Number AIC Opening Date Investor Type Individual AMC ID Dealing Type AMC Descrip
240. mmary screen from the Browser Specify any or all of the following details in the screen The status of the transaction in the Authorized field If you choose the blank space then both the authorized and the unauthorized status records will be retrieved for the specified criteria The status of the records in the Open field If you choose the blank space then all the records are retrieved The fund ID in the Fund ID field If you choose the blank space then all the records are retrieved The type of transaction in the Transaction Type field If you choose the blank space then all the records are retrieved The rule for standing instruction in the Rule for SI field Click Search button to view the records All records with the specified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen Double click the record that you want to modify in the list of displayed records The Fund UH Category Minimum Holding Period Detail screen is displayed Select Unlock operation from the Action list to modify the record Modify the necessary information Click Save to save your changes The Fund UH Category Minimum Holding Period Detail screen is closed and the changes made are reflected in the Fund UH Category Minimum Holding Period Summary screen 4 8 2 3 Deleting minimum holding period at Fund UH category transaction level You can delete only
241. mulated funds is reinvested For more information on how you can configure funds to maintain taxable and non taxable holdings for investors refer the chapter Setting up Fund Rules in Fund Manager User Manual ae ORACLE 4 5 3 4 5 3 1 For more information on how to designate a transaction as taxable or non taxable for eligible investors refer the chapter Processing Transaction Requests Fields in UH Non Tax Limits Detail screen Invoke the UH Non Tax Limits Detail screen by typing UTDUHNTX in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button UH Non Tax Limits Detail New 3 Enter Query Client Information First Name Unit Holder ID CIF Number System Limit Limit Currency Limit Amount Basic Details Allowed Limit Identification Details Sanction Status Active UH Info Change Status Document Received Date Date of death Non Taxable Limits For Accumulated Funds 1of1 o Fund ID Allowed Limit Utilized Limit Fund Base Currency Non Taxable Limits For Non Accumulated Funds Utilized Amount NonAcc Allowed Limit Input by DateTime Mod No Authorized by Open DateTime Authorized Select New from the Actions menu in the Application tool bar or click new icon to enter the details of the UH Non Tax Limits screen Client Information Section In this section select the ID of
242. mum Alphanumeric Mandatory Select the ID of the fund in which the income is to be reinvested The fund that you select here should be part of the same fund family as the fund from which the income was derived Split Percentage Numeric Mandatory Specify the percentage of the derived income that is to be reinvested in the specified reinvestment unit holder s account in the specified reinvestment fund You can make any number of such entries specifying a percentage for each combination The sum total of all split percentages for all reinvestment unit holder reinvestment fund ID combinations you have specified must be equal to one hundred percent ani ORACLE In this section you can define the option in which the investor can reinvest income earnings from the selected fund The investor can reinvest earned income in any of the following ways e Reinvest either in the investor s own unit holder account or another investor s account In the latter case the investor in whose account the reinvestment is proposed that is the Reinvestment Unit Holder must belong to the same AMC as the source investor e Reinvest the income in any other fund If the investor desires to do this the reinvestment fund must belong to the same fund family as the fund from which the income is derived e Reinvest the income in as many target fund unit holder combinations subject to the constraints expressed above This is again subject to the considerat
243. mum Alphanumeric Optional Specify the name of the designated consultant for the broker type Description 255 Characters Maximum Alphanumeric Mandatory Describe the broker type in a few words as applicable Payment Details Section In this section specify the frequency pattern for the payment of commission to any of the brokers that would be mapped to the broker type a ORACLE 5 2 2 3 Payment Frequency Mandatory Check the appropriate radio button to indicate whether a monthly or bimonthly frequency of payment is preferred for brokers under this broker type First Payment Date No Any numeric value between 1 and 31 Optional If the payment frequency you have indicated for the broker type is monthly indicate the date of every month on which the commission payment is to be processed for brokers under this broker type by choosing the appropriate day of the month from the list If the payment frequency you have indicated for the broker type is bimonthly indicate the date of every month on which the first commission payment is to be processed for brokers under this broker type by choosing the appropriate day of the month from the list Second Payment Date No Any numeric value between 1 and 31 Optional If the payment frequency you have indicated for the broker type is bimonthly indicate the date of every month on which the second commission payment is to be processed for brokers under this broker type by choosing the
244. must now be made level 4 brokers who are required to report to broker Bx To meet the requirement the following changes amendments must be done in the records of the brokers concerned Introduce broker Bx with parent broker as broker B111 and assign the level number 3 to this broker In the record of broker B1111 change the parent broker of broker B1111 to broker Bx and change the level number assigned to broker B1111 from 3 to 4 aap ORACLE Do likewise in the record of broker B1112 As a result of these amendments the new reporting structure would look like this B1 Level 0 B12 Level 1 B121 B122 Level 2 Level 2 B1211 Level 3 B11 Level 1 B111 B112 Level 2 Level 2 Bx B1121 B1122 Level 3 Level 3 Level 3 B1111 B1112 Level 4 Level 4 This structure reflects the desired changes Amending VAT Information You can amend a broker record so that the VAT information can be changed On authorization this amended record will affect the VAT payment portion for VAT registered brokers If the VAT Registered option is unchecked for future payments VAT will not be added Next Payment Date When you amend a broker record you can alter the Next Payment Date This possibility can be used in case a broker account is to be closed disabled permanently and the commission payable is to be paid out immediately Commission Information When you amend a broker record you can alter th
245. n by doing query in the following manner Press F7 Input the Unit Holder ID Press F8 You can perform Edit Delete Amend Authorize Reverse Confirm operation by selecting from the Action list You can also search the record by using combination of and alphanumeric value Example You can search the record for Unit Holder ID by using the combination of and alphanumeric value as follows 55 ORACLE e Search by A System will fetch all the records whose Unit Holder ID starts from Alphabet A For Example AGC17 AGVO6 AGC74 and so forth e Search by 7 System will fetch all the records whose Unit Holder ID ends by numeric value 7 For Example AGC17 GSD267 AGC77 and so forth e Search by 17 System will fetch all the records whose Unit Holder ID contains the numeric value 17 For Example GSD217 GSD172 AGC17 and so forth 4 7 4 Editing NPI Payment Preferences for Investors You can modify the details of UH NPI Preference parameters that you have already entered into the system provided it has not been subsequently authorized You can perform this operation as follows e Invoke the UH NPI Preference Summary screen from the Browser e Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for modification in the Authorization Status field You can only modify records that are unauthorized Accordingly choose the Unauthorized option e Specify any or all of the details in the
246. n is subsequently the same as that for normal transactions oe ORACLE 6 Function ID Glossary U UTDUHLOI 00 eee 4 31 UTDACCLS 4 63 4 64 UTDUHNP sirrien 4 53 UTDATREP cscsceseseseeeees 4 69 UTDUHNTX scccrnssesces 4 38 4 39 UTDBCYPR nosiai 5 33 UTDUHPRD nossen 3 71 UTDBRAIS ccccccsicvssecsveccseses 5 60 UTSACCLS ononon 4 66 UTDBRCOP oisein 5 67 UTSBCYPR trcciumetsundaaains 5 34 UTDBRKIR ooeeeeeseeeeeeeeee 5 40 UTSBRKIJR ossee 5 45 UTDBRKMN osioon 5 8 UTSBRKMN 0 ee 5 24 UTDBRKTY oniiir 5 1 UTSBRKTY scniciecanasidutins 5 5 UTDBRMIG eeeeeeeeee 5 37 UTSBRMIG osses 5 39 UTDCADD niisiis 2 19 UTSCADD witierrasisesatconaans 2 21 UTDCFNMP uu eee 2 24 UTSCFNMP sesueatiuaedivaasnaes 2 26 UTDCHPAY ja 5 62 UTSCUST occse 2 1 UTDCUST oiiire 2 7 UTSMINHL scarecrow diniiindes 4 61 UTDLOIPR noisier 4 28 UT SMINP Y scccrcrisscrcscesvensnes 5 69 UTDMINHL oooi 4 58 UTSNTPDE oseere 4 73 UTDMINPY jn 5 67 UTSUH cirmenis 3 54 UTDNTPDE ou eee 4 72 UTSUHDEL siesiticsetisiatueriscs 4 23 UTDTXBRM ou eee 5 32 UTSUHIDS onain 4 14 5 57 UTDUH oniiir 3 3 UTSUHIOF saiheccedaaisctouteisii 4 50 UTDUH DEOL k eann 4 18 UTSUHLOL siiis 4 33 UTDUHIDS oiee 4 1 UTSUHNP noses 4 55 UTDUHIOF oooi 4 48 UTSUHNTX noosa 4 43 UTSUHPRD uw eee 3 72 ca ORACLE Entities User Guide April 2014 Oracle Financial Services Software Limited Oracle Park Off Western Express Highway Goregaon East Mumbai Maharashtra 4
247. n or equal to 100 USD e Ifthe Commission payment currency is GBP then system transfers the money to the broker if the commission amount is greater than zero e If the minimum payment amount is not maintained for any of the currency then system will pay the broker if the commission amount is greater than zero System uses the default exchange rate for conversion FCIS Minimum Commission Payment Amount Maintenance Summary Screen You can invoke the FCIS Broker Currency Preference Summary screen by typing UTSMINPY in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button FCIS Min Comm Payment Amt Maintenance Summary Authorized Effective Date Advanced Search Reset Records per page 15 v 1 of 1 Authorized Open Effective Date Retrieving Minimum Commission Payment Amount Maintenance Sum mary You can retrieve a previously entered record in the Minimum Commission Payment Amount Maintenance Summary screen as follows e Specify any or all of the following details in the Minimum Commission Payment Amount Maintenance Summary screen Fpa ORACLE e The status of the transaction in the Authorization Status e The status of the record in the Open field If you choose the Blank Space option then all the records that involve the specified Minimum Commission Payment Amount are retrieved e Effective Date Click Search button to view the records
248. n or the IDS option for the investor or broker Income distribution options can be set up for both UT transactions and Policy transactions You can capture this option for any investor or broker for a combination of fund policy and product in the Oracle FLEXCUBE Investor Servicing system Setting Up Income Distribution Options for Investors Use the Income Distribution Setup Detail screen to set up the income distribution setup option for an investor You can invoke the Income Distribution Setup Detail screen by typing UTDUHIDS in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the 4 ORACLE adjoining arrow button Select New from the Actions menu in the Application tool bar or click new icon to enter the details of the Income Distribution Setup screen Income Distribution Setup New 5 Enter Query Client Information Unit Holder CIF Number DETAILS Fund ID Distribution Mode Payment Percentage Product ID Payment Currency Payment Detaits Reinvestment Details Routing Details Payment Mode Cheque Cheque Third Party Details Third Party Reference Address City Entity Details Entity Type Entity ID Broker Transfer Details Input by Authorized by DateTime DateTime Mod No Open Authorized In this screen you set up the IDS option by CIF Name Unit Holder Name Rule Effective Date ISIN Code Policy Number Reinvestment Perce
249. n the FCIS Broker Maintenance Summary screen as follows Invoke the FCIS Broker Maintenance Summary Screen from the Browser Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for viewing in the Authorized field You can also view all records that are either unauthorized or authorized only by choosing the Unauthorized Authorized option Specify any or all of the details of the record in the corresponding fields on the screen and click Search button All records with the specified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen 720 ORACLE e Double click the record that you want to view in the list of displayed records The FCIS Broker Maintenance Detail screen is displayed in View mode 5 3 9 Deleting Broker Records You can delete only unauthorized records in the system To delete a record that you have previously entered e Invoke the FCIS Broker Maintenance Summary screen from the Browser e Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for deletion e Specify any or all of the details and click Search button All records with the specified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen e Double click the record that you want to delete The FCIS Broker Maintenance Detail screen is displayed e Select Delete operation from the Action list The system prompts you to confirm the deletion and the record is deleted physically from the system data
250. n the day the merger is authorized ae ORACLE Note lf either the source or target broker is suspended or deceased then the system disables broker merger If source broker code is UK domiciled and target broker code is non UK domiciled or visa versa then the system displays the warning message as Source target broker is UK Domiciled Do you wish to continue 5 3 29 FCIS Broker Migration Summary Screen You can invoke the FCIS Broker Migration Summary screen by typing UTSBRMIG in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button FCIS Broker Migration Summary Source Broker ID z Destination Broker ID a Effective Date Advanced Search Reset Records per page 15 v 1 of 1 Source Broker ID Destination Broker ID Effective Date Status 5 3 30 Retrieving Broker Migration Summary You can retrieve a previously entered record in the Broker Migration Summary screen as follows e Specify any or all of the following details in the Broker Migration Summary screen e Source Broker Id e Destination Broker Id e Effective Date Click Search button to view the records All records with the specified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen Note You can also retrieve the individual record detail from the detail screen by doing query in the following manner Press F7 Input the Broker
251. n type of the nominee If the nominee is a valid Unit Holder the identification ID will be displayed PAN GIR Number Optional Specify the Permanent Account Number PAN of the nominees in the respective text boxes oe ORACLE Form 60 61 Available Optional Indicate whether Form 60 61 is available for the nominees in case they don t have a PAN Relation Optional Specify the relationship of the nominee with the unit holder If the nominee is a valid Unit Holder the relationship will be displayed Award Optional Specify the percentage of the investor s holdings that belongs to the nominee The award should sum up to 100 Address Optional Enter the address of the nominee E Mail Enter your e mail ID Contact Person Enter the contact person s name IBAN 36 Characters Only Alphanumeric Optional Specify the IBAN International Bank Account Number of the account holder For further information on the Bank Details screen refer The Bank Dtls Section under ID Dtls discussed later in this chapter FATCA Classification Display The system displays the FATCA classification type US Indicia Display The system defaults the US Indicia Available as Yes or No based on the existing UH CIF maintained If the existing UH CIF is Yes then the system defaults the US Indicia available If the existing UH CIF is No then the system displays the US Indicia available based on the country country of domicile and ban
252. nch Alphanumeric Mandatory From the list select the name of the branch of the bank in which the account is held Account Type Alphanumeric Mandatory From the list select the nature of the account held by the broker s21 ORACLE The list provides all account types that have been set up in the Account Type Maintenance records Account Number 15 Character Maximum Alphanumeric Mandatory Specify the number of the account held by the broker in the selected bank Account Name 60 Character Maximum Alphanumeric Mandatory Specify the name in which the broker holds the specified bank account By default the system reckons this to be the specified name of the broker and the same is displayed here It will be accepted into the database as the account holder s name if you do not specify any other Account Currency 3 Characters Maximum Alphanumeric Mandatory Select the currency of the bank accounts that you are designating for the broker You can maintain any number of accounts in each currency however you must designate one default bank account for each currency Note You can make commission payments where the commission currency is different from the broker bank account currency by selecting MCY option from the list of values for account currency Default Select Yes to identify the bank account that is to be reckoned as the default bank account for the broker in the system In the desired row check this bo
253. neeae 5 32 5 3 15 Fields in Transaction Broker Amendment Screen cccccececcetseeeeeeenees 5 32 5 3 16 Broker Payment Currency Preference s ssseeeiinseeeenseeerrrnnererrnneeeeen 5 33 5 3 17 Fields in Broker Payment Currency Preference Screen 5 34 5 3 18 FCIS Broker Currency Preference Summary Screen cceiisseeeeeenneeeea 5 34 5 3 19 Retrieving Broker Currency Preference Summary ecsccesseeeennneeeenneene 5 34 5 3 20 Editing Broker Currency Preference seesssessseensessnrnsrrnnerrrnrrnnnrrrererene 5 35 5 3 21 Viewing Broker Currency Preference c ccccce cence nee eeeeneetteeeetennees 5 36 5 3 22 Deleting Broker Currency PreferenCe csececcecceteteeeeeentteteeeeeneeeeeeeenaes 5 36 9 3 23 Authorizing Broker Currency Preference ccccccccseceecteenneeeeettnneeeeenetae 5 36 5 3 24 Amending Broker Currency Preference cccccccccetececeeetnteeeeeeetnneeeeeetaee 5 36 9 3 25 Authorizing Amended Broker Currency Preference cccccccsteeeeeeeeeee 5 37 93 20 Broker MOAI orrie EEA a A EAE kien E ee 5 37 5 3 27 Fields in Broker Migration Screen s eessssreserrrssrrinnrereerresnrrrrnnneeerrenne 5 38 5 3 28 Processing Broker M rg f ssseeersrrreesrrrrnrsrrrrrrrrrrennrrrnnnnreerrnsrernnnnnreannna 5 38 5 3 29 FCIS Broker Migration Summary Screen ou ccc cteeceenteeeeeteentteeeeteeenaes 5 39 5 3 30 Retrieving Broker Migration SummMary essssseesienseeeennneeernenneerr
254. ng arrow button UnitHolder Status Change Summary Authorized X Open v Unit Holder ID Closure Reference No GH Closure Remarks ai Advanced Search Records per page 15 v 1 of 1 Authorized Open Unit Holder ID Closure Remarks Closure Reference No CIF Number AIC Status Dats Retrieving Status Change You can retrieve a previously entered record in the UNIT HOLDER STATUS CHANGE Summary screen as follows e Specify any or all of the following details in the UNIT HOLDER STATUS CHANGE Summary screen e The status of the transaction in the Authorized field If you choose the Blank Space option then all the transactions that involve the specified unit holder are retrieved e The status of the Transaction in the Open field If you choose the Blank Space option then all the transactions that involve the specified unit holder are retrieved e The Unit Holder ID e The Closure Remarks oe ORACLE e The Closure Reference No Click Search button to view the records All records with the specified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen Note You can also retrieve the individual record detail from the detail screen by doing query in the following manner Press F7 Input the Unit Holder ID Press F8 You can perform Edit Delete Amend Authorize Reverse Confirm operation by selecting from th
255. nit Holder ID CIF Number NPI Payment No Unit Holder Name Remarks Input by DateTime Authorized by DateTime Mod No Open Authorized Select New from the Actions menu in the Application tool bar or click new icon to enter the details of the Unit Holder NPI Preference screen ea ORACLE 4 7 1 1 4 7 2 Unit Holder Dividend NPI Preference Section Unit Holder ID Mandatory Specify the ID of the unit holder for whom you are maintaining the NPI preferences in this screen The CIF number of the investor is displayed in the adjoining field CIF Number 9 Characters Maximum Alphanumeric Mandatory for closing a unit holder account under a CIF Account Select or specify the number of the CIF Account under which the unit holder whose account you are closing is found NPI Payment Optional If the investor opts to receive the NPI component as income then select Pay to Unit Holder in this field Unit Holder Name 12 Character Maximum Alphanumeric Mandatory Enter the name of CIF unit holder whose account you are closing Remarks 255 Characters Maximum Alphanumeric Optional You can enter any applicable narrative or descriptive text here Clik on the delete icon to delete a record Click on the add icon to add a record Click Cancel button after entering the records Operations on UH NPI Payment Preferences Records before Authoriza tion After you setup the NPI preferences for an investor in th
256. nnnneennne 5 39 5 3 31 Viewing Broker Migration seesesrinnesrrrrnnerrrnnerrnnnnnnrnrnnnerrrnnnnrennnnnnnenna 5 40 Accounting Journals for BrokersS sseessseeiisseerrssserrrestttrrsssttrrnsstttnnsstennnnsenna 5 40 5 4 1 Maintaining Accounting Journal for BrOKel ccccccceeeeteteeeeetnteeeeeeteee 5 40 5 4 2 Fields in Broker Journal Detail Screen ecccccccecteteceentteeeeeeeenteeteeeeenaes 5 41 5 4 3 Operations on Accounting Journal Entries for BroKeYrs 00cccccccieeee 5 45 5 4 4 Retrieving Journal Entry in Broker Journal Summary screen 22 5 45 945 Editing JOUMALENUY ssi reorin eissir iieii iea erida de dentetincduviegadededsnaded eve 5 46 9 4 6 Viewing Journal ENUY iriiri A AE RE E AO A 5 46 5 4 7 Deleting Journal Entry arso irrin nA Ee ERE OSSEE ETER 5 47 5 4 8 Authorizing Journal Entry rariiisissiriiniieneiiisin irnirenniknriines iaaa iiai erinin di 5 47 Income Distribution Patterns for Broker sseesesssesrirssseerrsssrerrrssrrirrssrrrrrrssrrennss 5 47 5 5 1 Setting Up Income Distribution Options for Brokers 2 ccccccccceeeeneees 5 48 5 5 2 Fields in Income Distribution Setup Detail Screen 2 ccceseseeeees 5 49 5 5 3 Operations on Income Distribution Setup records before Authorization 5 56 5 5 4 Retrieving Income Distribution Setup Options for Brokers 1 0000 5 57 5 5 5 Editing Income Distribution Setup Options for Brokers 221 00c ee 5 58 5 5 6 Vie
257. ns made to a unit holder account under a CIF through an Information Change operation might require to be replicated to all unit holder accounts under the CIF Oracle FLEXCUBE Investor Servicing provides the facility of configuring the system so that automatic replication could be achieved through automatic replication templates When an information change to a unit holder account under a CIF is authorized a template for automatic replication could be chosen Any changes that have been made through Information Change to any of the fields defined in the template are replicated to all unit holder accounts belonging to the CIF when the Information Change is authorized The replication occurs at the level defined for the template CIF level changes made to CIF fields are replicated or Identification Type level changes made to Identification Type fields are replicated Template ID Optional Select the automatic replication template that is to be used for replication of changes made to the unit holder account through Information Change to all unit holder accounts belonging to the CIF Any changes that have been made through Information Change to any of the fields defined in the template are replicated to all unit holder accounts belonging to the CIF when the Information Change is authorized The replication occurs at the level defined for the template CIF level changes made to CIF fields are replicated or Identification Type level ch
258. nsaction Broker Amendment details You can invoke this screen by typing UTDTXBRM in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Transaction Broker Amendment New 753 Enter Query Transaction Broker Amendment Old Broker Code Transaction Option UT New Broker Code Transaction Number Broker Name Input by DateTime Authorized by DateTime Mod No Open Authorized Note The screen restricts to modify transactions linked with single broker For multiple brokers scenario you can reverse and recapture the transaction Select New from the Actions menu in the Application tool bar or click new icon to enter the details of the Transaction Broker Amendment screen Fields in Transaction Broker Amendment Screen Transaction Option Select UT or Policy Transactions for amendment of Broker s information one ORACLE 5 3 16 Transaction Number Enter UT transaction number or policy transaction number for amendment of Broker s information Old Broker Code This displays Old Broker New Broker Code Enter the New Broker Code On authorization of the changes to the broker details e The system checks if the transaction is reversed or not The system allows only non reversed transactions for broker change e The system internally corrects the broker s information for transaction and allocation related data stores and provides an internal lo
259. nsaction that you want to retrieve for viewing in the Authorized field You can also view all records that are either unauthorized or authorized only by choosing the Unauthorized Authorized option Specify any or all of the details of the transaction in the corresponding fields on the screen and click Search button All records with the specified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen Double click the record that you want to view in the list of displayed records The INCOME DISTRIBUTION SETUP Detail screen is displayed in View mode 4 2 7 Deleting Income Distribution Setup Record You can delete only unauthorized records in the system To delete a record that you have previously entered Invoke the INCOME DISTRIBUTION SETUP Summary screen from the Browser Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for deletion 10 ORACLE Specify any or all of the details and click Search button All records with the specified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen Double click the record that you want to delete The INCOME DISTRIBUTION SETUP Detail screen is displayed Select Delete operation from the Action list The system prompts you to confirm the deletion and the record is deleted physically from the system database 4 2 8 Authorizing Income Distribution Setup An unauthorized Income Distribution Setup must be authorized in the system for it
260. nt Account No Joint Holder Type Primary ERI corporate tis Corr Address Diis PermanentRegistration Address Client Preferences Identification Dtis Alternate Language Dtis CUSTOMER INDIVIDUAL First Name Sex Female Middle Name Date Of Birth Last Name Country of Birth Title Description Minor Father Spouse Name Guardian Name Beneficiary Relationship Marital Status Description Input by DateTime Mod No Authorized by Open DateTime Authorized Select New from the Actions menu in the Application tool bar or click new icon to enter the details of the Customer Maintenance Screen Customer Maintenance Section Customer No Display Only The customer number that you specified for the new CIF customer in the New Customer No screen is displayed here Customer Category Mandatory Specify the investor tax category corresponding to the CIF customer Use the option list to make your choice Customer Type Mandatory Indicate whether the customer is an individual corporate or bank customer by checking the appropriate radio button in this field Fee Category Alphanumeric Optional From the list provided select the fee category to be deemed applicable for the customer whose account you are creating at ORACLE 2 2 11 2 Fee Sub Category Alphanumeric Optional From the list provided select the fee subcategory to be deemed applicable for the customer whose account you are creating Joint Account Mandatory S
261. ntage Product Name Currency Name Find UH Payment Type US State Non US State ZIP Code Entity Name Branch Alc Ccy Alc Holder Name IBAN e Specifying the investor for whom the option is being set up by indicating the CIF account associated with the unit holder or the unit holder ID Note Income distribution options are only set up at a unit holder account level and not at a CIF account level Specifying the fund for which the option is applicable in the Fund ID field You can also specify the ISIN Code for the fund For LEP transactions you can specify a combination of fund policy and product for which the option is applicable The option you will set up will be applied only for dividend earnings on the fund combination of fund product and policy you select here Specifying the mode of distribution in the Distribution Mode field Specifying the percentages that represent the portions of dividend earnings to be paid and reinvested as desired by the investor in the Payment Percentage and Reinvestment Percentage fields 4 2 ORACLE 4 2 2 4 2 2 1 4 2 2 2 Specifying the payment details for the paid portion in the Payment Details section and the reinvestment details for the reinvestment portion in the Reinvestment Details section Saving your changes Fields in the UH IDS Setup Detail Screen Client Information Section In this section select the
262. nvestors The investors in turn will instruct the tax that has to be deducted Accordingly the system will deduct the tax rate specified by the investor instead of the tax slab that is maintained in the Withholding Tax Setup screen Refer to the chapter Maintaining Reference Information for details on maintaining tax slabs Based on the tax directive submitted by the investor at the UH level the UH deal for the tax load will be maintained e Tax Instructions Tax Instructions is the tax rate suggested by the investors to deduct the tax However the system will compare the suggested tax rate with that of the tax slabs maintained If the value of the suggested tax rate is lower than the maintained tax slab the system can apply the higher value of the tax rate Note The tax directive or the tax instruction is at the policy level and not at the UH level Load Group ID Alphanumeric Mandatory if the deal is to be applied for all funds in a load group Load Group Level From the list select the load group for which the deal would apply for the selected unit holder For all transactions for the selected unit holder in any fund belonging to this load group that occur between the deal start and end dates the deal will be applied on the selected load Load ID Alphanumeric Mandatory From the list select the load for which you want to specify the new return value as required for the deal For all transactions for the
263. ny time e Setup different investment preferences for the investor as and when requested Whenever an investor requests for a transaction the system uses the unit holder account as the identification for the investor while putting the transaction through The effect of the transaction on the balance holdings of the investor in a fund is also reflected in the account Identifying Unit Holder Account in System The unit holder account that is maintained for an investor in the system database can be uniquely identified in the system by the following two identifiers The Reference Number The reference number is a unique alphanumeric identifier for the account It could be the serial number that is given on the application form through which the investor has invested in the AMC It could also be any alphanumeric value given by the AMC or the investor to identify the account The reference number can be used to query the database for information regarding the account The Unit Holder ID or Number Like the reference number the unit holder ID is also a unique alphanumeric identifier for the account Either you can specify the unit holder ID or it can be generated by the system when you create the account and enter all the necessary details into the system The unit holder ID has a generation logic that can be defined by the AMC for each of its branches Thus the unit holder ID is the most important identifier for the account in the system
264. ny transactions of the investor You cannot alter the status displayed in this field at any juncture Operations on Letter of Intent Options Records before Authorization After you set up the Letter of Intent options for an investor in the UH LOI Setup Detail screen you can perform any of the following operations before the record is authorized e Edit the specified options in the setup At this stage you can alter any of the details e Delete the setup To perform either operation use the Unit Holder LOI Setup Summary screen You can invoke this screen by typing UTSUHLOI in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button oa ORACLE 4 4 8 The following screen is invoked Summary Authorized Open UHIDI CIF No H Apply At LOI Start Date A LOI End Date e LOI Currency B Group ID aa Advanced Search Reset Records per page 15 v 101 Authorized Open UHID CIF No ApplyAt LOIStartDate LOIEndDate LOIAmount LOI Currency Group Retrieving LOI Setup Options for Investor You can retrieve a previously entered record in the UH LOI Summary screen as follows 2 Specify any or all of the following details in the UH LOI Summary screen e The status of the transaction in the Authorized field If you choose the Blank Space option then all the records that involve the specified unit holder are retrieved e The status of the r
265. o the Payment Percentage field is ii ORACLE locked with a default non editable value of one hundred percent displayed and the Reinvestment Percentage field is locked with a default non editable value of zero percent displayed Ifyou have chosen the distribution mode in this field as Full Reinvestment or Both and the reinvestment fund has a restriction on the nationality of the investor as maintained in the Fund Residency Restriction list then reinvestment is not al lowed at all For some funds the option of allowing the investor to decide the income distribution mode is restricted The default distribution mode specified in the fund rules is considered for such funds and an investor cannot decide the same at account level by making a specification in this field Payment Percentage Alphanumeric Optional Mandatory if distribution mode is either Both or Full Payment Specify the percentage of income earned that the investor prefers to receive by way of payment e Ifthe distribution mode chosen is Both specify a percentage that is below one hundred percent e Ifthe distribution mode chosen is Full Payment this field contains one hundred percent as a default value If so you cannot specify any other value e Ifthe distribution mode chosen is Full Reinvestment and the reinvestment is disallowed for the selected fund this field contains one hundred percent as a default value If so you cannot change it P
266. ocess and maintain details of commission payments to brokers This chapter deals with all aspects of maintaining brokers their hierarchies and processing commission payments in the system Broker Types In Oracle FLEXCUBE Investor Servicing you can create groups of brokers with common characteristics such as the following e Frequencies at which commission payment is received e Common consultants e Common contact details These group sets are known as broker types Therefore a broker type is a set of characteristics such as commission payment frequencies common consultants and contact details which you expect to be common to a group of brokers for whom you want to maintain records in the database Broker types are typically relevant in the case of brokerage firms with many individual brokers operating under them They are also relevant in the case of countries where the tax is different based on the broker type that is the tax for an individual broker is different from the tax charged from the corporate broker Setting up Broker Types To set up a broker type use the Broker Type Detail screen You can invoke this screen by typing UTDBRKTY in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Specify the following mandatory information to set up a broker type 1 A code that will uniquely identify the broker type in the Broker Type field 2 Descriptive text a
267. oker and then it will not be available for the new business Also the system will check if the broker is associated with any active UH accounts SI or policy If yes the system displays the following message Broker has pending transactions business in the system and broker status is marked as Pending closure While the Broker is in Pending Status any commission earned from Debit Orders is paid but the Broker Code is not available for any new business A broker whose record in the system is disabled cannot be designated for an investor or for any transactions and commission payments for the broker will also not be processed or paid out Note You can re enable the disabled broker if the broker is disabled by mistake Held From Select the Held From date Global Intermediary Identification Number Alphanumeric Optional Specify the global intermediary identification number Tax ID Alphanumeric Optional Specify the tax identification Employer ID Number Alphanumeric Optional Specify the employer ID number Tax Certificate Effective Date Date Format Optional Specify the date from which the tax certificate is effective ote ORACLE Tax Certificate Expiry Date Date Format Optional Specify the expiry date of the tax certificate Tax Circle Alphanumeric Optional Select the tax circle country from the adjoining option list FATCA Classification Display The system displays the FATCA classific
268. ol bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Unit Holder LO Setup Detail New 453 Enter Query UHIDICIF No First Name Apply At UH Level v LOI Number LOI End Date LOI Start Date Prior Period Duration Prior Period Applicable LOI Amount LOI Currency Include Standing Instructions No v Currency Name Remarks Group ID LOI Status Active Used up Amount Input by DateTime Authorized by DateTime Mod No Open Authorized Select New from the Actions menu in the Application tool bar or click new icon to enter the details of the Unit Holder LOI Setup screen UHD CIFNo 9 Characters Maximum Alphanumeric Mandatory for setting up Letter of Intent options for a unit holder under a CIF Account From the list select the CIF unit holder for whom you are creating the Letter of Intent options When you specify the CIF Number the name of the corresponding CIF Account is retrieved from the database and displayed alongside the field All the unit holder accounts under the CIF Account that you have selected are listed in the drop down list in the Unit Holders for CIF field First Name 12 Character Maximum Alphanumeric Mandatory Specify the ID of the non ClF unit holder for whom you are setting up the Letter of Intent options in this screen The First Name of the unit holder that you select is displayed alongside the field ot ORACLE Apply At Optional Check this box to indicate that t
269. older Deal Detail screen is closed and the changes made are reflected in the Unitholder Deal Summary screen 4 3 6 Viewing Deals for Investors To view a record that you have previously entered you must retrieve the same in the Unitholder Deal Summary screen as follows Invoke the Unitholder Deal Summary Screen from the Browser Select the status of the transaction that you want to retrieve for viewing in the Authorized field You can also view all records that are either unauthorized or authorized only by choosing the Unauthorized Authorized option Specify any or all of the details of the transaction in the corresponding fields on the screen and click Search button All records with the specified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen Double click the record that you want to view in the list of displayed records The Unitholder Deal Detail screen is displayed in View mode 4 3 7 Deleting Deals for Investors You can delete only unauthorized records in the system To delete a record that you have previously entered 4 24 ORACLE 4 3 8 4 3 9 4 3 10 e Invoke the Unitholder Deal Summary screen from the Browser e Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for deletion e Specify any or all of the details and click Search button All records with the specified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen e Double click the recor
270. om the Action list You can also search the record by using combination of and alphanumeric value Example You can search the record for Entity ID by using the combination of and alphanumeric value as follows Search by A System will fetch all the records whose Entity ID starts from Alphabet A For Example AGC17 AGVO6 AGC74 and so forth Search by 7 System will fetch all the records whose Entity ID ends by numeric value 7 For Example AGC17 GSD267 AGC77 and so forth Search by 17 System will fetch all the records whose Entity ID contains the numeric value 17 For Example GSD217 GSD172 AGC17 and so forth 5 5 5 Editing Income Distribution Setup Options for Brokers You can modify the details of INCOME DISTRIBUTION SETUP parameters that you have already entered into the system provided it has not been subsequently authorized You can perform this operation as follows Invoke the INCOME DISTRIBUTION SETUP Summary screen from the Browser Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for modification in the Authorization Status field You can only modify records that are unauthorized Accordingly choose the Unauthorized option Specify any or all of the details in the corresponding fields to retrieve the record that is to be modified All unauthorized records with the specified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen Double click the record that you want to
271. on Section Unit Holder ID 12 Character Maximum Alphanumeric Mandatory Specify the ID of the non ClF unit holder whose account you are closing The name of the unit holder that you select is displayed alongside the field CIF Number 9 Characters Maximum Alphanumeric Mandatory for closing a unit holder account under a CIF Account Select or specify the number of the CIF Account under which the unit holder whose account you are closing is found CIF Name When you specify the CIF Number the name of the corresponding CIF Account is retrieved from the database and displayed alongside the field All the unit holder accounts under the CIF Account that you have selected are listed in the drop down list in the Unit Holders for CIF field Unit Holder Name 12 Character Maximum Alphanumeric Mandatory Enter the name of CIF unit holder whose account you are closing Closure Remarks 255 Characters Alphanumeric Mandatory Specify the reason for closing the account Closure Reference No 12 Character Maximum Alphanumeric Mandatory Specify the reference number of the unit holder account that you are closing AIC Status Date Display Only The application date is displayed in this field and is reckoned to be the date on which the account closure request is entered You cannot change it at any juncture UH Status Alphanumeric Optional Specify the status for the unit holder whose account is being processed The statuses are e A
272. on to view the records All records with the specified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen Note You can also retrieve the individual transaction detail from the CIF Address detail screen by doing query in the following manner Press F7 Input the CIF Number Press F8 You can perform Edit Delete Amend Authorize Reverse Confirm operation by selecting from the Action list You can also search the record by using combination of and alphanumeric value Aab ORACLE Example You can search the record for CIF Number by using the combination of and alphanumeric value as follows e Search by A System will fetch all the records whose CIF Number starts from Alphabet A For Example AGC17 AGVO6 AGC74 and so forth e Search by 7 System will fetch all the records whose CIF Number ends by numeric value 7 For Example AGC17 GSD267 AGC77 and so forth e Search by 17 System will fetch all the records whose CIF Number contains the numeric value 17 For Example GSD217 GSD172 AGC17 and so forth 2 4 2 Editing CIF Address Fund Record before Authorization You can modify the details of CIF Address Fund parameters that you have already entered into the system provided it has not been subsequently authorized You can perform this operation as follows e Invoke the CIF Address Fund Summary screen from the Browser e Select the status of the recor
273. ons Spa ORACLE 3 3 18 3 3 19 4 Pause all standing instructions 5 Deduct all dividend tax 6 Dividend reinvestment only 7 Allow all subscription Stop all subscription trans Warning transactions actions 8 Allow all Switch Out Stop all Switch Out Trans Warning transactions actions 9 Allow all Transfer Out Stop all Transfer Out Warning transactions transactions 10 Allow all Switch In Stop all Switch In transac Warning transactions tions 11 Allow all Transfer In Stop all Transfer In trans Warning transactions actions 12 Dividend payout only The 6 bit will take precedence over the 12 bit if the value of both is specified as 1 The remaining 8 characters in the stop account code are not currently used and are reserved for future usage Maintaining IRS Notifications on Unit Holder Account An IRS notification is typically issued on a unit holder account in the event of non payment of tax or due to incorrect reporting of the Tax ID You can capture the IRS notification by performing an information change on the unit holder account In the Client Preferences section select the notification that is applicable in the IRS Notification field If the notification pertains to an incorrect reporting of Tax ID select it from the drop down list If the notification pertains to non payment of tax select the option Under Reporting When this notificat
274. ons in the Transfer Transaction rule namely Transfer Out and Transfer In As per the Transfer Transaction rule Transfer Out follows Redemption Transaction Rule and Transfer In follows Subscription Transaction Rule During the Unit Holder Amendment if you change the Correspondence address or the last name the system would reset the KYC You need to manually set it again However a warning message will be put up before resetting The following information needs to be entered in the KYC Dtls in the UH Maintenance screen e KYC Purchase Limit e KYC Annual Debit Order Limit Saa ORACLE 3 3 16 4 System Validations Type of Transaction System Validation Policy Capture If Initial Investment is available within the KYC Redemption Period then warning message will be displayed else the condi tions specified below should be checked If there are any top ups exceeding the KYC Purchase Limit warning message will be displayed If there is any active Policy Premium whose annualized amount exceeds KYC Annual Debit Order Limit then warning message will be displayed Policy Top Up If the client is not KYC compliant and Product is KYC applicable Top Up Investment lt KYC Purchase Limit Policy SI Gener ation No Validation and premium annuities would generate irrespec tive of the KYC checks Subscription If client is not KYC compliant Subscription Amount lt KYC Pur chase Lim
275. oose this option you must indicate the broker to which the payment must be made Third Party Details Section Note The payment of income to a third party i e a bank account that is not the investor account or a check that is not in favor of the investor can be made only if such an installation level option is available Third Party Reference Alphanumeric Mandatory for Third Party payment Specify the name or reference of the third party for which the check instrument must be made out Address Alphanumeric Mandatory for Third Party payment Specify the address of the third party for which the check instrument must be made out Zip Code Alphanumeric Mandatory for Third Party payment Specify the zip code of the city of residence of the third party for which the check instrument must be made out City Alphanumeric Mandatory for Third Party payment Select the city of residence of the third party for which the check instrument must be made out US State Non US State Alphanumeric Mandatory for Third Party payment Select the state of residence of the third party for which the check instrument must be made out if the state is a US state ga ORACLE 4 2 2 5 4 2 2 6 Entity Details Section Entity Type Display If the payment check or transfer is being made to a broker and you have chosen the Entity option the Broker entity type is displayed in this field Entity ID
276. or a transaction in a fund e The date of the entry in the Entry Date field e A unique reference number for the journal entry in the Reference Number field e The currency for the journal entry in the Journal Currency field e The payables or receivables resulting from the transaction in the Payables and Receivables fields e Whether the entry is to be deemed an adjustment entry as indicated in the Adjustment Entry field e Any applicable descriptive or narrative text qualifying the entry in the Remarks field e The details of the mode of payment in the Payment Details section After you have specified this data save your changes by clicking the Save button at the end of the screen You must have another user to authorize a journal entry for the same to be reflected in the database 5 4 2 Fields in Broker Journal Detail Screen Broker Journal Detail New 5 Enter Query Journal Txn Number Reference Number Entry Date Journal Type Payment Details Broker Broker Name Product ID Product Name Fund ID Fund Name Short ISIN Code Unit Holder ID Transaction Number Unit Holder Name Journal Currency Receivables Payables Adjustment Entry No Remarks Currency Name Payment Details Payment Mode Cheque IBAN Bank Branch Cheque Number Cheque Date Account Currency Account Type Account Number Maintained Bank Accounts Input by DateTime Authorized by DateTime Mod No Open Authorized S
277. or the investor This amount must not be higher than the total sanctioned limit across all funds which you specified in the Basic Details section in this screen The sum of the allowed limits for each accumulated fund must not exceed that portion of the total sanctioned limit available for accumulated funds Identification Details Alphanumeric Mandatory Select the type of identification document that is being provided for the non tax limits option being set up for the unit holder The identification could be provided as any of the following documents e Nominee Document e Handicap Document e Death Certificate Sanction Status Display Only At any given date after you set up the non tax limits for an investor in this screen the value displayed in this field reflects the status of the same When you are creating the non tax limit options for the investor for the first time the Active option is displayed in this field If you have cancelled the non tax limit through an amendment the Cancel option is displayed in this field In this state the limit is no longer valid and will not be validated for during any transactions of the investor You cannot alter the status displayed in this field at any juncture an ORACLE UH Info Change Status Alphanumeric The Maruyu Eligibility Status option is mandatory while setting up a new non tax record While setting up a new non tax limits record in this screen you must se
278. ord for Customer An amended CIF Address Fund record must be authorized for the amendment to be made effective in the system The authorization of amended records can only be done from Fund Manager Module and Agency branch Module The process of authorization is subsequently the same as that for normal transactions 2an ORACLE 3 1 3 2 3 Managing Investor Accounts Maintaining Customer Information Each individual or company that transacts with your bank becomes your customer In the Oracle FLEXCUBE Investor Servicing FCIS system a customer information file or CIF is maintained for each customer A customer may desire to invest in the funds of the AMC and have an investment account In such a case an investment account known as a unit holder account is maintained for such customers A customer can have more than one investment account A customer account or a CIF account is created in the FC IS system in either of the following ways 1 At installations where the Oracle FLEXCUBE Corporate FCC and Oracle FLEXCUBE Retail FCR applications are also present an interface is defined between either or both of these applications and FC IS The CIF account for the customer is created in either of these applications Whenever a CIF account is authorized with investment details in either FCC or FCR systems the interface propagates the details of the CIF account to the FC IS system where an initial single unit hold
279. ord that you want to view in the list of displayed records The UH Category Parameter screen is displayed a8 ORACLE e Select Delete operation from the Action list The system prompts you to confirm the deletion and the record is deleted physically from the system database 3 6 1 3 Authorizing UH Category Parameter Details Apart from the maker someone else must authorize an unauthorized broker deal in the system for it to be processed To authorize a record e Invoke the UH Category Parameter Summary screen from the Browser e The status of the transaction in the Authorized field Choose the Unauthorized status e Click Search button to view the records All the records with the specified details that are pending authorization are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen e Select the Authorization operation from the Action list to authorize the selected record oS ORACLE 4 1 4 2 4 2 1 4 Setting up Investor Preferences Introduction After you have created an authorized unit holder account for an investor you can set up any or all of the following investment preferences for the same as and when requested e Setting up of income distribution options for a combination of funds policy and products the investor has invested in e Specifying the applicability of the Letter of Intent facility at the investor s behest e Setting up a negotiated deal for th
280. ords whose Broker Type starts from Alphabet A For Example AGC17 AGVO6 AGC74 and so forth e Search by 7 System will fetch all the records whose Broker Type ends by numeric value 7 For Example AGC17 GSD267 AGC77 and so forth e Search by 17 System will fetch all the records whose Broker type contains the numeric value 17 For Example GSD217 GSD172 AGC17 and so forth 5 2 5 Editing Broker Types You can modify the details of Broker Type parameters that you have already entered into the system provided it has not been subsequently authorized You can perform this operation as follows e Invoke the Broker Type Summary screen from the Browser e Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for modification in the Authorization Status field You can only modify records that are unauthorized Accordingly choose the Unauthorized option e Specify any or all of the details in the corresponding fields to retrieve the record that is to be modified All unauthorized records with the specified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen e Double click the record that you want to modify in the list of displayed transactions The Broker Type Detail screen is displayed e Select Unlock Operation from Action list to modify the record Modify the necessary information e Click Save to save your changes The Broker Type Detail screen is closed and the changes made are reflected in
281. ory level is independent of checking minimum holding period at fund level Example Case 1 Inflow involves transactions like subscriptions switch in SI etc Current Redemption Transaction Date 10 May 2008 Minimum Holding Period at Fund UH Category 30 Last inflow transaction date for this Fund 18 Apr 2008 No of Days elapsed from date of last inflow transaction 10 May 08 18 Apr 08 22 Since the difference between last inflow date of the transaction and the current transaction date is less than Minimum Holding period the system triggers a warning message There are some inflow transactions with in the Minimum Holding Period This transaction is saved only if the warning is accepted If the number of days elapsed from the date of last inflow transaction to current redemption transaction date is more than the minimum holding period defined at Fund UH Category for redemption transaction type the system will save the transaction without the above warning message Case 2 Inflow is only because of SI transaction Rule for SI set up in new maintenance First SI Transaction Date The First SI subscription date for this fund 10 Apr 2008 Current Normal Redemption transaction date 05 May 2008 Minimum Holding Period for the Fund UH Cat 30 Whether any inflow transactions other than SI No No of Days elapsed from the first SI subscription transaction date 05 May 08 10 Apr 08 25 Since the difference between last inflow date of t
282. ou can cancel the applicability of the options by choosing the Cancel option in the LOI Status field and saving your changes If you do so then the Letter of Intent is invalid and will not be validated for during subsequent transactions for the investor Authorizing Amended LOI Setup Options for Investor An amended UH LOI record must be authorized for the amendment to be made effective in the system The authorization of amended records can only be done from Agency branch Module The process of authorization is subsequently the same as that for normal transactions Non Tax Limits for Tax Exemption Eligible Investors In some cases investors can avail of tax exemption on their holdings in funds up to certain prescribed limits based on their eligibility for these exemptions The limits would apply to holdings in both accumulated and non accumulated funds Whenever the prescribed limits are exceeded the excess holdings would be subject to taxation Example Let us suppose that an investor Mr Robert Brown is eligible for exemption on tax to a limit of 100000 USD on all his holdings in the AMC in the following pattern Limit in accumulated funds 20000 USD Limit in non accumulated funds 80000 USD Mr Brown is eligible up to the following limits in the following accumulated funds Carey Bugle Memorial Fund 10000 USD Eastern Capital Income Fund 10000 USD This would mean that if his investment holdings in any of thes
283. ou select the broker as a parent broker for an other broker Level Number Display Only When you specify the code and the parent broker for the new broker the level number of the new broker in the broker hierarchy structure is displayed here by the system If you specified the code of the new broker itself as the parent broker code i e the new broker has no parent broker the level number displayed is zero and so on Use Broker Type Payment Details Optional If you have designated the new broker to be identified under a selected broker type in the system then you can designate that the frequency of payment identified for the broker type be applicable by default to the new broker too To do so check this box ol ORACLE Hold Back Payment Optional Check this box to indicate that commission payments to the new broker must be held back and not paid out The commission payment will be held back and not paid out until the tax liability of the broker falls below the commission earned for a tax year Broker Disable Status Optional Select the broker status from the given option The broker status is displayed as a label below Broker Disable Status drop down Select Yes to indicate that the broker whose record you are creating is disabled If the broker disable status is selected as Yes then the Broker is marked as Pending Closure on save The broker needs to be authorized to incorporate the status change of the br
284. ount number of the beneficiary Beneficiary Code Specify the code of the beneficiary Beneficiary Info Enter more information about the beneficiary Intermediary Details Intermediary Specify the intermediary detail Intermediary Add 1 Specify the intermediary address There are three lines available for the same Intermediary BIC Code Specify the BIC code of the Intermediary Intermediary Acct No Specify the account number of the Intermediary Intermediary Code Specify the code of the Intermediary Intermediary Info Enter more information about the Intermediary Save all the details to proceed or click cancel button to cancel the operation Operations on Income Distribution Setup records before Authorization After you set up the IDS options for a broker in the Broker IDS Setup Detail screen you can perform any of the following operations before the record is authorized e Edit the specified options in the setup At this stage you can alter any of the details e Delete the setup a 80 ORACLE 5 5 4 To perform either operation use the Income Distribution Setup Summary screen You can access this screen by typing UTSUHIDS in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Income Distribution Setup Summary Authorized Open Unit Holder ai Entity Type a Product ID a Policy Number a Fund ID al
285. ously entered you must retrieve the same in the Customer Maintenance Summary screen as follows e Invoke the Customer Maintenance Summary Screen from the Browser e Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for viewing in the Authorized field You can also view all records that are either unauthorized or authorized only by choosing the Unauthorized Authorized option e Specify any or all of the details of the record in the corresponding fields on the screen and click Search button All records with the specified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen e Double click the record that you want to view in the list of displayed records The Customer Maintenance Detail screen is displayed in View mode 2 2 5 Deleting CIF Profile before Authorization You can delete only unauthorized records in the system To delete a record that you have previously entered e Invoke the Customer Maintenance Summary screen from the Browser e Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for deletion e Specify any or all of the details and click Search button All records with the specified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen e Double click the record that you want to delete The Customer Maintenance Detail screen is displayed e Select Delete operation from the Action list The system prompts you to confirm the deletion and the record is delete
286. payout and the option above has been chosen the system e Pays out the cash portion to the investor even if it is less than the Minimum amount for Payment threshold e Generates a single re investment transaction for the full dividend income Note The dividend amount paid to the investor is in cash and net of tax If Standing Payment Instructions SPI exist for an investor the system uses the bank details specified here to generate the money transfer If not the system issues a cheque Specifying Payment Details In this section you can define the option in which the investor can receive income earnings in the form of payment The investor can receive the payment income either in the form of checks or through account transfers If you have chosen either Both or Full Payment as the distribution mode you must specify all information in this section mandatorily o ORACLE 4 2 2 4 Click Payment Details tab to enter the details Payment Mode Alphanumeric Mandatory From the list select the mode in which the investor prefers to receive the paid portion of the income earned either in the form of a check or an account transfer Payment Type Alphanumeric Mandatory From the list indicate whether the check payment instrument must be addressed to the investor self or a third party You can also indicate that the payment check must be addressed to a broker by selecting the Entity option If you ch
287. pecified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen e Double click the record that you want to modify in the list of displayed records The Broker Currency Preference screen is displayed e Select Unlock Operation from Action list to modify the record Modify the necessary information e Click Save to save your changes The Broker Currency Preference screen is closed and the changes made are reflected in the Broker Currency Preference Summary screen 23 ORACLE 5 3 21 Viewing Broker Currency Preference To view a record that you have previously entered you must retrieve the same in the Broker Currency Preference Summary screen as follows e Invoke the Broker Currency Preference Summary Screen from the Browser e Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for viewing in the Authorization Status field You can also view all records that are either unauthorized or authorized only by choosing the Unauthorized Authorized option e Specify any or all of the details of the record in the corresponding fields on the screen and click Search button All records with the specified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen e Double click the record that you want to view in the list of displayed records The Broker Currency Preference Detail screen is displayed in View mode 5 3 22 Deleting Broker Currency Preference You can delete only unauthorized re
288. phanumeric Optional Mandatory if distribution mode is either Both or Full Reinvestment Specify the percentage of income earned that the investor prefers to reinvest into another fund e If the distribution mode chosen is Both specify a percentage that is below one hundred percent e Ifthe distribution mode chosen is Full Reinvestment this field contains one hundred percent as a default value If so you cannot specify any other value e Ifthe distribution mode chosen is Full Reinvestment and the reinvestment is disallowed for the selected fund this field contains zero as a default value If so you cannot change it Exempt UH from Minimum Payment Rule Optional Check this option to indicate that the unit holder should be exempt from the Minimum Amount for Payment threshold specified in the Income Distribution rule under Fund Corporate Actions and be paid the dividend proceeds entirely This option is enabled only when the Distribution Mode specified is either Full Payment or Both To facilitate this it is essential that e The Minimum Amount for Payment threshold be defined e The Action on Minimum Amount Validation be set to Reinvest Usually when the dividend amount is lower than the threshold maintained it is automatically re invested by the system even if the investor has chosen Payout as the distribution mode If the unit holder has opted for a combination of re investment and
289. plit amongst the brokers in the following manner The Top Level Level Zero parent broker receives 10 The Level 1 parent broker receives 15 The Level 2 parent broker receives 25 The Level 3 parent broker receives 50 Such a setup entails that a subscription transaction commission of 1000 currency units initiated by Level 4 broker must be split amongst this broker hierarchy as follows The Top Level Level Zero parent broker receives 100 currency units The Level 1 parent broker receives 150 currency units The Level 2 parent broker receives 250 currency units The Level 3 parent broker receives 500 currency units Therefore this must be the pattern of receivables that must arise from this commission setup for this hierarchy In Oracle FLEXCUBE to enable this kind of a pattern the following setup called the payables method is used Set the commission percentage of Top Level Level Zero parent broker to 0 i e this broker pays nothing to the immediate parent broker as the broker is a level zero broker Level 1 parent broker 60 Pays 60 of commission received to immediate parent broker Level 2 parent broker 50 Pays 50 of commission received to immediate parent broker Level 3 parent broker 50 Pays 50 of commission proceeds to immediate parent broker i e Level 2 As a result of the above setup for the case mentioned above subscription commission of 1000 currency units the split will be as follows
290. porate Dts Contact Dis Client Preferences 1D Details Bank Dts Intermediary Ds KYC Details Document Dts Add nto A Related ORACLE Upon clicking the UH Signature tab you will find the following two buttons e Show Image e Delete Image Click on the show image button to invoke the Signature Verification screen Signature Verification D new 9 Enter Query Signature ID Unit Holder ID Unit Holder Name 40f1 ll SINo Image Type Signature Image Input by DateTime Authorized by DateTime Mod No Open Authorized In the Signature Verification screen click on Document Upload button to invoke the image upload screen Image Upload Ok Exit In the image upload screen you can browse for the required document or image and click upload button After uploading the document click OK to exit Sap ORACLE 3 3 7 6 Maintaining Related Parties You can link authorized Related Parties entity with unit holder at the time of Unitholder creation Click Related Parties tab in the Unitholder Maintenance screen You can link multiple Related parties and add modify or delete the linked related parties These details are used to send unit holder reports to the linked entities The report sent is based on the reporting level selected while creating unitholder Note Related Parties are captured for informational purpose only and no processing impact is associated
291. ption you need to maintain a minimum of one beneficiary along with the percentage to be awarded for the beneficiary in the Beneficiary Dtls screen It is also essential that the beneficiary be an existing Unit Holder and not a third party beneficiary When you have multiple beneficiaries for a payout dividend or redemption you can amend the percentage to be given to each as and when required If the total percentage awarded to the beneficiaries does not add up to 100 the remaining payout will be done to the primary unit holder The amount paid out to the beneficiary will be net of withholding tax which will be derived on the basis of the tax for the Unitholder Beneficiary Country combination Maintaining ID Dtls In this section you specify details of any identification provided by the investor You also indicate the applicability of tax being deducted at source for the investor and the required tax details ea ORACLE Click ID Dtls tab to enter the details Unit Holder Maintenance Detail New 9 Enter Query Reference Number AMC ID Conv ClF_ Investor Type Individual AMC Description Dealing Type Category Dealing Type Desc Category Description Fee Category Fee Sub Category Fee Category Desc Auth Rep ID Remarks Auth Rep ID Desc First Company Name Unit Holder ID individual Dis Corporate Dts Contact Dtis Client Preferences MBENE Bank Dils Intermediary Diis KYC Detals Document Dts A
292. ransaction in the Authorized field If you choose the Blank Space option then all the transactions that involve the specified unit holder are retrieved e The status of the record in the Open field If you choose the Blank Space option then all the records that involve the specified unit holder are retrieved e The Unit Holder e The Product ID e The Policy Number e The Fund ID Click Search button to view the records All records with the specified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen You can also retrieve the individual record detail from the detail screen by doing query in the following manner e Press F7 e Input the Product ID e Press F8 You can perform Edit Delete Amend Authorize Reverse Confirm operation by selecting from the Action list You can also search the record by using combination of and alphanumeric value aM ORACLE Example You can search the record for Product ID by using the combination of and alphanumeric value as follows Search by A System will fetch all the records whose Product ID starts from Alphabet A For Example AGC17 AGVO6 AGC74 and so forth Search by 7 System will fetch all the records whose Product ID ends by numeric value 7 For Example AGC17 GSD267 AGC77 and so forth Search by 17 System will fetch all the records whose Product ID contains the numeric value 17 For Example GSD217 GSD172 AGC17 an
293. rawee Bank Alphanumeric Mandatory for check payments Specify the name of the bank where the check was drawn Drawee Branch Alphanumeric Mandatory for check payments Specify the branch of the selected bank where the payment was drawn Check Number 16 Characters Maximum Alphanumeric Mandatory for check payments Specify the number of the check Check Date Date Format Optional Specify the date on which the check was drawn For Payments by Account Transfer Bank Alphanumeric Mandatory Select the code of the bank in which the transfer account resides which was used to make the payment Branch Alphanumeric Mandatory Select the code of the bank in which the transfer account resides which was used to make the payment Account Number Alphanumeric Mandatory Specify the number of the transfer account that was used to make the payment Account Type Alphanumeric Mandatory Select the type of the transfer account which was used to make the payment ons ORACLE Account Currency Alphanumeric Mandatory Select the currency of the transfer account which was used to make the payment IBAN 36 Characters Only Alphanumeric Optional Specify the IBAN International Bank Account Number of the account holder 5 4 3 Operations on Accounting Journal Entries for Brokers After you have made an accounting entry in a broker journal you can e Make changes to the entry before you authorize it You can also delete the
294. rcent The broker can reinvest earned income in any of the following ways e Reinvest either in the broker s own default unit holder account or another unit holder account In the latter case the unit holder in whose account the reinvestment is proposed that is the Reinvestment Unit Holder must belong to the same AMC as the source broker e Reinvest the income back into any of the funds of the AMC e Reinvest the income in as many target fund unit holder combinations subject to the constraints expressed above This is again subject to the consideration that the sum of the percentages of reinvestment in all these combinations must be equal to 100 Note Reinvestment is only allowed into or out of a fund if so designated in the Corporate Actions profile for the fund and corporate action type If you have chosen either Both or Full Reinvestment as the distribution mode you must specify all information in this section mandatorily oat ORACLE 5 5 2 4 Specifying Routing Details FCIS provides the option to capture the bank routing details At the time of transaction input the routing details specified here are picked up for the combination of fund transaction type and transaction currency You can specify the routing details by clicking on Routing Details income Distribution Setup New 5 Enter Query Client Information Unit Holder CIF Number CIF Name Unit Holder Name DETAILS
295. records The UH Category Parameter screen is displayed Select Unlock operation from the Action list to modify the record Modify the necessary information Click Save to save your changes The UH Category Parameter screen is closed and the changes made are reflected in the UH Category Parameter Summary screen 3 6 1 2 Deleting UH Category Parameter Details You can delete only unauthorized records in the system To delete a record that you have previously entered Invoke the UH Category Parameter Summary screen from the Browser Specify any or all of the following details in the screen The status of the transaction in the Authorized field If you choose the blank space then both the authorized and the unauthorized status records will be retrieved for the specified criteria The status of the records in the Open field If you choose the blank space then all the records are retrieved The category of the unit holder If you choose the blank space then all the records are retrieved The inactive period of the investor account If you choose the blank space then all the records are retrieved The reminder period of the investor account If you choose the blank space then all the records are retrieved Click Search button to view the records All records with the specified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen Double click the rec
296. referred by the broker AMC 12 Character Maximum Alphanumeric Mandatory Select the AMC in which the broker wishes to transact Parent Broker Code 9 Character Maximum Alphanumeric Mandatory Select the broker code of the immediate higher broker to which this broker must report from the option list When you select a parent broker in this field you indicate that the broker whose record you are creating now is a sub broker of an authorized broker already existing in the system It also means that the broker is part of an existing hierarchy structure Note If it is necessary to set up the broker as the highest broker in a new hierarchy specify the unique code that you entered for this broker in the Broker Code field in the screen If the broker code and the parent broker code are identical for a broker then it means that the broker is the highest broker in the hierarchy and has no parent broker You can change the parent broker code for a particular broker The system changes the hierarchy and the level number of the broker and all its sub brokers based on the new parent broker code and level during authorization The broker commission processing considers the latest broker maintenance for commission sharing Parent Broker Name When you select the parent broker for the broker in this field the name of the selected parent broker is displayed in the Parent Broker Name field Note Also you must authorize a broker before y
297. ress details to be applicable Once you select the fund id the system displays the fund name and the fund identification number eee ORACLE 2 4 CIF Address Fund Summary screen You can invoke the CIF Address Fund Summary screen by typing UTSCFNMP in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button The following screen is invoked CIF Address Fund Summary Authorized Open CIF Number J MEDIA 2 Location az Fund ID a Advanced Search Records per page 15 v 1of1 Authorized Open CIF Number MEDIA Location Fund ID Module Id Agent Code 2 4 1 Retrieving CIF Address Fund Record You can retrieve a previously entered record in the CIF Address Fund Summary screen as follows e Invoke the CIF Address Fund Summary screen from the Browser and specify any or all of the following details in the corresponding fields e The status of the transaction in the Authorized field If you choose the Blank Space option then all the records that involve the specified unit holder are retrieved e The status of the record in the Open field If you choose the Blank Space option then all the records that involve the specified unit holder are retrieved e The number of the CIF profile in the Customer No field e The media of mail in the Media field e The location of the customer in the Location field Click Search butt
298. rieve for modification in the Authorized field You can only modify records that are unauthorized Accordingly choose the Unauthorized option e Specify any or all of the details in the corresponding fields to retrieve the record that is to be modified All unauthorized records with the specified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen e Double click the record that you want to modify in the list of displayed records The Broker Journal Detail screen is displayed e Select Unlock Operation from Action list to modify the record Modify the necessary information e Click Save to save your changes The Broker Journal Detail screen is closed and the changes made are reflected in the Broker Journal Summary screen Viewing Journal Entry To view a record that you have previously entered you must retrieve the same in the Broker Journal Summary screen as follows a0 ORACLE 5 4 7 5 4 8 5 5 e Invoke the Broker Journal Summary Screen from the Browser e Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for viewing in the Authorized field You can also view all records that are either unauthorized or authorized only by choosing the Unauthorized Authorized option e Specify any or all of the details of the record in the corresponding fields on the screen and click Search button All records with the specified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen
299. riod record as follows Invoke the Fund UH Category Minimum Holding Period Summary screen from the Browser Specify any or all of the following details in the screen The status of the transaction in the Authorizated field If you choose the blank space then both the authorized and the unauthorized status records will be retrieved for the specified criteria The status of the records in the Open field If you choose the blank space then all the records are retrieved The fund ID in the Fund ID field If you choose the blank space then all the records are retrieved The type of transaction in the Transaction Type field If you choose the blank space then all the records are retrieved The rule for standing instruction in the Rule for SP field Click Search button to view the records All records with the specified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen ont ORACLE Double click the record that you want to view in the list of displayed records The Fund UH Category Minimum Holding Period Detail screen is displayed in the view mode 4 8 2 2 Editing minimum holding period at Fund UH category transaction level You can modify the details that you have already entered into the system provided it has not been subsequently authorized You can perform this operation as follows Invoke the Fund UH Category Minimum Holding Period Su
300. rized by Open DateTime Authorized In the Unit Holder Maintenance Detail screen you create the account by e Specifying information that will form a profile of the investor This includes first all the mandatory information that is required and then any further specifications you might want to make Note You can also copy the details of an existing unit holder and then modify the copied details as required by using the Copy UH link e Saving your specifications Before You Create Unit Holder Account Before you begin to set up any new unit holder accounts for investors that are desirous of investing in the funds of the AMC you must ensure that the following static information sets have already been set up and entered into the system database and the required authorizations done e All necessary CIF accounts have been created in the system either through the interface with FCC or FCR or through the Customer Maintenance e All reference data that is typically defined in the Data Entry menu item in the Fund Manager component This includes e All static information such as required entities agents branches agency branches brokers AMCs registrars trustees countries corporation types investor categories occupation types identification types banks and their branches mode of payment types currencies additional information heads fee categories and subcategories ORACLE 3 3 2 Authorized funds wi
301. roduct ID 12 Characters Maximum Alphanumeric Optional Select the ID of product from which the investor derives income which will be distributed according to the IDS options you are creating in this screen This field is not applicable if you are setting up IDS options for UT transactions Policy Number 16 Characters Maximum Alphanumeric Optional Select the policy from which the investor derives income which will be distributed according to the IDS options you are creating in this screen This field is not applicable if you are setting up IDS options for UT transactions Payment Currency Alphanumeric Mandatory Select the currency in which the unit holder wishes the payment to be made All currencies maintained in the system are available for selection In case Payment mode is transfer then the system looks for a bank account in the opted payment currency for the unit holder If such an account does not exist you can choose in Transfer Details section any multi currency account maintained for the unit holder subject to the following conditions e The Distribution mode is Full Payment Both e Mode of Payment is Transfer e Payment Type is Self ORACLE 4 2 2 3 Also the fund should have a bank account in this currency In the event of failure of any one of the two criteria an error will be displayed Note The default value here would be the unit holder base currency Reinvestment Percentage Al
302. rom the Action list to amend the record e Amend the necessary information Click the Save button to save the changes Authorizing Amended Entity NotePad Information An amended NotePad of Entities record must be authorized for the amendment to be made effective in the system The authorization of amended records can only be done from Fund Manager Module and Agency branch Module The process of authorization is subsequently the same as that for normal transactions cS ORACLE 5 1 5 2 5 2 1 5 Managing Brokers Brokers Brokers are intermediaries between investors and their investment avenues An investor may approach the AMC seeking to invest in its funds on the basis of guidance received from a broker Also an AMC may contract a broker to market its funds and thereby attract investors Being an intermediary a broker usually receives payments either from investors or the AMC as the case may be This payment is known as a commission Sometimes brokers do not act as single entities but as groups of brokers in hierarchical structures that entail sharing of profits The commission earned by a broker may not be credited just to the actual broker for the investment transaction but could also share with other brokers who are part of the same hierarchical structure Oracle FLEXCUBE Investor Servicing enables the AMC to maintain records of brokers and their respective hierarchies in the system database as well as pr
303. rop down list to indicate that the payable or receivable amount specified for this journal entry must be adjusted or offset in the next commission payment cycle for the next transaction for the selected broker If you select the option VAT Only then the amount entered against Payables and Receivables is considered as VAT amount payable and receivable If the Adjustment entry is selected as VAT only then the system will make changes only to the VAT amount Payables 30 Characters Maximum including 12 decimal places Numeric Mandatory Specify the amount that the broker must pay to the AMC if any as a result of the transaction Receivables 30 Characters Maximum including 12 decimal places Numeric Mandatory Specify the commission amount that the broker must receive from the AMC if any as a result of the transaction Remarks 255 Characters Maximum Alphanumeric Mandatory Specify any narrative or descriptive text qualifying the journal entry This information is mandatory ama ORACLE 5 4 2 1 Payment Details Section In this section specify the details of the mode in which the payables or receivables amount has to be paid out or received by the broker Payment Mode Alphanumeric Mandatory Select the mode in which the payment was made or received either through check or by account transfer Maintained Bank Accounts Select the maintained bank accounts from the option list For Payments by check D
304. rrency of the bank accounts that you are designating for the beneficiary Account Number 16 Character Maximum Alphanumeric Optional Specify the number of the account held by the beneficiary in the selected bank Account Name 60 Character Maximum Alphanumeric Optional Specify the name in which the beneficiary holds the specified bank account IBAN 36 Characters Only Alphanumeric Optional Specify the IBAN International Bank Account Number of the account holder FATCA Classification Display If the beneficiary selected is an existing entity in the system then system displays FATCA Classification type ari ORACLE 3 3 6 4 US Indicia Display The system defaults US Indicia Available as Yes if any of the below mentioned values are true e The nationality is US e The dual nationality is US e The substantial stay is in US e The country of birth is US e The country of domicile is US e The country of incorporation is US e The country of correspondence or alternate address is US e The country code of the telephone number is 01 e The Bank Branch address Country code is US e The Director of holding is more than 10 If the primary UH has linked entities like Joint holder joint holders Auth rep related party Auth Rep Nominee and Joint Holder beneficiary and for any one of them US Indicia Available is YES and if the primary UH US Indicia Available is No then the system will display the following mes
305. rresponding fields on the screen and click Search button All records with the specified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen e Double click the record that you want to view in the list of displayed records The UH LOI Detail screen is displayed in View mode 4 4 11 Deleting LOI Setup Options for Investor You can delete only unauthorized records in the system To delete a record that you have previously entered e Invoke the UH LOI Summary screen from the Browser aa ORACLE e Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for deletion e Specify any or all of the details and click Search button All records with the specified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen e Double click the record that you want to delete The UH LOI Detail screen is displayed e Select Delete operation from the Action list The system prompts you to confirm the deletion and the record is deleted physically from the system database 4 4 12 Authorizing LOI Setup Options for Investor 4 4 13 An unauthorized UH LOI record must be authorized in the system for it to be processed To authorize a record e Invoke the UH LOI Summary screen from the Browser e Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for authorization Typically choose the Unauthorized option e Specify any or all of the details of the record in the corresponding fields on the s
306. ry Intermediary BIC Code Enter intermediary BIC Code Intermediary Address 1 3 Enter intermediary address Intermediary Account Number Enter intermediary Account Number Intermediary Code Enter intermediary code Intermediary Information Enter intermediary information Further Credit Details Section Further Credit Name Enter further credit name Further Credit Account Number Enter further credit account number Reference Section Reference 1 2 Enter the reference Tracking Status of Bank Details At the time of saving the investor s account if the client country parameter Verification of Bank Accounts is applicable the system will save the account with the status Un Verified If the client country parameter is not applicable the account will be saved as Verified If the client country parameter Third Party Bank Details is applicable the system will not allow you to capture random bank details Maintaining Intermediary Dtls In this section specify the intermediaries with the respective hierarchies that will represent the investor in transactions with the AMC You can also specify applicable commission percentages that each is to receive Sa ORACLE Click Intermediary Dtls tab to enter the details Unit Holder Maintenance Detail New 9 Enter Query CIF Number AIC Opening Date Investor Type Individual AMC ID Dealing Type _ o AMC Description
307. ry changes Note When you make changes to any authorized record in the system database through the amendment operation the record with the amended information is saved as an unauthor ized record in the system For your amendment changes to be effective the amended re cord must be subsequently authorized When it is authorized it is saved in the system database as an authorized record with the amendment information and is effective Authorizing Amended Payment Preferences for Investors An amended UH NPI Preference record must be authorized for the amendment to be made effective in the system The authorization of amended records can only be done from Fund Manager Module and Agency branch Module oof ORACLE 4 8 The process of authorization is subsequently the same as that for normal transactions Capturing Fund UH Category Minimum Holding Period Details You can capture the minimum holding period at Fund UH category Transaction Type level using Fund UH Category Minimum Holding Period Detail screen You can invoke this screen by typing UTDMINHL in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and click the adjoining arrow The screen is displayed below Fund UH Category Minimum Holding Period Detail New 73 Enter Query Fund ID Fund Name Transaction Type Description Rule for SI Default Description Minimum Holding Period Mandatory o
308. ry the database for any details regarding the broker Broker Name 40 Character Maximum Alphanumeric Mandatory Specify the name of the broker for whom you are setting up a record in this screen Broker Category Alphanumeric Optional From the list select the tax category applicable for the broker Broker Type Alphanumeric Mandatory From the list select the broker type to be associated with the broker You can indicate that the frequency of payment that has been designated for the selected broker type must also apply to the broker by checking the Use Broker Type Payment Details check box Type Description Provide a description of the broker type Broker Base Currency Specify the broker base currency The adjoining option list displays valid broker base currencies maintained in the system You can choose the appropriate one Rule Effective Date DD MM YYYY Mandatory Specify the date from which the broker is effective in the system The rule effective date must be equal to or greater than the application date By default system will display the application date as the rule effective date Broker Status Alphanumeric Optional From the list specify the status of the broker If the broker is to be disabled in the system select the option WEEDED By default the broker status will be NORMAL ou ORACLE Broker Consultant 40 Characters Maximum Alphanumeric Optional Specify the name of the consultant p
309. s e Fora non tax limit amendment the Change Limit Status Stop Using Status Loss of Eligibility Status or Death Status ov ORACLE By default the application date is reckoned as the date on which the corresponding document is received You must specify this date as mandatory information for either a new non tax limits record or during amendment Date of Death Date Format Mandatory if the Death Status option is chosen in the Change Information Status field During amendment if you are entering the change information as Death Status in the Change Information Field specify the date of death in this field The Non Taxable Limits for Accumulated Funds section In this section you specify the portion of the total non taxable limit that is applicable for investments in accumulated funds for the unit holder You can define individual limits for individual funds Fund ID Alphanumeric Optional Select the fund for which you want to indicate a non taxable limit for the investor Utilized Limit Display Only At any given date after you have created the non taxable limit for a unit holder the value displayed in this field reflects the portion of the limit defined for the selected accumulated fund that has been used up as on the date in investments in the fund You cannot change this value at any juncture Fund Base Currency Display Only The value displayed in this field reflects the portion of the limit in fund base c
310. s e The Product ID Click Search button to view the records All records with the specified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen You can also retrieve the individual record detail from the detail screen by doing query in the following manner e Press F7 e Input the Journal Txn Number e Press F8 You can perform Edit Delete Amend Authorize Reverse Confirm operation by selecting from the Action list You can also search the record by using combination of and alphanumeric value Example You can search the record for Journal Txn Number by using the combination of and alphanumeric value as follows e Search by A System will fetch all the records whose Journal Txn Number starts from Alphabet A For Example AGC17 AGVO6 AGC74 and so forth e Search by 7 System will fetch all the records whose Journal Txn Number ends by numeric value 7 For Example AGC17 GSD267 AGC77 and so forth e Search by 17 System will fetch all the records whose Journal Txn Number contains the numeric value 17 For Example GSD217 GSD172 AGC17 and so forth Editing Journal Entry You can modify the details of Broker Journal parameters that you have already entered into the system provided it has not been subsequently authorized You can perform this operation as follows e Invoke the Broker Journal Summary screen from the Browser e Select the status of the record that you want to ret
311. s maintenance If the city is not available in the list you can specify the city in the field provided alongside Zip Code 6 Characters Maximum Alphanumeric Optional Specify the zip code of the specified city of residence of the broker US State Optional Check this box to indicate that the specified state is a US United States state State Address Line 4 20 Character Maximum Alphanumeric Optional Specify the state in which the city of residence of the broker is located You can select the state of residence from the drop down list provided The available options depend on the values defined at the params maintenance If the state is not available in the list you can specify the city in the field provided alongside Country Alphanumeric Optional Select the country in which the broker is domiciled from the drop down list Contact Person 40 Character Maximum Alphanumeric Optional Specify the name of any contact person or official through whom communication with the broker is possible Telephone 1 2 15 Character Maximum Alphanumeric Optional Enter the contact telephone numbers of the broker Cell Phone Number 16 Characters Maximum Numeric Optional Specify the cell phone number of the broker Fax Number 15 Character Maximum Alphanumeric Optional Enter the fax number of the broker E Mail 50 Characters Maximum Alphanumeric Optional Specify the E mail address of the broker 20 ORACLE 5 3 4 4 Ef
312. s Yes or No based on the existing UH CIF maintained If the existing UH CIF is Yes then the system defaults the US Indicia available If the existing UH CIF is No then the system displays the US Indicia available based on the country country of domicile bank branch country and the director percentage of holding The UH will be US Indicia as Yes if the percentage of holdings is greater than maintained for the system parameter FATCAMINPCNTHLDG Note For Corporate UH if address or the country code or telephone number of the Director is maintained as US and the director percentage of holding is greater than or equal to the percentage maintained at system parameter then the Corporate UH is marked as US in dicia Yes FATCA Status Display If the director selected is an existing entity in the system then system displays FATCA Status based on the FATCA maintenance Corporate Details Section In this section specify the company details for corporate investors You can access it by clicking the Corporate Details tab oe ORACLE 3 3 6 10 Note After you have specified the details in this section for a corporate investor all your speci fications will be lost if you change the investor type from Corporate to Individual Click Corporate Dtls tab to enter the details Unit Holder Maintenance Detail O New 9 Enter Query CIF Number AIC Opening Date Reference Number AMC ID Inv
313. s authorized it is saved in the system database as an authorized record with the amendment information and is effective If you change the non tax limits at any level during amendment the altered value must not fall below the utilized portion of the limits as on the date of amendment At any level the utilized portion of the limits as on the date of viewing or amendment are displayed in the Utilized Limit or Amount field on the screen Change of Information for a Non Tax Limit Record through Amendment Changes to the non tax limit record will be necessary in the following situations e The unit holder s non tax limit has changed e The unit holder has been made legally ineligible for the non tax limit or the eligibility has been legally stopped or withdrawn e The death of the unit holder During amendment you can specify the change that has been made in the Change Information Status field You must also specify the date on which the supporting documents for the change were received in the Document Received Date field If the unit holder has been made legally ineligible to avail the non tax limit or the eligibility has been legally stopped you must specify the non tax limit to zero in the Total Sanctioned Limit field Authorizing Amended Non Tax Limits for Investor When an amendment is made to a non tax limits record for a unit holder it must be authorized for the information change to take effect in the system and
314. s deemed for an initial investor e For corporate investors the minimum number of corporate signatories is deemed by default to be 1 e The unit holder is not deemed to be a minor e The account is created as an open and enabled account and not as a closed one e The account is created without a specification for YTD account statements e The account is created as an unauthorized account in the FC IS system e The ID assigned to the unit holder in the FC IS system will be identical to the FCC account number e The FCC account details will be the default bank details of the of unit holder account in FC IS e The identification number submitted by the unit holder These default specifications cannot be changed when the first initial unit holder account is created for the CIF account in the FC IS system To change any of these details an information change must be done However you cannot change the defaulted identification number Subsequently after the creation of the first initial unit holder whenever you create another unit holder account for the CIF in FC IS in the UH New Account screen the specifications that were used as defaults for the creation of the first account as shown above are defaulted again However these can be changed at the time of creation of a new unit holder Depending on the specifications at the FCC installation you can add the FCC account details as unit holder account bank details in FC IS or create ano
315. s father or spouse Beneficiary 70 Character Maximum Alphanumeric Optional Specify the name of the preferred beneficiary of the individual customer Relationship 70 Character Maximum Alphanumeric Optional Specify the relationship between the beneficiary and the customer 2 2 11 3 Specifying the Corporate Details Click on the corporate Details Tab in the Customer Maintenance Detail screen to invoke the following screen Customer Maintenance Detail E New Enter Query o mueu wue sey SIETE Fee Category JointAccount No aah JointHolder Type Primary Description Indvcual Dts MMM Corr Address Dts PermanentRegistration Address Client Preferences Identification Dis llemate Language Ds Corporate Details Corporation Name National ID Incorporation Date Net Worth Capital Incorporation Country Business Description Contact Name Base Currency Corporation Type Description Signature Details 1of1 E Sequence Number DirectoriD Director Name Designation Date OfBirth Gender IDType Address Line 1 AddressLine2 City State Coi Input by DateTime Mod No Authorized by Open DateTime Authorized This section is enabled only for Corporate type of customer The following are the fields in this section ea ORACLE Corporate Name Mandatory Specify the name of the corporation here National ID Mandatory Specify the National ID of the customer Incorporation Date Mandatory Specif
316. s of authorization is subsequently the same as that for normal transactions The Customers screen consists of the following parts The Result section A list of customer records retrieved by the most recent search operation is displayed in this section To view the details of any record in this list double click on the record where a new screen will be opened with the details of the record The Button Row The row of buttons on the right side of the screen is as follows e Advanced e Reset e Query e Refresh The Advanced section This section is a row in the middle of the screen with the Advanced Search button at the right hand side of the screen Click Advanced Search button for advanced level of query where records can be retrieved based on specific fields The Reset section This section is a row in the middle of the screen with the Reset button at the right hand side of the screen Click Reset button so that the entire search criteria will be cleared for a new level of search The Query section This section is a row in the middle of the screen with the Query button at the right hand side of the screen Click Search button to retrieve a record for viewing use this section The Refresh section This section is a row in the middle of the screen with the Refresh button at the right hand side of the screen Click Advanced Search button so that the search criteria will be refreshed based on ex
317. sage US Indicia Available is No for Unit Holder but US Indicia Available is Yes at Joint Holder Auth Rep Beneficiary Related Party Auth Rep Nominee and Joint Holder any one The system will change the US Indicia available as Yes and save the record automatically FATCA Status Display If the beneficiary selected is an existing entity in the system then the system displays FATCA Status based on FATCA maintenance Maintaining Joint Holder Dtls You can specify the names of any joint unit holders to be considered for joint unit holder accounts or Either or Survivor accounts For accounts with the operation type as either Joint or Either or Survivor you must specify the name of at least one joint unit holder for such an account as mandatory information a ORACLE You can access this section by clicking Joint Holder Dtls tab in the Unit Holder Maintenance screen Joint Holder Details 1of1 E Existing UH CIF Joint Holder Type JointHolderID JointHolder Name Date Of Birth Gender PAN GIR Number Joint Holder ID Mandatory Select the ID of the joint account holder from the list of IDs available Joint Holder Name Specify the name of the Joint Holder Joint Holder Type Mandatory Select the Type of joint account from the drop down list Date of Birth Date format Optional Enter the joint account holder s date of birth Gender Optional Specif
318. section Commission Payment Status Change New 7 Enter Query Fund ID Transaction Number From Entity ID Policy Number To Entity ID Current Payment Status Show Datails New Payment Status Search Results Exchange Rate Source Exchange Rate Maintenance Detail 1of1 Load ID From Entity To Entity Transaction Amount LoadAmount LoadAmtinFeeCcy Commision Amountin Pay CCY VAT You can view the following fields e Load ID e From Entity e To Entity e Transaction Amount e Load Amount e Load Amount e Load Amt in Fee Ccy e Commission Amount in Pay CCY e VAT Amount e VAT Amount in Pay CCY wae ORACLE 5 8 0 2 Exchange Rate Source Section Click Exchange Rate Source tab to map the exchange rate source and currency details Commission Payment Status Change New 53 Enter Query Fund ID Transaction Number From Entity ID Policy Number To Entity ID Current Payment Status New Payment Status Search Results EESEEIEE Exchange Rate Maintenance Commission CCY to Exchange Rate Source Mapping 1of1 Commission Currency Currency Name New Exchange Rate Source B Specify the following details Commission Currency Alphanumeric 3 characters Mandatory Specify the currency in which the commission is paid Currency Name Alphanumeric 3 characters Mandatory Specify the name of the currency New Exchange Ra
319. seeeissseeineneeeeenn 2 1 2 2 2 Retrieving CIF Profile in Customers Maintenance Summary Screen 2 1 2 2 3 Editing CIF Profile before Authorization ccccceccseeteeceeenteeeeeeeenteeteteennaes 2 2 2 2 4 Viewing CIF Profile before AUthOrization cccccccccecceeeeesteeeeeeeentetteeeeenaes 2 3 2 2 5 Deleting CIF Profile before Authorization ccccccceteeeceentteeeeeeentteeeeeeeaas 2 3 2 2 6 Authorizing CIF Profile for CUStOMES 0 c cccccceceetteeeceeenteeteeeeeneeeeeeeenaes 2 3 2 2 7 Amending CIF Profile for CUStOMEL 0 cccccccccceentteeeeeeentieeeteeetaeeeeeeeenaes 2 4 2 2 8 Authorizing Amended CIF Profile for Customer ccccccecieeeeeettteeeeeeenaaes 2 5 2 2 9 Saving CIF profile in Customers Sereen ccccccce tee eeeenteteeeeeeneeeeeeennaes 2 5 2 2 10 Creation of Investor Account for CIF CUStOMED cccccesteeeeentteeeeeeenans 2 6 2 2 11 Fields in Customer Information Screen cccccccceseeeeceeenteeeeeeeenaeeeeeeenaaes 2 7 2 2 12 CIF Address Maintenance cccccccccceteeeeeeeteneeeeeetnnteeeeeetnneeeeeetnaeeeenenaa 2 19 2 2 13 Fields in CIF Address Maintenance SCOCN ccccccceceettteeeeeenteteeeeeeaes 2 20 2 3 CIF Address Maintenance Summary Screen cccceceeeeeeeeeeeeecaeeeeeeennneeeeeeeaes 2 21 2 3 1 Retrieving CIF Address Record eessssnsssrrrnerrrrsnnrnrrrnnnnnrrnnnrennnnnarnnnna 2 21 2 3 2 Editing CIF Address Record before Authorization 0 0 ccccccceeee
320. selected unit holder in the selected fund that occur between the deal start and end dates for which the selected load is applicable the deal will be applied Effective Start Date DD MM YYYY Date Format Mandatory Enter the date from which the deal is to be effective Specify the date on and following which the deal options must be applied for transactions for the selected unit holder in the manner indicated in this record Effective End Date DD MM YYYY Date Format Mandatory Enter the date to which the deal is to be effective Specify the last date on which the deal options must be applied for transactions for the selected unit holder in the manner indicated in this record 4 2 ORACLE 4 3 2 3 4 3 3 Load Description The description of the load selected is defaulted here Load Calculation Method The Load method that is used for calculating the Load is defaulted here when u choose the load ID Amount or Percentage Optional This field is defaulted depending on whether the Load id selected is an amount based load or a percentage based load Specifying Load Details In this section you can specify the altered return value for the selected load that is applicable as required for the deal The Load details that are maintained gets defaulted in this tab when the button Default Load Details is clicked For each load that you select in the Load field in the Deal Details section the following details are
321. source for the customer By default this box is checked indicating that tax is reckoned to be deducted at source You can uncheck it if necessary If you check this box and indicate that tax must be deducted at source you can specify the following information e The tax ID of the customer in the Tax ID field e The tax circle that corresponds to the customer in the Tax Circle field e The tax category that corresponds to the customer in the Category field Tax ID 15 Character Maximum Alphanumeric Optional Specify the tax identification number or tax ID for the customer Tax Circle 15 Character Maximum Alphanumeric Optional Specify the tax circle to which the unit holder belongs Tax Category Alphanumeric Optional Select the tax category under which the customer will be placed in the system aut ORACLE 2 2 11 8 Tax Certificate Effective Date Date Format Optional Specify the date from which the tax certificate is effective Tax Certificate Expiry Date Date Format Optional Specify the expiry date of the tax certificate Employer ID Number Alphanumeric Optional Specify the employer ID number Country Code Optional Specify the country code of the telephone number Description Display Displays the description in the field Portfolio Manager ID 16 Character Maximum Alphanumeric Optional Specify the portfolio manager s ID here Specifying Alternate Language Dtls Click Alternate Language D
322. source for the investor By default this box is checked indicating that tax is reckoned to be deducted at source You can uncheck it if necessary If you check this box and indicate that tax must be deducted at source then you must specify the following mandatory information e The tax ID of the investor in the Tax ID field aao ORACLE e The tax circle that corresponds to the investor in the Tax Circle field e The tax category that corresponds to the investor in the Category field EUSD Option Alphanumeric Optional The EUSD European Union Savings Directive option gets defaulted based on either the unit holder s county of domicile or the segment level default EUSD option However you may change this value if required Note If EUSD option is not applicable at the segment level then you will not be allowed to spec ify any option here Tax Certificate Expiry Date DD MM YYYY Specify the date on which the tax certificate expires It is mandatory for you to specify the expiry date if you chosen Tax Exemption Certificate as the EUSD option Place of Issue Mandatory From the option list select the place of issue of the identification type Once authorized this field cannot be modified Form 60 61 Available If form 60 61 is available select Yes Else select No Tax Exempted Optional You can use this field to indicate that the investor is the recipient of a special exemption from
323. st name of the individual investor Middle Name 40 Character Maximum Alphanumeric Optional Specify the middle name of the individual investor Father Spouse Name 20 Character Maximum Alphanumeric Optional Specify the name of the father or spouse of the individual investor Title 15 Character Maximum Alphanumeric Mandatory Select the applicable title for the name of the individual investor from the list provided If you do not find the option you are looking for in the list maintain the same in the System Parameters Maintenance Screen For further information refer to the chapter Maintaining System Parameters Date of Birth Date Optional Mandatory for minor investors Specify the date of birth of the investor Although you need not specify this as mandatory information for non minor investors it is recommended that you do so You must specify the date of birth as mandatory information for investors that are minors Initials Optional The system uses the first character in the First Name and Middle Name of the Unit Holder and displays it as Initials You can however change the initials if required Example Consider the investors with names Lee Ann Burrows and Shawn David James Burrows The table below illustrates how the system arrives at the Initials for the above two names First Name Middle Name Last Name Initials Lee Ann Burrows L Shawn David James Burrows SDJ
324. stem prompts you to confirm the deletion and the record is deleted physically from the system database Authorizing Broker Types An unauthorized Broker Type record must be authorized in the system for it to be processed To authorize a record Invoke the Broker Type Summary screen from the Browser Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for authorization Typically choose the Unauthorized option Specify any or all of the details of the record in the corresponding fields on the screen Click Search button All records with the specified details that are pending authorization are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen Double click the transaction that you wish to authorize The Broker Type Detail screen is displayed Select Authorize operation from Action When the checker authorizes a record details of validations if any that were overridden by the maker of the record during the Save operation are displayed If any of these overrides results in an error the checker must reject the transaction Amending Broker Types After a Broker Type record is authorized it can be modified using the Unlock operation from Action list To make changes to a record after authorization Invoke the Broker Type Summary screen from the Browser Select the status of the record that you wish to retrieve for amendment You can only amend only authorized records Specify any or all of the details of
325. stment avenue with a view to receive greater returns and appreciation of invested capital is known as an investor When an investor invests in a mutual fund or any of the funds floated by an AMC the fund gives the investor a certain number of investment units that are indicative of the investor s stake in the fund money pool The investor is known as a unit holder and is said to have holdings in the fund In Oracle FLEXCUBE Investor Servicing all details regarding each unit holder that invests in the AMC are maintained in the system database in the account created for the unit holder This account is known as the unit holder account and it is the single repository in the system l ORACLE 3 2 1 3 2 2 database from where any information regarding the unit holder can be queried for retrieved as well as updated Though a single account can be typically created for each unit holder multiple accounts can also be maintained for Customer Information File CIF customers of your bank or AMC This chapter deals with all aspects of the creation and maintenance of unit holder and CIF unit holder accounts in the FC IS system Operations on Unit Holder Account After you open a unit holder account for a new investor you can perform any of the following maintenance operations e Authorize the account e Make changes to the account in any way e Close the account e Query the database for any information regarding the account at a
326. t Fund UH category transaction level Apart from the maker someone else must authorize an unauthorized broker deal in the system for it to be processed To authorize a record e Invoke the Fund UH Category Minimum Holding Period Summary screen from the Browser e The status of the transaction in the Authorized field Choose the Unauthorized status e Click Search button to view the records All the records with the specified details that are pending authorization are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen e Select the Authorization operation from the Action list to authorize the selected record 4 8 2 5 Amending minimum holding period at Fund UH category transaction level 49 4 9 1 After a UH minimum holding period is authorized it can be modified using the Unlock operation from Action list To make changes to a record after authorization e Invoke the Fund UH Category Minimum Holding Period Summary screen from the Browser e Select the status of the transaction that you wish to retrieve for amendment You can only amend only authorized records e Click Search button to view the records All records with the specified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen e Double click the record that you want to amend The Fund UH Category Minimum Holding Period Detail screen is displayed in the amendment mode Click the Unlock operation from t
327. tab You can specify at least two addresses and designate one as the default mailing address to be used for correspondence with the investor and the other as the alternate address Specify the default address under the Default Address head and the alternate address under the Alternate Address head 220 ORACLE You can also maintain the SWIFT Address for the unit holder in the SWIFT Address tab Unit Holder Maintenance Detail New Copy X Delete E close GJ Unlock G Print Authorize Enter Query Auth Rep ID Desc I Name LIJO10 UnitHolderiD AGC1296 Festi Compary Nama Individual Dtls Corporate Diis Contact Dts Client Preferences ID Details Bank Dts Intermediary Dtls KYC Details Document Dtls Add info UH Signature Related Parties orrespondence Address Address Line 1 DDDFJK Int Dialing Code Address Line 2 Telephone 1 City Int Dialing Code Use State Maintenance No Telephone 2 State IL Int Dialing Code Country RSA Cell Phone Number Zip Code 751259 Int Dialing Code E Mail Fax Number Contact Person Alternate Address Address Line 1 Email Address Line 2 Int Dialing Code City Telephone 1 Use State Maintenance No Int Dialing Code State Telephone 2 Country Int Dialing Code Zip Code Fax Effective From Date Delivery Dtis Beneficiary Details Joint Holder Dtls Member Dtis Alternate Language Dtis Director Details Input by 31728A01 DateTime 04 01 2016 14 47 43 Mod No 1 Authorized
328. tax Check this box to indicate such an exemption If you have maintained any tax details for such an investor they will be disabled and not used UH BIC Code Optional Enter the Bank Identification Code BIC of the unit holder in case of financial institutional unit holders Tax Circle 15 Character Maximum Alphanumeric Optional Mandatory if tax is specified to be deducted at source Specify the tax circle to which the unit holder belongs Recover CGT Numeric Optional Check this option if the tax on capital gain has to be deducted from the transaction Redemption Transfer and Switch MFIN 15 Character Maximum Alphanumeric Optional Specify the MFIN details of the unit holder provided the client country parameter is set to SHOWPANINFO for your bank You will however not be allowed to enter the MFIN details if the unit holder is a minor oat ORACLE Identification Type Alphanumeric Mandatory From the list select the type of identification that is being provided by the investor The identification type is the mode in which the unit holder will furnish an identification document or proof and could be a Personnel ID License Birth Certificate etc This is used for identifying the unit holder during all subsequent transactions You can capture NRIC Number as the identification type for a unit holder account If you have selected NRIC Number as the Identification Type for the account you can specify the
329. te Source Alphanumeric 100 characters Mandatory Select the exchange rate source from which the exchange rates are to be derived for the transaction For example If the default source currency is USD and you are required to convert commission from GBP to EUR then the system first converts from GBP to USD and then from USD to EUR oe ORACLE 5 8 0 3 Exchange Rate Maintenance Section 5 9 Click Exchange Rate Maintenance tab to maintain the exchange rate Commission Payment Status Change D New 4 Enter Query Fund ID Transaction Number From Entity ID Policy Number To Entity ID Current Payment Status New Payment Status Search Results Exchange Rate Source Exchange Rate Maintenance Commission CCY to Exchange Rate Source Mapping 1of1 E Commission Currency Currency Name New Exchange Rate Source Specify the following fields Source Currency Alphanumeric 3 characters Mandatory The system displays the source currency however you can specify the currency in which the commission is paid from the adjoining option list Payment Currency Alphanumeric 3 characters Mandatory Specify the currency in which the commission is paid Exchange Rate Source Alphanumeric 100 characters Mandatory Specify the exchange rate source from which the exchange rates are to be derived for the transaction New Exchange Rate Alphanumeric 100 characters Mandatory Specify the latest exchange rate
330. ter the details Customer Maintenance New 3 Enter Query Customer Maintenance Customer No Customer Category Customer Type Individual Fee Category JointAccount No Faa Sob Category JointHolder Type Primay Description Individual Dis Corporate Dts Corr Address ons a Client Preferences Identification Dtls Alternate Language Dils PermanentiRegistration Address Address Line 1 Address Line 2 City Country Description Input by DateTime Mod No Authorized by Open DateTime Authorized Address Line 1 amp 2 and City Alphanumeric Mandatory Enter the address details of the customer You can select the city from the drop down list provided The available options depend on the values defined at the params maintenance If the city is not available in the list you can specify the city in the field provided alongside Specifying Client Preferences Click Client Preferences tab to enter the details Customer Maintenance Detail X New t9 Enter Query Customer Maintenance Customer No Customer Category Customer Type individual Fee Category Joint Account No Feb DEA Joint Holder Type Primay Description Individual Dtis Corporate Dtis CorrAddress Dtls Permanent Registration Address AEREE Identification Dis Alternate Language Dtis Client Preferences Account Currency Nationality Description Resident Status Resident Dual Nationa
331. th all the necessary fund rules agency branches brokers countries of domicile account types currencies and so on For a detailed account of this information refer to the Fund Manager Specifying Mandatory Information for New Account In the UH New Account Detail screen you must specify the following details about the investor as mandatory information when you are creating a new unit holder account The CIF Number of the customer for whom the unit holder account is being created in the CIF Number field This is mandatory information for all unit holder accounts When you select the CIF and press the lt Tab gt key the details of the selected CIF are written into the fields in the New Account Detail screen Note If you wish to copy the unit holder details from that of an existing unit holder account use the Copy UH link alongside the CIF Number field For a non ClF investor the reference number for the unit holder account in the Reference Number field The ID of the AMC Distributor the funds of which the investor has chosen to invest in in the AMC ID field The type of investor for whom the account is being created either Individual or Corporate in the Investor Type field The date on which the account is to be created in the Account Opening Date field By default this is deemed by the system to be the application date but you can specify an earlier date The option of dealing with the AMC either throug
332. that you wish to authorize The Broker Journal Detail screen is displayed Select Authorize operation from Action When the checker authorizes a record details of validations if any that were overridden by the maker of the record during the Save operation are displayed If any of these overrides results in an error the checker must reject the transaction When a journal entry for a broker is authorized the process for any adjustments specified in the entry to the next payment cycle or transaction for the broker is begun in the database Subsequently you cannot change a journal entry that has been authorized in any way The amendment operation is not available on authorized journal entries for brokers Income Distribution Patterns for Broker An intermediary such as a broker derives commission earnings from the transactions in the funds of the AMC Brokers could wish to choose the manner in which they could use their commission earnings They could a ORACLE 5 5 1 Receive the entire earnings dividend or commission as payment either entirely through checks or account transfer or a combination of both Not receive the earnings by way of payment but invest the earnings back into the funds of the AMC This is known as reinvestment Also the reinvestment could be made into a designated unit holder account too Receive a portion of the earnings by way of payment and reinvest the remaining portion The pattern chosen
333. the Broker Type Summary screen 5 2 6 Viewing Broker Types To view a record that you have previously entered you must retrieve the same in the Broker Type Summary screen as follows a0 ORACLE 5 2 7 5 2 8 5 2 9 Invoke the Broker Type Summary Screen from the Browser Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for viewing in the Authorization Status field You can also view all records that are either unauthorized or authorized only by choosing the Unauthorized Authorized option Specify any or all of the details of the record in the corresponding fields on the screen and click Search button All records with the specified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen Double click the record that you want to view in the list of displayed records The Broker Type Detail screen is displayed in View mode Deleting Broker Types You can delete only unauthorized records in the system To delete a record that you have previously entered Invoke the Broker Type Summary screen from the Browser Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for deletion Specify any or all of the details and click Search button All record with the specified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen Double click the record that you want to delete The Broker Type Detail screen is displayed Select Delete operation from the Action list The sy
334. the Broker Type in the screen All records with the specified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen Double click the record that you want to amend The Broker Type Detail screen is displayed in Amendment mode Click the Unlock operation from the Action list to amend the record ail ORACLE 5 2 10 5 3 5 3 1 e Amend the necessary information Click the Save button to save the changes Authorizing Amended Broker Types An amended Broker Type record must be authorized for the amendment to be made effective in the system The authorization of amended records can only be done from Fund Manager Module and Agency branch Module The process of authorization is subsequently the same as that for normal transactions Maintaining Individual Brokers In the Oracle FLEXCUBE Investor Servicing system you can maintain a record in the database for each individual broker who wishes to transact with the AMC Just as with the unit holder account for an investor the broker record in the system database is the single repository for all details concerning the broker including details of commission processing and payment In Oracle FLEXCUBE Investor Servicing when a broker wishes to reinvest the commission earnings from any fund back into the funds of the AMC the reinvestment is effected through a default unit holder account that functions as the broker s investment account in the system database To m
335. ther unit holder account for the CIF in FC IS Whenever an FCC account undergoes number modification FC IS will perform an information change to the unit holder account record On FCC account closure the status of the unit holder account will be changed to Pending for Closure and no outflows will be allowed from the account Further Specifications for New Account After you have specified all the mandatory information you are ready to save your specifications so that the account can be entered into the database i ORACLE You can additionally specify any of the following information as applicable before you actually save the record Any personal details for an individual investor such as the name of the father or spouse the date of birth the marital status and any beneficiary designated for the investor You can also specify whether the investor is a minor and also specify the designated guardian for the same To make these specifications click the Individual Details link in the screen and enter the details in the corresponding fields For a corporate investor the name of a contact person as well as authorized signatories for the company To make these specifications click the Corporate Details link in the screen and enter the details in the corresponding fields Any contact details such as alternative addresses city state zip code as well as telephone or fax numbers and Email IDs if any To make thes
336. thorized or authorized only by choosing the Unauthorized Authorized option e Specify any or all of the details of the record in the corresponding fields on the screen and click Search button All records with the specified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen e Double click the record that you want to view in the list of displayed records The Unithoder Detail screen is displayed in View mode Deleting New Accounts You can delete only unauthorized records in the system To delete a record that you have previously entered e Invoke the Unitholder Summary screen from the Browser e Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for deletion e Specify any or all of the details and click Search button All records with the specified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen e Double click the record that you want to delete The Unitholder Detail screen is displayed e Select Delete operation from the Action list The system prompts you to confirm the deletion and the record is deleted physically from the system database 3 3 12 Authorizing New Account 3 3 12 1 An unauthorized unitholder record must be authorized in the system for it to be processed To authorize a record e Invoke the Unitholder Summary screen from the Browser e Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for authorization Typically choose the Unaut
337. tion Check Writing Facility Optional You can use this field to indicate that the investor is allowed to avail check writing facility on any funds of the AMC in which the investor holds unit balances Typically in money market funds investors could be issued deposit slips for subsequent purchases They could also write checks to any external entity individual which are reckoned as redemption from the investor account when produced by the external entity individual to the AMC aaa ORACLE Pay by FEDWIRE ACH Optional Check this box to indicate that payment by FEDWIRE or ACH is to be accepted for the investor Telephone Redemption and Telephone Switch Optional Check either box or both to indicate that telephonic requests from the investor for redemption or switch transactions must be accepted If so and you have checked either or both these boxes redemption and switch transaction requests with telephone as the means of purchase would be accepted in the system All Signatories Sign Required Mandatory if check writing is allowed For joint accounts in which the unit holder is availing the check writing facility use this field to indicate whether the signatures of all joint unit holders must be required on issued checks ROA Investor Optional Check this box to indicate that the investor prefers to avail of the Rights of Accumulation facility Registration Type Alphanumeric Optional For investors requesting N
338. tion Dealing Type Category Fee Category Category Description Fee Category Desc Fee Sub Category Remarks Auth Rep ID E Auth Rep ID Desc Unit Holder ID First Company Name Additional Information Details I 1of1 1 Other Info Field Field Value individual Dtis Corporate Dtls Contact Dis Client Preferences ID Details Bank Diis Intermediary Dils KYC Details Document Dtls AEBN UH Signature Related Conv CIE Subscrin IPO Subscrintian Parties Delivery Dtls Beneficiary Details Joint Holder Dtls Nominee Dtls Member Dtls Alternate Language Dtls Input by DateTime Mod No Authorized by Open DateTime Authorized Other Info Field Display the other info field Field Value Select the field value from the option list Maintaining Unit Holder Signature You can upload the document containing unit holder s signature s signature using the UH Signature tab in the Unit Holder Maintenance screen Unit Holder Maintenance Detail New 5 Enter Query CIF Number AIC Opening Date Investor Type Individual ANC ID Dealing Type AMC Description Dealing Type Category Fee Category Category Description Fee Category Desc Fee Sub Category Remarks Auth Rep ID es Auth Rep ID Desc Unit Holder ID First Company Name Nominee Dtls Member Dtis Alternate Language Dils DateTime Mod No Open DateTime Authorized 3 49 indvidual Ds Cor
339. tion from any other fund that the Unit Holder has invested into in the appropriate ratio The funds from which the fee amount is redeemed may not be in the same currency If the funds have different base currencies the mid rate will be used as the exchange rate to arrive at the amount to be redeemed in the fee currency Note If the fee needs to be accrued in a certain currency the transaction will need to be gener ated in the same currency Hence if the base currency of a certain fund is not that particu lar currency and it does not allow any transaction in that currency the fund will not be considered for redemption of the fee amount This can be illustrated with the following ex ample Example The base currency of the fund where the fee is accrued is RAND After apportioning the system will generate a redemption transaction in three funds with base currency and the restrictions as follows F1 Base Currency RAND Allowed Currencies RAND USD and GBP F2 Base Currency USD Allowed Currencies USD INR and GBP F3 Base Currency GBP Allowed Currencies USD and GBP In this case since the fee is accrued in RAND the redemption transactions need to be generated in RAND In the above case F2 does not allow a RAND transaction The system in such a case will raise an error FATF Non FATF Optional Indicate whether the unit holder resides is a FATF Financial Action Task Force or a Non FATF country oe OR
340. tional Select the identification type from the option list Identification Number Optional Specify the identification number of the identification type IBAN 36 Characters Only Alphanumeric Optional Specify the IBAN International Bank Account Number of the account holder Note If you select the Account Category field as Third Party the system will not verify the third party bank accounts using the details such as Initials Identification Number and so forth Routing Details Section FCIS provides the option to capture the bank routing details as well while maintaining the bank details At the time of transaction input the routing details specified here are picked up for the combination of fund transaction type and transaction currency Swift Format Select the format of the Swift message The options are e MT 103 e MT 202 Bank Charged Indicate whether the bank charges must be levied upon the beneficiary the remitter or must be shared between the two Beneficiary Account Category Section Beneficiary Specify the beneficiary Beneficiary BIC Code Enter beneficiary BIC Code Beneficiary Address1 3 Enter beneficiary address Beneficiary Account Number Enter beneficiary Account Number Beneficiary Code Enter beneficiary code 42 ORACLE 3 3 7 3 3 7 1 Beneficiary Information Enter beneficiary information Intermediary Details Section Intermediary Enter the intermedia
341. tions in the list provided The investor may choose to operate the account in any of the following ways e Single e Joint e Either or Survivor If you choose the Joint option then you must specify the name of at least one of the preferred joint unit holders in the Joint CIF Details section in this screen you are also allowed to specify the details of the joint account holders in the Joint UnitHolder Details screen which can be invoked by clicking the Joint UnitHolder Details hyperlink which appears once the Joint option is selected You can modify the account operation type after authorization on ORACLE 3 3 6 2 Guardian MFIN 15 Character Maximum Alphanumeric Optional In case the unit holder is a minor and the client country parameter is set to SHOWPANINFO for your bank specify the MFIN details of the unit holder s guardian here Guardian Form 60 61 Available If you want Guardian Form 60 61 to be available select Yes Else select No Last Name 40 Character Maximum Alphanumeric Mandatory Specify the last name of the individual investor Relationship 70 Character Maximum Alphanumeric Optional Mandatory for minor investors Specify the relationship between the designated guardian and the minor investor Beneficiary 70 Character Maximum Alphanumeric Optional Specify the name of the preferred beneficiary of the individual investor Maintaining Delivery Dtls You can capture the delivery deta
342. tls tab to enter the details Customer Maintenance New 7 Enter Query Customer Maintenance Customer No Customer Category Customer Type Individual Fee Category Joint Account No Fee Sub Category JointHolderType Primary Description Individual Details Firstname Middle Name Last Name Correspondence Address Address Line 1 Address Line 2 City Registration Address Address Line 1 Address Line 2 City Input by DateTime Mod No Authorized by Open DateTime Authorized Individual Details Section First Name Alphanumeric Optional Individual Dtls Corporate Dtls CorrAddress Dtls PermanentRegistration Address Client Preferences Identification Dtls Alternate Language Dts Specify the first name of the customer in the desired alternate language if the customer is an individual If the customer is a corporate then specify the corporate name 2 18 ORACLE 2 2 12 Middle Name Alphanumeric Optional Specify the middle name of the customer if the customer is an individual in the desired alternate language Last Name Alphanumeric Optional Specify the last name of the customer if the customer is an individual in the desired alternate language Correspondence Address Section Address Line 1 amp 2 and City Alphanumeric Optional Enter the correspondence address details of the customer in the alternate language Registration Address Section Address Line 1 amp
343. to be processed To authorize a record Invoke the INCOME DISTRIBUTION SETUP Summary screen from the Browser Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for authorization Typically choose the Unauthorized option Specify any or all of the details of the record in the corresponding fields on the screen Click Search button All transactions with the specified details that are pending authorization are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen Double click the transaction that you wish to authorize The INCOME DISTRIBUTION SETUP Detail screen is displayed Select Authorize operation from Action When the checker authorizes a record details of validations if any that were overridden by the maker of the transaction during the Save operation are displayed If any of these overrides results in an error the checker must reject the transaction 4 2 9 Amending Income Distribution Setup After an Income Distribution Setup is authorized it can be modified using the Unlock operation from Action list To make changes to a transaction after authorization Invoke the INCOME DISTRIBUTION SETUP Summary screen from the Browser Select the status of the transaction that you wish to retrieve for amendment You can only amend only authorized records Specify any or all of the details of the Income Distribution Setup in the screen All records with the specified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower
344. ts that are exceptional to the normal business rules Setting Up Deal for Investor To set up a deal for an investor you use the Unitholder Deal Maintenance Detail screen You can invoke this screen by typing UTDUHDEL in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button In the UH Deal Setup Detail screen set up the deal as follows e Select the investor or CIF Account for whom the deal is being setup in the CIF Number or the Unit Holder ID field e Select the level at which the deal is to be applied e To seta deal as applicable to all unit holders under a CIF check the Apply at CIF Level check box e To seta deal as applicable at either a load level fund product level or load group level choose the desired option in the Apply At field e Specify the period during which the deal is applicable by indicating the start and end dates in the Start Date and End Date fields alt ORACLE 4 3 2 e If the deal is applicable for a fund select the desired fund in the Fund field and the ISIN Code of the fund in the ISIN Code field e Ifthe deal is applicable for a load group select the desired load group in the Load Group field e If the deal is applicable for a specific load that is mapped to the selected fund or load group select the desired load in the Load field e Inthe Load Details section specify the overridden return value that is to be de
345. tteeeetes 2 22 2 3 3 Viewing CIF Address Record before Authorization cccccecceteeeeeeeee 2 22 2 3 4 Deleting CIF Address Record before Authorization cccccceeteeeeee 2 23 2 3 5 Authorizing CIF Address Record for CUSOMES ccccccesieeeeeenteteeeeeeaes 2 23 2 3 6 Amending CIF Address Record for CUStOMEL ccccccceteeceeeetteeeeeeeeaes 2 23 2 3 7 Authorizing Amended CIF Address Record for Customet 22 0000 2 23 2 3 8 Mapping of CIF Address and FUuNd c ccccecseesenceeceeeeeeeeeteeteeneentaasees 2 24 2 3 9 Fields in CIF Address Fund Maintenance SCreen cccccccceieeeeene 2 24 2 4 CIF Address Fund Summary screen 1 0 ee eeeeeeeeeeenneeteeeeennaeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeaas 2 26 2 4 1 Retrieving CIF Address Fund ROCOP0 0 sececeeetseteeeeeeetetteeeeettnteeeenetae 2 26 2 4 2 Editing CIF Address Fund Record before Authorization cc00 2 27 2 4 3 Viewing CIF Address Fund Record before Authorization 0 00 2 27 2 4 4 Deleting CIF Address Fund Record before Authorization 0 008 2 27 2 4 5 Authorizing CIF Address Fund Record for CustOMe cc eeeeree 2 28 2 4 6 Amending CIF Address Fund Record for CUStOMED cccceeeeeeeeee 2 28 2 4 7 Authorizing Amended CIF Address Fund Record for Customer 2 28 3 Managing Investor Accounts cccceeeeene tee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeneeeneeeeeees 3 1 3 1 Maint
346. tters of intent that have not been fulfilled as on that date For instance if the letter of intent expires on 15 June 2002 and the lead time specified for the load group is 10 days a BOD process is executed on 5th June 2002 to ascertain whether the investor has satisfied the letter of intent amount agreed upon This verification is performed for all letters of intent The report identifies and displays the following information for each letter of intent for any investor which is unfulfilled as on the date that marks the beginning of the lead time period e LOI Number e LOI start date e LOI end date expiry date e LOI amount e Amount fulfilled or used up as on the current date e Amount remaining unfulfilled as on the current date This is computed as the difference between the LOI amount and the Amount Used Up as on the current date e The Load Group to which the fund belongs for which the LOI has been set up for the investor e The lead time period specified for the load group Post Adjustment Report In the event of non fulfilment of a letter of intent you can obtain a report known as the post adjustment report that displays the actual commission that would have been due on any transactions entered into by the investor had the letter of intent not been applied LOI Adjustment Processing To obtain such a report you must trigger the computation and storing of the actual commission data from the system database You can use t
347. ty of the transferee unit holder If the resulting transfer transaction exceeds the non tax limit specified a ORACLE 4 6 for the transferee unit holder the spillover balance is added to the transferee s taxable holdings Redemptions will go through the normal taxation IRRF Preferences for a Unit Holder IRRF is equivalent of the income tax and is paid as the percentage of the profit made post the application of IOF which is a tax paid for the profit made by the Unitholder if a Unitholder redeems the funds within a stipulated time Unit Holder IRRF preferences are applicable only for pension funds IRRF is usually paid on the last working day of May and November Apart from paying IRRF on these fixed dates IRRF is also paid during redemption Any advance IRRF paid by the customer are adjusted while calculating the IRRF during redemption You can opt for optional IRRF load only within the stipulated number of days as specified in PARAMS maintenance If the IRRF preferences have not been setup from the date of first subscription for a given combination of unit holder and fund within the stipulated number of days default IRRF will be considered Whenever judicial blocking or redemption occurs before the preferences have been setup in the system default IRRF load will be considered for IRRF calculation and you will not be allowed to maintain the preferences then on Note This feature is only available if your installation
348. ty type from the adjoining option list Sponsoring Entity ID Alphanumeric 8 Characters Optional Specify the sponsoring entity for the FATCA entity type You can also select the valid entity ID from the adjoining option list GIIN Issue Date Date Format Optional Specify the GIIN issue date The GIIN issue date cannot be greater than the application date GIIN Expiry Date Date Format Optional Specify the GIIN expiry date The GIIN expiry date cannot be lesser than the GIIN issue date Global Intermediary Identification Number GIIN Alphanumeric Optional You can select or specify the GIIN from the adjoining option list GIIN Verified Flag Display System displays the GIIN verified flag based on the GIIN In case the GIIN is entered and not chosen from the list the flag GIIN verified will be set to NO If the GIIN is chosen from the list of values then GIIN verified flag will be set to YES Overridden Percent 5 Characters Numeric Maximum of 2 Decimal Places Optional For the purpose of computing and deducting withholding tax the tax slabs if any maintained in the With Holding Tax Input for the broker category under which the broker is placed are identified However you can specify a fixed percentage in this field that will override any slab details maintained for the broker category Therefore the percentage that you specify here is used to compute tax and supersedes any WHT slabs maintained in the
349. ult Unit Holder ID field e The frequency at which commission processing and payment must be made for the broker in the Payment Frequency field e The earliest future date on which the next commission payment is to be made in the Next Payment Date field a ORACLE 5 3 3 5 3 4 e For VAT registered brokers indicate the applicability of VAT by checking the VAT Registered field check box in the VAT Details section Also indicate the applicable VAT Registration Number for the broker Saving Broker Record After you have specified all of the mandatory information required for saving a record for a new broker into the database save the record by clicking the Save button at the bottom of the Broker Maintenance Detail screen The record of the broker is now saved as an unauthorized record in the system database Alternatively after you have specified all mandatory information you can add further data before you save the record as follows e The tax category corresponding to the broker on the Broker Category field e The designated consultant for the broker in the Broker Consultant field e Ifthe broker is to be part of a broker type group select the same in the Broker Type field e Any applicable additional information under any of the defined heads in the Additional Information section Fields in FCIS Broker Maintenance Detail Screen Broker Details Broker Add Info Broker Contact Info Broker Bank Details Broker L
350. ummary screen The status of the transaction in the Authorized field If you choose the Blank Space option then all the records that involve the specified unit holder are retrieved The status of the record in the Open field If you choose the Blank Space option then all the records that involve the specified unit holder are retrieved The Broker Code The Broker Name The AMC The Level Number The Rule Effective Date The Broker Type The Broker Consultant The Broker Category The Hold Back Payment The Broker Disable Status Click Search button to view the records All records with the specified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen Note You can also retrieve the individual record detail from the detail screen by doing query in the following manner Ta ORACLE Press F7 Input the Broker Code Input Rule Effective Date Press F8 You can perform Edit Delete Amend Authorize Reverse Confirm operation by selecting from the Action list You can also search the record by using combination of and alphanumeric value Example You can search the record for Broker Code by using the combination of and alphanumeric value as follows Search by A System will fetch all the records whose Broker Code starts from Alphabet A For Example AGC17 AGVO6 AGC74 and so forth Search by 7 System will fetch all the records whose Broker Code ends by
351. under CIFMEDIA Location 15 Character Maximum Alphanumeric Specify the location for correspondence with the unit holder Address1 2 Each line is 105 Character Maximum Alphanumeric Specify the postal address that is to be used for correspondence with the unit holder City 105 Character Maximum Alphanumeric Optional Specify the name of the city of residence of the unit holder State 105 Character Maximum Alphanumeric Optional Specify the state in which the city of residence of the unit holder is located ZipCode 10 Characters Maximum Alphanumeric Optional Specify the zip code of the specified city of residence of the unit holder Country Alphanumeric Optional Select the country in which the investor is domiciled from the drop down list Contact Person 70 Character Maximum Alphanumeric Optional Specify the name of the contact person at the unit holder s residence Telephone Number1 2 15 Character Maximum Alphanumeric Optional Enter the contact telephone numbers of the unit holder Cell Phone Number 16 Characters Maximum Numeric Optional Specify the cell phone number of the unit holder 220 ORACLE 2 3 2 3 1 CIF Address Maintenance Summary Screen You can invoke the CIF Address Summary screen by typing UTSCADD in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button The following screen is invoked CIF Address Summary Author
352. unt are defaulted from the investment details entered for the CIF profile as well as from the default information maintained for the FCC Bulk Client Code in the Bulk Clients Defaults Maintenance record in FC IS The unit holder account is created as an unauthorized or an authorized account depending upon the specification for the same in the Bulk Clients Defaults Maintenance This initial unit holder account may need to be altered subsequently If it is created as an unauthorized account you can edit it through the Unit Holder New Account Summary screen If it is created as an authorized account you can perform an information change through the Unit Holder Information Change menu option a6 ORACLE 2 2 11 2 2 11 1 In either case the Unit Holder record must be authorized after it is edited or changed through an info change to take effect After the creation of the first unit holder account for the CIF profile you can create as many unit holder accounts as necessary for the same CIF profile through the UH New Account screen Fields in Customer Information Screen Invoke the Customer Maintenance Detail screen by typing UTDCUST in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button Customer Maintenance Detail New 9 Enter Query Customer Maintenance Customer No Customer Category Customer Type Individual Fee Category Fee Sub Category Description Joi
353. unt with the unit holder ID generated as 700700000034 Subsequently this account number 700700000034 was authorized by the Supervisor user or a user other than you who has authorization rights in the user profile After this Mr Philip requested that the designated intermediary on his account be changed to Far Eastern Finance You will perform an information change to the account 700700000034 through the UNITHOLDER SUMMARY screen and change the intermediary to Far Eastern Finance and save your changes The system now maintains the status of the account number 700700000034 unit holder Mr Philip Green as an unauthorized account with the designated intermediary as Far Eastern Finance Now the Supervisor user must authorize the information change that you made to account 700700000034 in the UH Info Change Summary field for it to be reflected as an authorized record in the database Amending Authorized Account through Information Change After a unitholder record is authorized it can be modified using the Unlock operation from Action list To make changes to a transaction after authorization e Invoke the Unitholder Summary screen from the Browser e Select the status of the record that you wish to retrieve for amendment You can only amend only authorized records e Specify any or all of the details of the Unitholder in the screen All records with the specified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of th
354. uppose that in the same original hierarchy structure the first figure the record of the broker B11 is amended and as a result the broker B11 undergoes a level change and now reports to broker B111 To enable this change the broker code of broker B11 is altered from B1 existing to B111 On authorization this will be interpreted by the system as follows Broker B111 will report to the original parent broker of broker B11 i e broker B1 Broker B11 reports to broker B111 All brokers under broker B111 will report to broker B111 All brokers under broker B11 will report to broker B11 ve ORACLE As a result of the above level changes the new hierarchy will look as follows B1 Level 0 B111 Level 1 B1111 Level 2 B12 Level 1 B121 B122 Level 2 Level 2 B1211 Level 3 B11 Level 2 B112 Level 3 B1121 B1122 Level 4 Level 4 3 Example B1112 Level 2 If a new reporting level has to be incorporated so that an existing level reports to the new broker the following level changes should be done For example consider the original setup B1 Level 0 B11 Level 1 B12 Level 1 B111 B112 B121 B122 Level 2 Level 2 Level 2 Level 2 B1111 B1112 B1121 B1122 B1211 Level 3 Level 3 Level3 j Level 3 Level 3 Let us suppose that a new broker Bx is required to be inserted as a level 3 broker under broker B111 and that all brokers who are currently reporting to B111
355. ure that any broker types necessary for grouping the brokers have been set up and authorized ORACLE 5 3 2 Mandatory Information for Creating Broker Record When you create a record for a broker in the Broker Maintenance Detail screen you must specify the following data as mandatory information e A unique identifier for the broker record in the database in the Broker Code field e The name of the broker in the Broker Name field e The AMC in which the broker is designated to transact in the AMC ID field e The system code of any broker that is designated as the immediate higher broker in the broker hierarchy in the Parent Broker Code field If the broker is to be designated as the highest in the hierarchy then specify the code that you specified in the Broker Code field e If the broker is mapped to a broker type indicate whether the frequency of commission payment defined for the selected broker type must also be deemed applicable to the broker Indicate this in the Use Broker Type Payment Details field check box If you select this check box the commission frequency of the broker type chosen will be defaulted for the broker e If the broker record has been amended then indicate the Rule Effective Date from which the changes are effective in the system Rule Effective date cannot be back dated Rule Effective date can be Future Dated and system would make that rule effective only on that date during BOD e You are allow
356. urrency defined for the selected accumulated fund that has been used up as on the date of viewing in investments in the fund You cannot change this value at any juncture The Non Taxable Limits for Non Accumulated Funds section In this section you specify the portion of the total non taxable limit that is applicable for investments in non accumulated funds for the unit holder Allowed Limit Numeric Optional Specify the total non tax limit that is applicable for investments across all non accumulated funds for the investor This amount must not be higher than the total sanctioned limit across all funds that you specified in the previous section in this screen Utilized Amount Display Only At any given date after you have created the non taxable limit for a unit holder the value displayed in this field reflects the portion of the limit defined for non accumulated funds that have been used up as on the date in investments in non accumulated funds You cannot change this value at any juncture ate ORACLE 4 5 4 Operations on Non Tax Limits Records before Authorization After you set up the tax exemption limits for an investor in the UH Non Tax Limits Setup Detail screen you can perform any of the following operations before the record is authorized e Edit the specified limits in the setup e Delete the setup To perform either operation use the UH Non Tax Limits Summary screen You can invoke this screen b
357. wing Income Distribution Setup Options for Brokers 22 22 0000 5 58 5 5 7 Deleting Income Distribution Setup Options for Brokers 2 0000 5 59 5 5 8 Authorizing Income Distribution Setup Options for Brokers 2 0 5 59 5 5 9 Amending Income Distribution Setup 000 cccccecceceteeee eee tetieeeeeetiteeeeneeae 5 59 5 5 10 Authorizing Amended Income Distribution Setup Details 22222 2 5 60 Raising Broker COMMISSION aassssseeessrneessssnneesnsnnestsennnestnnnnestnnnnnasnannnnnnennneeetannae 5 60 Calculating VAT AMOUNT sscrneiarnsiae i rd r e A 5 61 Changing Commission Payment Status ccc cccccceeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeseeeeeeeaes 5 62 Broker Commission Payment cccccccceeeeceeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeaaeeeseeenaeeeeseeenaeeeeeneenaees 5 66 5 9 1 Maintaining Minimum Commission Payments by Payment Currency 5 67 5 9 2 FCIS Minimum Commission Payment Amount Maintenance Summary Screen 5 69 5 9 3 5 9 4 5 9 5 5 9 6 5 9 7 5 9 8 5 9 9 Retrieving Minimum Commission Payment Amount Maintenance Summary 5 69 Editing Minimum Commission Payment AMOUN8 cceecceteeeeeeentaees 5 70 Viewing Minimum Commission Payment Amount u ccceceeeeteeeeeeeeeeee 5 70 Deleting Minimum Commission Payment Amount c ecceceenteeeeeeeee 5 71 Authorizing Minimum Commission Payment Amount c cece 5 71 Amending Minimum Commission Payment Amount sssessissseeeseneeee 5 71
358. x Direct Debit Allowed Select Yes to allow the direct debit IBAN 36 Characters Only Alphanumeric Optional Specify the IBAN International Bank Account Number of the account holder aae ORACLE 5 3 4 5 Maintaining Broker Legacy Details Click Broker Legacy Details tab to enter the details Broker Maintenance New 7 Enter Query Broker Details Broker Add Info Broker Contact Info Broker Bank Details EEE Broker Preference Legacy Code Input by DateTime Mod No Authorized by Open DateTime Authorized Legacy Code Alphanumeric Optional Enter any legacy code linked to the broker The legacy code for each broker must be unique in the system System will not allow you to store duplicate legacy codes While processing a transaction you can search for the broker using the legacy codes specified here 5 3 4 6 Maintaining Broker Preference Broker Maintenance New 53 Enter Query Broker Detalls Broker Add Info Broker Contact Info Broker Bank Details Broker Legacy Details EE Broker Preference Details 1of1 a Feed Type Feed Structure Start Date Feed Frequency Feed Format Input by DateTime Mod No Authorized by Open DateTime Authorized Click Broker Preferences tab to enter the details Broker Preference Details Section Feed Type Alphanumeric Optional From the option list select the type of feed the broker
359. y by choosing the Unauthorized Authorized option e Specify any or all of the details of the NotePad in the corresponding fields on the screen and click Search button All records with the specified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen ahs ORACLE 4 12 6 e Double click the record that you want to view in the list of displayed records The NotePad of Entities Detail screen is displayed in View mode Deleting Entity NotePad Information You can delete only unauthorized records in the system To delete a record that you have previously entered e Invoke the NotePad of Entities Summary screen from the Browser e Select the status of the record that you want to retrieve for deletion e Specify any or all of the details and click Search button All records with the specified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen e Double click the record that you want to delete The NotePad of Entities Detail screen is displayed e Select Delete operation from the Action list The system prompts you to confirm the deletion and the record is deleted physically from the system database 4 12 7 Authorizing Entity NotePad Information 4 12 8 4 12 9 An unauthorized NotePad of Entities record must be authorized in the system for it to be processed To authorize a record e Invoke the NotePad of Entities Summary screen from the Browser e Select the status of t
360. y Mrs Smith after 5th May 2003 into the fund will reduce the Letter of Intent amount remaining to be fulfilled The amount remaining to be fulfilled is known as the used up amount With the last investment on 5 July 2003 the Letter of Intent amount is fulfilled or is said to be used up Means of Fulfillment of Letters of Intent An investor that has opted to invest through a Letter of Intent can reduce the used up Letter of Intent amount within the defined period by any of the following transactions e IPO or subscription transactions e Standing instructions that result in subscription switch or redemption transactions e Switch transactions e Redemption transactions e Transactions resulting from reinvestment of income dar ORACLE 4 4 2 4 4 3 Non fulfillment of Letter of Intent If an investor does not bring in the investment amount promised in a letter of intent before the expiry of the letter of intent it constitutes non fulfilment and the AMC can recover the applicable commission that would have been due without the letter of intent The system monitors the fulfilment of letters of intent The following facilities are available in the system Prior Warning Report On the date that marks the beginning of the start of the lead time period for the load group a prior warning report is generated by the system during the Beginning of Day BOD process This report contains information about those le
361. y Open DateTime Authorized For each bank account in each currency specify the following details oe ORACLE Fund ID Alphanumeric Optional Select the ID of the fund Transaction Type Alphanumeric Optional Mandatory if Fund ID is specified Select the type of transaction The options available are e IPO Subscription e Subscription e Redemption Bank Alphanumeric Mandatory From the list select the name of the bank in which the account is held Branch 60 Character Maximum Alphanumeric Mandatory From the list select the name of the branch of the bank in which the account is held Direct Debit Optional Check this option to indicate if whether direct debits are allowed for the account Default Use this check box to identify the bank account that is to be reckoned as the default bank account for the investor in the system In the desired row check this box Note For HSBC customers accounts for a specific currency and payment type combination can be marked as default accounts only if they are maintained for All funds and All transac tion types Also for a currency where the default has already been specified other ac counts maintained for specific funds and specific transaction types for the same currency cannot be designated as the default account for that currency In case the default account for a particular payment type and currency combination has not been maintained and you designate an
362. y the date on which the company was incorporated Incorporation Country Mandatory Specify the country of incorporation for the customer Entity Base Currency Mandatory Specify the base currency of operation for the customer Contact Name Mandatory Specify the name of the contact person for the corporation Capital Mandatory Enter the Capital amount of the corporation Net Worth Mandatory Specify the Net Worth of the corporation Corporate Type Mandatory Indicate the corporate type for the customer The system displays the description Business Description Optional Specify additional description for the corporate here Signature Details Sequence Number Mandatory Specify the order of sequence Director ID Alphanumeric Optional Specify the director identification from the adjoining option list Director Name Alphanumeric Optional Specify the name of the corresponding director ay ORACLE Designation Alphanumeric Optional Specify the designation Date of Birth Date Format Specify the date of birth Gender Optional Select the gender from the adjoining drop down list ID Type Alphanumeric Optional Select the identification type from the adjoining option list Address Line 1 Alphanumeric Mandatory Specify the contact address Address Line2 Alphanumeric Optional Specify the contact address City Alphanumeric Optional Select the city from the adjoining option list St
363. y the gender of the joint account holders PAN GIR Number Optional Specify the Permanent Account Number PAN of the joint account holders in the respective text boxes Form 60 61 Available Optional Indicate whether Form 60 61 is available for the joint holders in case they don t have a PAN Country of Domicile Alphanumeric Optional Select the country of domicile from the option list provided these details are maintained as part of Country Maintenance 12 ORACLE 3 3 6 5 Recover CGT Numeric Optional Check this option if the tax on capital gain has to be deducted from the transaction Redemption Transfer and Switch Address Line 1 and Address Line 2 Click on the Address Details link to view the Address text box Here you can enter the address of the joint account holder MFIN 15 Character Maximum Optional Specify the MFIN of the joint account holder FATCA Classification Display If the joint selected is an existing entity in the system then system displays FATCA Classification type US Indicia Display The system defaults the US Indicia Available as Yes or No based on the existing UH CIF maintained If the existing UH CIF is Yes then the system defaults the US Indicia available If the existing UH CIF is No then the system derives the US Indicia available based on the country country of domicile and bank branch country FATCA Status Display If the joint selected is an existing
364. y typing UTSUHNT in the field at the top right corner of the Application tool bar and clicking on the adjoining arrow button The following screen is invoked UH Non Tax Limits Summary ee Authorized X Open X Unit Holder ID az Advanced Search Records per page 15 v 1 of 1 a Authorized Open Status Unit Holder ID Name Allowed Limit NonAcc Allowed Limit NonAcc Utilized Limit m 4 _ i 4 5 5 Retrieving Non Tax Limits for Investor You can retrieve a previously entered record in the UH Non Tax Limits Summary screen as follows e Specify any or all of the following details in the UH Non Tax Limits Summary screen e The status of the transaction in the Authorized field If you choose the Blank Space option then all the transactions that involve the specified unit holder are retrieved e The status of the Transaction in the Open field If you choose the Blank Space option then all the records that involve the specified unit holder are retrieved e The Unit Holder ID Click Search button to view the records All records with the specified details are retrieved and displayed in the lower portion of the screen Note You can also retrieve the individual transaction detail from the detail screen by doing query in the following manner Press F7 Input the Unit Holder ID Press F8 aa ORACLE You can perform Edit Delete Amend Authorize Reverse Confirm operation by sel
365. you are specifying deal options You can create deals for both authorized and unauthorized unit holders CIF If a deal is created for an unauthorized unit holder the unit holder CIF record must be authorized before the deal authorization process is put through Else the unit holder deal cannot be authorized Unit Holder for CIF 12 Character Maximum Alphanumeric Mandatory From the list select the CIF unit holder for whom you are creating the deal options CIF Number 9 Characters Maximum Alphanumeric Mandatory for setting up deal options for a unit holder under a CIF Account Select or specify the number of the CIF Account under which the unit holder for whom you are creating the deal options is found When you specify the CIF Number the name of the corresponding CIF Account is retrieved from the database and displayed alongside the field All the unit holder accounts under the CIF Account that you have selected are listed in the drop down list in the Unit Holders for CIF field Name 12 Character Maximum Alphanumeric Mandatory Specify the ID of the non CIF unit holder for whom you are setting up the deal in this screen The name of the unit holder that you select is displayed alongside the field Deal Details Section In this section specify the level at which the deal must be applied for the selected unit holder Deal Transaction Number Optional Specify the transaction number of the deal Status Display Only By def
366. you raise broker commission on current application date the system will consider all the transactions allotted till the previous day To date should be less than or equal to the previous working date Fog ORACLE 5 6 0 1 5 6 0 2 5 7 Last Raise Date Display The system displays the last raise date when the raise was made Broker Type Alphanumeric 10 characters Mandatory Specify the broker type for which the commission should be raised AMC List Section AMC ID Alphanumeric 10 characters Optional Specify the id of the AMC The adjoining option list displays all valid AMC ids maintained in the system You can select the appropriate one AMC Name Alphanumeric 10 characters Optional When you select the AMC id the AMC name automatically gets populated However you are allowed to edit the same Fund List Section Fund ID Alphanumeric 10 characters Optional Specify the fund id The adjoining option list displays all valid fund ids maintained in the system You can select the appropriate one Fund Name Alphanumeric 10 characters Optional When you select the fund id the fund name automatically gets populated However you are allowed to edit the same The system logs the VAT amount details along with commission details The raising of commission is independent of the payment of commission and the raise of commission and the payment of commission need not occur on the same day The commiss

Oracle FLEXCUBE Investor Servicing

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents